TLDRWhat SpaceX Plans to DoFinancial Details and TimingGet 3 Free Stock Ebooks
EchoStar is selling AWS-3 spectrum licenses to SpaceX for $2.6 billion in SpaceX stock
The deal covers wireless spectrum in the 1695-1710 MHz range across the United States
This transaction expands on a $17 billion deal between the companies from September
SpaceX will use the spectrum for its Starlink Direct to Cell satellite constellation
EchoStar’s current services including DISH TV, Sling TV, Boost Mobile, and Hughes will not be affected
EchoStar Corporation announced Thursday it will sell its nationwide AWS-3 spectrum licenses to SpaceX for approximately $2.6 billion. The payment will come in the form of SpaceX stock rather than cash.
🚨 SPACEX BUYS THE SKY – $2.6B AT A TIME
SpaceX just dropped $2.6 billion on EchoStar’s AWS-3 spectrum rights – prime wireless real estate across the U.S.
The move expands Starlink’s reach and, more quietly, Elon’s chokehold on the future of global connectivity. Internet… https://t.co/5N6w4GR6WU pic.twitter.com/t0dIy6ziqW
— Mario Nawfal (@MarioNawfal) November 6, 2025
The deal marks the second major transaction between the two companies in recent months. Back in September, EchoStar and SpaceX struck a $17 billion agreement involving other spectrum assets.
The AWS-3 licenses cover the 1695-1710 MHz uplink range. This spectrum falls within 3GPP Band 70n specifications.
EchoStar Corporation, SATS
These airwaves can support both mobile and satellite communications across the United States. SpaceX plans to use them for its Starlink Direct to Cell constellation.
The space company already acquired AWS-4 and H-block spectrum licenses from EchoStar in the earlier September deal. The new AWS-3 licenses will complement those existing assets.
What SpaceX Plans to Do
SpaceX is building out its next-generation satellite network. The company aims to provide direct connectivity to standard mobile phones without special equipment.
The spectrum licenses give SpaceX the regulatory rights to use these specific radio frequencies. These frequencies are essential for two-way communication between satellites and ground devices.
Starlink Direct to Cell represents a major expansion of SpaceX’s existing internet service. The technology could allow regular smartphones to connect to satellites in areas without traditional cell coverage.
Financial Details and Timing
EchoStar will receive approximately $2.6 billion worth of SpaceX equity. The company currently carries a market cap of $20.8 billion.
The satellite and wireless provider also manages over $30 billion in debt. EchoStar’s stock has risen 202% over the past six months despite ongoing profitability challenges.
Hamid Akhavan, CEO of EchoStar Capital, said the transaction will strengthen the company’s ability to develop new business opportunities. He added it should create value for shareholders.
The deal still requires regulatory approval before it can close. Other standard closing conditions must also be met.
The exact timeline for completion was not disclosed in the announcement.
EchoStar confirmed its current operations will continue unchanged. DISH TV, Sling TV, Boost Mobile, and Hughes services will not be affected by the spectrum sale.
The transaction represents another step in SpaceX’s strategy to expand its telecommunications infrastructure. The company continues to add wireless assets to support its satellite-based mobile connectivity plans.
2025-11-06 12:265mo ago
2025-11-06 07:105mo ago
Is Cardano Set for a Rebound After a Rough 30 Days? SUBBD Token Continues to Pump in Today's Down Market.
Trusted Editorial content, reviewed by leading industry experts and seasoned editors. Ad Disclosure
Quick Facts:
➡️ It’s been a rough month for Cardano as it slipped by 37% in the last 30 days—but a recovery could be right around the corner.
➡️ A crypto analyst saw a TD sequential pattern, which could potentially signal a rebound for $ADA.
➡️ If this movement reflects a wider trend in the crypto market, this could also benefit promising projects with a high potential upside, such as the SUBBD Token presale.
Cardano ($ADA) is showing signs of stabilizing after a difficult stretch. The token has hovered around $0.535 in the past 24 hours, following a sharp drop below $0.50.
With a TD Sequential pattern recently flagged by analysts, many are watching for a potential rebound. A recovery in $ADA could spark renewed optimism across the broader crypto market, particularly among traders hunting for value in overlooked assets.
But while large caps like Cardano are searching for momentum, SUBBD ($SUBBD) has been quietly defying market gravity. The AI-powered content creation project has raised over $1.31 million in its presale, with tokens priced at $0.056875, reflecting strong traction even as major coins consolidate.
Built on Ethereum, SUBBD merges artificial intelligence and Web3, allowing creators and fans to interact, monetize, and share tokenized content through a decentralized, subscription-based model.
$ADA Trading at $0.535—But a Turnaround Could Happen Soon
The world’s tenth-largest cryptocurrency, Cardano ($ADA), has been moving sideways around $0.535 over the past several hours after briefly dipping below $0.50 in yesterday’s session.
According to analyst Ali Charts on X, a TD Sequential pattern forming on $ADA’s chart could signal that the coin is gearing up for a rebound, a welcome development for holders after a 37% slide over the past month.
It’s been a shaky stretch across the market. Even Bitcoin ($BTC) momentarily slipped below the $100K mark, far from its all-time high set just a month earlier.
Yet, despite the turbulence, traders remain on the hunt for opportunities, and their attention is shifting toward some of the best crypto presales showing strength against the trend.
Presale tokens have the advantage of structured, step-based price appreciation, offering early investors transparent entry points and measurable upside potential.
The most promising among them not only weather volatile conditions but often surge once listings go live, giving traders a chance to capture early momentum before the broader market follows suit.
SUBBD: Transforming the Content Industry, One Token at a Time
In a crowded field of crypto presales, only a select few manage to stand out — and SUBBD ($SUBBD) is one of them. Traders are increasingly favoring projects that deliver tangible utility, and SUBBD is built squarely on that foundation.
As the native token of the SUBBD AI-powered content platform, $SUBBD fuels every interaction within its ecosystem. Holders can purchase content, unlock exclusive features, and support or “boost” their favorite creators, all while participating in a fully decentralized, AI-driven creator economy.
Beyond usability, $SUBBD also empowers its community through governance rights, allowing token holders to vote on key platform decisions, including feature updates, creator onboarding, event themes, and AI integration priorities.
For those seeking passive income, staking is another major draw. Holders can earn 20% APY, gain XP boosts, and access premium content drops, turning long-term participation into an active reward cycle.
By supporting the project, you’ll be able to help transform the $85B content industry. After all, SUBBD will help bring fans even closer to their favorite content creators while empowering these creators with a plethora of tools that will help them to do more and earn more.
📖 You can get the full lowdown on the project by reading our dedicated ‘What is SUBBD Token?’ page.
Right now, you can invest in the project by joining the SUBBD Token presale. Each token costs just $0.056875, which is a small price to pay considering what you’re getting in return.
But hurry because time is running out for the token fundraiser. Once it’s over, $SUBBD tokens will be launched on CEXs and DEXs, which could potentially drive their prices even higher.
💰 Ready to buy tokens? Our detailed $SUBBD Token buying guide offers clear and detailed instructions on how to get yours.
HODLing is another option if you’re a more long-term investor. According to our SUBBD Token price prediction, $SUBBD could reach a high of $0.48 by 2026. This could grow further as the project team continues to make improvements to the SUBBD platform itself.
All in all, the presale is proof that you can still find great deals even if things look down at the moment—you just need to know where to look.
Don’t be left behind. Join the SUBBD Token presale today.
Disclaimer: Do your own research. This is not investment advice.
Authored by Bogdan Patru, Bitcoinist — https://bitcoinist.com/cardano-set-to-rebound-subbd-token-pumps
Editorial Process for bitcoinist is centered on delivering thoroughly researched, accurate, and unbiased content. We uphold strict sourcing standards, and each page undergoes diligent review by our team of top technology experts and seasoned editors. This process ensures the integrity, relevance, and value of our content for our readers.
2025-11-06 12:265mo ago
2025-11-06 07:105mo ago
Bitcoin Price Prediction: Galaxy Scales Back Forecast – But This Might Be the Most Bullish Signal in Disguise
Galaxy trims its 2025 Bitcoin price target to $120K as market volatility cools, signaling a “maturity era” driven by institutional flows and slower growth.
2025-11-06 12:265mo ago
2025-11-06 07:155mo ago
Ripple and Gemini Partner With Mastercard on Stablecoin Settlement Trial
Tether, Tron, and Circle Record $900M in Monthly Revenue, Leading Stablecoin Sector
TL;DR The Tron network processes the most USDT activity. Circle’s revenue grew by 0.6 percent. Ethereum fee revenue rises 61.6%. A recent financial report shows
Ripple News
Ripple and Mastercard Test Card Settlement with RLUSD Stablecoin
TL;DR Ripple, Mastercard, WebBank, and Gemini will test credit card transaction settlement using RLUSD on the public XRPL blockchain. The pilot will allow WebBank to
Companies
CMT Digital Secures $136M for Fourth Fund to Back Next Wave of Web3 Startups
TL;DR The VC firm raised $136 million for its fourth fund, below the initial target of $150 million. The capital comes from family offices, high-net-worth
Companies
Gemini Expands Its Offering: Launches XRP Perpetual Contracts on Its European Platform
TL;DR Gemini will launch XRP perpetual contracts on its European platform, operated by its Malta-based subsidiary authorized by the MFSA. The contracts will allow traders
Technology
Humanity Protocol’s Mastercard Integration Expands Access to Global Finance
TL;DR Humanity Protocol integrated its digital identity system with Mastercard’s infrastructure to enable single-point verification reusable across multiple platforms. The platform will introduce Human ID,
Ripple announced today the raising of USD 500 million in a strategic round led by Fortress and Citadel Securities, boosting the company’s valuation to USD
2025-11-06 12:265mo ago
2025-11-06 07:165mo ago
Tether, Tron, and Circle Record $900M in Monthly Revenue, Leading Stablecoin Sector
Ripple and Gemini Partner With Mastercard on Stablecoin Settlement Trial
Mastercard, Ripple, and the cryptocurrency exchange Gemini are teaming up in a strategic move to execute an innovative stablecoin settlement trial. The collaboration will use
Ripple News
Ripple and Mastercard Test Card Settlement with RLUSD Stablecoin
TL;DR Ripple, Mastercard, WebBank, and Gemini will test credit card transaction settlement using RLUSD on the public XRPL blockchain. The pilot will allow WebBank to
Companies
CMT Digital Secures $136M for Fourth Fund to Back Next Wave of Web3 Startups
TL;DR The VC firm raised $136 million for its fourth fund, below the initial target of $150 million. The capital comes from family offices, high-net-worth
Regulation
Canada Positions Stablecoins as Cornerstone of Digital Payments in New Budget
TL;DR Canada plans to make fiat-backed stablecoins part of everyday digital payments, placing them under a national regulatory framework to improve trust, usability and transparency.
BNB News
USDC Market Update: Binance Adds Dash and Zcash Trading Pairs
TL;DR Binance adds new DASH/USDC and ZEC/USDC spot trading pairs. Aims to boost USDC liquidity and usage on its platform. Automated trading bots will be
Ripple News
Ripple President Celebrates Landmark XRP Ledger Stablecoin Breakthrough
TL;DR RLUSD, Ripple’s stablecoin, has surpassed $1 billion in market capitalization, becoming the largest stablecoin on the XRP Ledger and one of the few also
2025-11-06 12:265mo ago
2025-11-06 07:165mo ago
Zcash Breaks $500 Barrier, Riding Wave of Surging Derivatives Demand
Zcash climbed above $500, reaching $525.18 with a daily gain of 14.6%, while market capitalization hit $8.57B.
Derivatives demand pushed open interest above $674M, with funding rates turning deeply negative as traders maintained short positions.
The growing use of tokenized ZEC on Solana and BNB Chain, plus 4.96M ZEC shielded in private pools, is fueling renewed optimism.
Zcash pushed through $500 once again and extended its strong recovery, trading at $525.18 with 24-hour performance of 14.6%. Market cap reached $8.57B and volume surged to $1.8B, helping ZEC move back toward levels last seen during its breakout run in 2018. Interest from both long-term holders and high-volume traders has helped revive activity on major centralized venues, especially Binance and Coinbase, which had seen lower demand for years. Recent improvements in liquidity depth and tighter spreads are also drawing additional participants, making ZEC increasingly attractive for both retail and institutional traders.
While many traders focus on price speculation, a segment of ZEC supporters continues to secure coins in privacy-enabled pools. A total of 4.96M ZEC has been shielded, reflecting strong conviction in the asset’s mission of financial privacy. Renewed participation from long-oriented traders has raised expectations that ZEC could revisit or even surpass the historic $700 area reached seven years ago. Analysts also note that if ZEC continues gaining exposure across new trading rails and integrations, it could accelerate momentum during the ongoing market cycle.
Growth Of Tokenized ZEC Across Chains
Zcash trading is no longer limited to its native chain. Tokenized forms of ZEC are gaining relevance across decentralized finance. A Binance-pegged ZEC on BNB Chain has been adopted by more than 16,000 wallets, while another version circulates actively on Solana. These representations of ZEC, although not private, are adding utility by integrating the asset into swaps, liquidity pools, and lending platforms. Activity remains moderate, yet it opens a pathway for ZEC to participate in DeFi flows and attract new users beyond its original base.
Surging Open Interest And Derivatives Pressure
Open interest for ZEC jumped above $674M, reflecting heavy appetite for leveraged exposure. A large portion of traders continue to bet against the rally, keeping funding rates in negative territory as shorts pay to keep their positions open. Even so, ZEC has repeatedly moved past liquidation levels and recently found liquidity toward $529. On Hyperliquid, 53% of traders favor long positions, and one wallet recorded unrealized gains above $2.8M after holding a winning long.
2025-11-06 12:265mo ago
2025-11-06 07:165mo ago
Binance Reclaims Momentum: BTC Spot Trading Surges Back in November
Binance is seeing a renewed wave of spot Bitcoin trading in November as stablecoin inflows and fresh BTC deposits return to the platform.
Traders are shifting interest from derivatives to spot markets, encouraged by rising liquidity and a recovery above 103,000 dollars.
Although sentiment is still cautious, early signs show a more active environment for crypto buying and repositioning.
Bitcoin spot activity on Binance is regaining traction after several months of mixed sentiment. November brought a clearer shift toward spot trading, supported by stronger inflows of both BTC and stablecoins from new and existing wallets. This rebound helped Bitcoin regain levels above 103,000 dollars, even after brief dips and liquidations that unsettled short-term traders. The renewed participation of retail and mid-size investors is a positive sign for market health, especially as the market navigates global macro uncertainty.
Traders have increasingly stepped back from aggressive leveraged strategies. The recent uptick suggests that users are looking for exposure without excessive risk and believe spot accumulation offers a more balanced approach amid uncertain momentum. Binance has also seen renewed engagement from international markets, with increased buying volume coming from European and Asian trading hours, adding diversity to liquidity flows.
Rising Spot Inflows And Strong Liquidity Base
October and early November data show over 25,900 BTC moved into Binance from newly created wallets, reversing September’s slowdown. With more than 41.7 billion dollars in USDT now held on the platform, Binance continues to be the primary liquidity hub for digital assets. USDC balances are also near record highs, boosting flexibility for rapid market entry. These conditions provide a firm base for further spot action if confidence strengthens.
Spot trading volumes in early November surpassed 50,000 BTC, the highest level since early October. This activity suggests traders are gradually positioning for potential upward movement, even if large institutional buys remain on standby. Order book analysis reveals increasing deal size, signaling stronger conviction among proactive buyers.
Market Conditions Show Gradual Confidence Returning
Selling pressure has eased, and although taker buy volume has not fully recovered, the balance is improving. The Bitcoin fear and greed index recently moved up to 27, reflecting a shift away from the most pessimistic levels. If liquidity continues to build and volatility stabilizes, November may be remembered as the month when spot markets regained momentum and set the stage for a brighter phase in crypto trading.
2025-11-06 12:265mo ago
2025-11-06 07:185mo ago
Shiba Inu's Shytoshi Kusama Makes Second Location Change in Matter of Days, What's Going On?
Shytoshi Kusama updates X location for the second time in a matter of days, breaking his silence on social media, but there might still be more to watch on the market.
Cover image via U.Today
Disclaimer: The opinions expressed by our writers are their own and do not represent the views of U.Today. The financial and market information provided on U.Today is intended for informational purposes only. U.Today is not liable for any financial losses incurred while trading cryptocurrencies. Conduct your own research by contacting financial experts before making any investment decisions. We believe that all content is accurate as of the date of publication, but certain offers mentioned may no longer be available.
Shiba Inu lead ambassador Shytoshi Kusama returned to X after weeks of silence, updating his bio and location, U.Today previously reported.
Kusama changed his location from "on the cutting edge" to "watching the blue kachina," sparking anticipation in the Shiba Inu community.
In a change just days after, the Shiba Inu lead ambassador updated his location from "watching the blue kachina" to "1982," which was noticed by the Shiba Inu community. In the most recent change, which still remained at press time, Kusama updated his location to "Oslo Norway."
HOT Stories
Oftentimes, Kusama has communicated indirectly, hinting at what might be coming to the Shiba Inu community through his X bio and location updates. It remains unknown if this is the case at the moment or a temporary change in real location.
You Might Also Like
The Shiba Inu community continues to seek out clues as to the next advancements for the ecosystem, with about seven weeks to the end of the year 2025.
SHIB price Shiba Inu fell to lows of $0.00000837 as the crypto market sell-off worsened on Nov. 4, completing three straight days of falling as November began.
At press time, SHIB was up just 0.33% in the last 24 hours as the broader crypto market attempts a relief rally.
Shiba Inu's trading volume has declined 50.45% in the last 24 hours, indicating that traders might be staying on the sidelines awaiting clarity on the market before making definitive moves.
Investors are also considering the government shutdown, which is currently the longest in U.S. history, surpassing 36 days and exceeding the previous record of 35 days, in late 2018 and early 2019.
If activity returns, Shiba Inu would target $0.000011 and $0.0000126 next, erasing a zero from its price tag; on the other hand, support is expected in the $0.000007 and $0.000008 range if the market sell-off continues.
Related articles
2025-11-06 12:265mo ago
2025-11-06 07:185mo ago
As SOL ETFs Surge Alchemy Rebuilds Solana's Infrastructure for Institutional Scale
Investors have poured more than $280 million into new U.S. Solana exchange-traded funds (ETFs) in just six trading days, with analysts now projecting as much as $5 billion in inflows over the next year.
2025-11-06 12:265mo ago
2025-11-06 07:205mo ago
XRP Surges 3.5% as Ripple Releases Its 2026 Plan, What's Next for Price?
Key NotesXRP is now trading at $2.29, gaining $4.5 billion in market cap in the past day.Ripple unveiled its 2026 roadmap with focus on infrastructure, regulation, and institutional growth.Analysts see potential rally toward new yearly highs, but warn of resistance near $2.55.
After dipping to a monthly low of $2.09 on Nov. 5, XRP
XRP
$2.30
24h volatility:
2.9%
Market cap:
$138.23 B
Vol. 24h:
$5.51 B
has regained momentum, now trading around $2.29, up 3.5% in 24 hours. The rise follows the conclusion of Ripple’s 2025 Swell conference, where CEO Brad Garlinghouse detailed the company’s vision for 2026.
During the event’s closing fireside chat, Garlinghouse noted Ripple’s progress this year.
Last call for Ripple Swell 2025!🔔
Tune into our final keynote from NYC as @bgarlinghouse and @scarletfu discuss what's ahead for Ripple, XRP, key trends to watch in 2026 and why we're doubling down on crypto infrastructure for financial utility.
starts in 30 mins ⬇️ pic.twitter.com/NO3u0k3NeJ
— Ripple (@Ripple) November 5, 2025
This includes a $500 million funding round at a $40 billion valuation, along with major partnerships and acquisitions. Ripple also announced new products, including a prime brokerage service designed to enhance crypto liquidity and institutional access.
Garlinghouse said that Ripple is planning to double down on crypto infrastructure and advocate for clear, global regulations. He expressed strong support for the Crypto Market Structure Bill and the Clarity Act, both expected to shape how digital assets are overseen.
The executive further revealed that Ripple intends to focus on consolidating growth rather than new takeovers in 2026. This comes after a year of four acquisitions, including Palisade Wallet and Custody.
Garlinghouse confirmed that the company has no plans to launch a crypto exchange, instead prioritizing custody, treasury management, and prime brokerage solutions.
XRP Ecosystem Gains Traction
Ripple’s CEO reaffirmed that XRP is the core of its ecosystem, focusing on improving trust, utility, and liquidity. Following legal clarity around the token, funds have been steadily flowing back into XRP.
Garlinghouse predicted that institutional demand could surge once the Crypto Market Structure Bill passes and a spot XRP ETF launches, potentially as early as next week. He compared this expected wave of interest to Ethereum’s rally after its ETF approval.
Meanwhile, Garlinghouse also joined a community discussion on X about whether it’s better to say “on XRP” or “on XRPL.” He agreed that “on XRP” sounds better than the technically correct “on XRPL,” reflecting a deeper connection with the community’s culture.
I agree, on XRP sounds better
— Brad Garlinghouse (@bgarlinghouse) November 5, 2025
Analysts anticipate further upside for XRP, with some predicting a new yearly peak before December ends.
The sell wall for $XRP exist at $2.55 pic.twitter.com/aqVpAUBsF3
— CW (@CW8900) November 5, 2025
In the short term, trader CW cautioned that investors should watch for a potential sell wall at $2.55, which could test XRP’s momentum before its next major move.
Disclaimer: Coinspeaker is committed to providing unbiased and transparent reporting. This article aims to deliver accurate and timely information but should not be taken as financial or investment advice. Since market conditions can change rapidly, we encourage you to verify information on your own and consult with a professional before making any decisions based on this content.
Altcoin News, Cryptocurrency News, News
A crypto journalist with over 5 years of experience in the industry, Parth has worked with major media outlets in the crypto and finance world, gathering experience and expertise in the space after surviving bear and bull markets over the years. Parth is also an author of 4 self-published books.
Parth Dubey on LinkedIn
2025-11-06 12:265mo ago
2025-11-06 07:235mo ago
Solana ETFs are outperforming Bitcoin: Is SOL siphoning BTC liquidity?
For six consecutive trading days, starting October 28, when Bitwise launched the BSOL US Solana ETF, it pulled in $284 million, while Bitcoin and Ethereum funds bled capital.
According to Farside Investors’ data, Bitcoin ETFs lost $1.7 billion over the same stretch. Ethereum products shed $473 million.
The divergence wasn’t subtle, and it arrived at a moment when macroeconomic headwinds, consisting of a hawkish Fed posture and a strengthening dollar, typically drain risk appetite across crypto.
Instead, the new Solana wrappers absorbed steady creations while the incumbents faced redemptions.
The question is whether this marks genuine allocator rotation or simply the front-loaded enthusiasm that accompanies any new ETF launch, amplified by a temporary risk-off swing that made Bitcoin and Ethereum look overextended.
The mechanics of a dislocationThrough Nov. 4, Bitcoin and Ethereum spot ETFs together posted roughly $797 million in single-day outflows as sentiment soured.
Meanwhile, Solana funds continued printing small but unbroken net creations. CoinShares’ weekly data for the period ending Oct. 31 tells the same story at the global ETP level.
Bitcoin products led outflows, while Solana took in about $421 million, its second-largest week on record, driven entirely by US launches.
Farside’s issuer-level tapes confirm the pattern across sessions. Bitcoin funds bled through multiple days into early November, while Ethereum flipped negative. Meanwhile, both US Solana ETFs have maintained positive flows every trading day since their debut.
These bits suggest that Solana’s ability to attract capital isn’t just noise.
Sustained redemptions in Bitcoin and Ethereum ETFs mechanically shrink their share of total crypto ETF assets under management and reduce daily primary-market demand for the underlying tokens.
Persistent creations in Solana ETFs tighten available float and deepen secondary liquidity in SOL.
If the flows cadence persists over weeks rather than days, index constructors, allocators, and market makers recalibrate exposures and inventory toward Solana, which tends to amplify relative performance in both directions.
Launch windows versus real demand.Solana flows sit squarely in the classic new-product launch window, which routinely front-loads creations.
Farside’s dashboard shows substantial seed and conversion capital at launch, particularly for Grayscale’s GSOL. The first three days delivered unusually strong results before the pace decelerated.
If the post-launch run rate settles back toward low-single-digit millions per day while Bitcoin and Ethereum outflows slow as the macro tape stabilizes, the rotation narrative collapses into a launch artifact.
However, if US-traded Solana funds continue to absorb net creations after seed capital is exhausted, potentially four to six consecutive weeks of positive flows, while Bitcoin and Ethereum funds continue to leak due to macro jitters, the reweighting becomes durable.
CoinShares already attributes last week’s Solana strength to US ETF demand, rather than a single issuer’s anomaly.
That combination suggests genuine allocator rotation, not just launch mechanics disguised as strategy.
Eric Balchunas noted on Nov. 1 that BSOL led all crypto ETPs “by a country mile” in weekly flows with $417 million, ranking 16th in overall flows across all ETFs for the week. BSOL outperformed even BlackRock’s IBIT, which posted a rare off-week.
That’s distribution at work, but it’s also a signal that allocators with new mandates found room in their sleeves for Solana exposure without waiting for Bitcoin or Ethereum to stabilize first.
Who decides the endgame?What to watch next is the post-launch steady state in Solana creations versus Bitcoin and Ethereum redemptions.
If Solana maintains positive net creations once seed flows dissipate and Bitcoin and Ethereum remain net negative on rolling weekly windows, treat the move as structural.
If Solana creations taper to flat and the incumbents stabilize, this was a launch-window blip amplified by a risk-off week that made everything feel more decisive than it was.
The stakes are distribution defaults and liquidity gravity. Solana doesn’t need to overtake Bitcoin or Ethereum in total assets to win this round. It just needs to prove that a well-timed ETF launch can attract capital even when macroeconomic conditions favor retreat.
If that holds, the lesson for the next altcoin ETF wave is clear: distribution creates its own demand, and timing the launch to coincide with a dip in incumbent flows can accelerate the shift.
The allocators writing the tickets over the next month will decide whether Solana’s ETF debut was a sign of an opening or an anomaly.
Mentioned in this article
2025-11-06 12:265mo ago
2025-11-06 07:235mo ago
XRP Network Explodes: 21,595 New Wallets in 48 Hours Ignite Rally
Ripple and Gemini Partner With Mastercard on Stablecoin Settlement Trial
Mastercard, Ripple, and the cryptocurrency exchange Gemini are teaming up in a strategic move to execute an innovative stablecoin settlement trial. The collaboration will use
Ripple News
Ripple and Mastercard Test Card Settlement with RLUSD Stablecoin
TL;DR Ripple, Mastercard, WebBank, and Gemini will test credit card transaction settlement using RLUSD on the public XRPL blockchain. The pilot will allow WebBank to
Companies
Gemini Expands Its Offering: Launches XRP Perpetual Contracts on Its European Platform
TL;DR Gemini will launch XRP perpetual contracts on its European platform, operated by its Malta-based subsidiary authorized by the MFSA. The contracts will allow traders
Ripple announced today the raising of USD 500 million in a strategic round led by Fortress and Citadel Securities, boosting the company’s valuation to USD
Ripple News
Ripple CEO to Share Stage With U.S. Digital Asset Advisor at Swell 2025
TL;DR Brad Garlinghouse will share the stage with U.S. digital asset advisor Patrick Witt at Swell 2025, signaling stronger alignment between crypto innovators and policy
CryptoCurrency News
Bitnomial Expands Crypto Derivatives With RLUSD and XRP as Margin Collateral
TL;DR: Bitnomial adds RLUSD and XRP as new collateral to expand derivatives trading flexibility. RLUSD´s inclusion reflects growing institutional interest in regulated stablecoins. XRP enhances
Delivers 12% SaaS revenue growth and 19% Adjusted EBITDA Margin
November 06, 2025 06:00 ET
| Source:
Sylogist Ltd.
Q3 2025 Financial Highlights
Revenue (in $ millions) SaaS SubscriptionRecurringTotalReportedY/Y growthReportedY/Y growthReportedY/Y growth$8.3
11.9%
$11.4
5.0%
$15.9
(4.2)%
SaaS ARR up 15% year over year to $33.6 million;Total ARR up 5% year over year to $45.8 million;SaaS NRR of 106%;ARR Bookings of $1.0 million;Total Contract Value of Bookings at $5.9 million;Adjusted EBITDA Margin of 19.3% or $3.1 million;Net income (loss) of $(0.9) millionGross profit margin of 60%; andRecurring revenue at 72% of total revenue. CALGARY, Alberta, Nov. 06, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Sylogist Ltd. (TSX: SYZ) ("Sylogist" or the "Company"), a leading public sector SaaS company, today announced its results for the third quarter of fiscal 2025, ended September 30, 2025.
“Our third quarter performance further validates our transformation to a SaaS-driven enterprise,” said Bill Wood, CEO of Sylogist. “We are very pleased with the traction we’re seeing with our partner strategy as evidenced by 48% of ARR Bookings in the quarter being partner-driven. In a relatively short period of time, our top-line revenue has been transformed to now be 72% recurring as we hand off lower margin, one-time project services revenue relating to customer implementations to partners and add high margin SaaS revenue.”
Sylogist’s Board of Directors approved a dividend of $0.01 per share for shareholders of record on November 28, 2025, to be paid on December 10, 2025.
Conference Call Details
The Company will host a conference call at 8:30 AM Eastern Time on November 6, 2025. A replay of the call will be archived in the investor section of the Company’s website.
Date: Thursday, November 6, 2025
Time: 8:30 a.m. EDT
Participant Toll-Free Dial-In Number: + 1-833-752-3805
Participant International Dial-In Number: +1-647-846-8841
Please dial in before the start of the conference to secure a line and avoid delays.
About Sylogist
Sylogist provides mission-critical SaaS solutions to over 2,000 public sector customers globally across the government, non-profit, and education market segments. The Company's stock is traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol SYZ. Information about Sylogist, inclusive of full financial statements together with Management’s Discussion and Analysis, can be found at www.sedarplus.ca or at www.sylogist.com.
Forward-looking Statements
This news release contains “forward-looking information” within the meaning of applicable securities legislation. Although the forward-looking information is based on what the Company believes are reasonable assumptions, current expectations, and estimates, investors are cautioned from placing undue reliance on this information since actual results may vary from the forward-looking information. Forward-looking information may be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “believe”, “assume”, “intend”, “may”, “will”, “expect”, “estimate”, “anticipate”, “continue”, “could”, “can”, “outlook” or similar terms, variations of those terms or the negative of those terms, and the use of the conditional tense as well as similar expressions.
Such forward-looking information that is not historical fact, including statements based on management’s belief and assumptions, cannot be considered as guarantees of future performance. They are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to future economic conditions, the markets that the Company serves, the actions of competitors, major new technological trends, and other factors, many of which are beyond the Company’s control, that could cause actual results to differ materially from those that are disclosed in or implied by such forward looking information. The Company undertakes no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking information whether because of new information, future events or otherwise other than as required by applicable legislation. Important risk factors that may affect these expectations include, but are not limited to, the factors described under the section titled “Risk Factors” found in the Company’s Annual Information Form for the fiscal period ended December 31, 2024, and under the section titled “Risks and Uncertainties” in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis for the periods ended December 31, 2024, March 31, 2025, June 30, 2025 and September 30, 2025, and other documents available on the Company’s profile at www.sedarplus.ca.
Actual results and developments are likely to differ, and may differ materially, from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this news release. Such statements are based on a number of assumptions which may prove to be incorrect, including, but not limited to, assumptions about: (i) competitive environment; (ii) operating risks; (iii) the Company’s management and employees; (iv) capital investment by the Company’s customers; (v) customer project implementations; (vi) liquidity; (vii) current global financial and geopolitical conditions; (viii) implementation of the Company’s commercial strategic plan; (ix) credit; (x) potential product liabilities and other lawsuits to which the Company may be subject; (xi) additional financing and dilution; (xii) market liquidity of the Company’s common shares; (xiii) development of new products; (xiv) intellectual property and other proprietary rights; (xv) acquisition and expansion; (xvi) foreign currency; (xvii) interest rates; (xviii) technology and regulatory changes; (xix) internal information technology infrastructure and applications and (xx) cyber security. Certain information set out herein may be considered as “financial outlook” within the meaning of applicable securities laws. The purpose of this financial outlook is to provide readers with disclosure regarding Sylogist’s reasonable expectations as to the anticipated results of its proposed business activities for the periods
indicated. Readers are cautioned that the financial outlook may not be appropriate for other purposes.
Non-IFRS Financial Measures
This news release refers to certain non-IFRS measures. These non-IFRS measures do not have any standardized meaning prescribed by IFRS and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. These measures are provided as additional information to complement measures under IFRS by providing further understanding of the Company’s expected results of operations from management’s perspective. Accordingly, such measures should not be considered in isolation nor as a substitute for analysis of the Company’s financial information reported under IFRS. Bookings, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Annualized Recurring Revenue (“ARR”), Software as a Service (“SaaS”) ARR, and SaaS Net Revenue Retention (“NRR”), are non-IFRS financial measures.
Bookings refers to the total value of customer accepted contracts during the reporting period. This includes SaaS bookings (the value of SaaS contracts for the entire contracted term) and the project services bookings (the full value of contracted project services).ARR Bookings is defined as the annualized value of a contractually committed SaaS or Maintenance and Support services Booking contract entered into during the reporting period.Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as earnings before interest expense, interest income, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, foreign exchange gains/losses and the impact of acquisition and restructuring.Adjusted EBITDA Margin refers to Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue.ARR is defined as the annualized value of contractually committed SaaS and maintenance and support services. This quantification assumes that customers will renew the contractual commitment on a periodic basis as they come up for renewal unless the customer has notified the Company of its intention to cancel. This portion of the Company’s revenue is predictable and stable.SaaS ARR refers to ARR attributable to SaaS customer contracts.SaaS NRR refers to the percentage of beginning of period ARR retained over a given 12-month period inclusive of the impact of contractions, losses and the impact of any additional expansion revenues from customer upgrades within the existing customer base. The Company’s calculation of SaaS NRR includes the impact of customers converting from its maintenance and support offerings to its SaaS offerings RPO, Bookings, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, ARR, SaaS ARR, and SaaS NRR are provided to investors as alternative methods for assessing the Company’s operating results in a manner that is focused on the Company’s ongoing operations and to provide a more consistent basis for comparison between periods. These measures should not be construed as alternatives to profit or cash flow from operating activities, determined in accordance with IFRS as an indicator of the Company’s performance. For further information regarding non-IFRS measures used by the Company, please refer to a copy of the Financial Statements and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the Company, copies of which are available on Sylogist's SEDAR profile at www.sedarplus.ca.
Currency and Rounding
All amounts in this news release are expressed in millions of Canadian dollars unless otherwise stated. All percentage variations expressed herein have been calculated based on variations resulting from numbers expressed in millions. Any potential differences from similarly calculated percentages in the Company’s financial statements and Management’s Discussion and Analysis are due to rounding and are nonmaterial.
For further information contact:
Jennifer Smith, Investor Relations
LodeRock Advisors
(416) 491-8004 [email protected]
2025-11-06 11:265mo ago
2025-11-06 06:005mo ago
Enerflex Ltd. Announces Third Quarter 2025 Financial and Operational Results and Increased Dividend
RECORD ADJUSTED EBITDA AND RETURN ON CAPITAL EMPLOYED
FREE CASH FLOW OF $43 MILLION
STRONG OPERATIONAL VISIBILITY WITH ES AND EI BACKLOG OF $1.1 BILLION AND $1.4 BILLION, RESPECTIVELY
QUARTERLY DIVIDEND INCREASE TO CAD$0.0425 PER SHARE SUPPORTS DIRECT SHAREHOLDER RETURNS
CALGARY, Alberta, Nov. 06, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Enerflex Ltd. (TSX: EFX) (NYSE: EFXT) (“Enerflex” or the “Company”) today reported its financial and operational results for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025.
All amounts presented are in U.S. Dollars unless otherwise stated.
Q3/25 FINANCIAL OVERVIEW
Generated revenue of $777 million compared to $601 million in Q3/24 and $615 million in Q2/25. Higher revenue is primarily attributable to commencement of the Block 60 Bisat-C Expansion Facility (“Bisat-C Expansion”) located in the Eastern Hemisphere segment (“EH”) which contributed $116 million in revenue to the Engineered Systems (“ES”) product line, resulting in a corresponding reduction in the ES backlog for the period. Revenue also reflects strong execution of ES projects and a high level of operational activity, which led to certain project milestones being achieved earlier than expected. This resulted in revenue being realized in Q3/25 that was originally anticipated in later periods. Recorded gross margin before depreciation and amortization of $206 million, or 27% of revenue including $14 million related to the Bisat-C Expansion, compared to $176 million, or 29% of revenue in Q3/24 and $175 million, or 29% of revenue during Q2/25. Higher gross margin before depreciation and amortization is primarily attributable to strong ES activity and project execution.Energy Infrastructure (“EI”) and After-Market Services (“AMS”) product lines generated 58% of consolidated gross margin before depreciation and amortization during Q3/25 down from 65% during Q3/24 due to the contribution from the Bisat-C Expansion in the third quarter as well as strong ES activity.ES gross margin before depreciation and amortization decreased to 17% in Q3/25 compared to 19% in Q3/24, primarily due to lower margin recognized with the Bisat-C Expansion. SG&A was $71 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025, down $11 million from the prior year period, driven by cost-saving initiatives, improved operational efficiencies, and the absence of one-time integration costs incurred in Q3/24 partially offset by higher share-based compensation.Adjusted earnings before finance costs, income taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“adjusted EBITDA”) of $145 million is a new quarterly record for Enerflex and compares to $120 million in Q3/24 and $130 million during Q2/25. Adjusted EBITDA benefitted from higher gross margin before depreciation and amortization, cost-saving initiatives, and operational efficiencies.Cash provided by operating activities before working capital increased to $115 million compared to $63 million in Q3/24 and $89 million in Q2/25, a function of higher adjusted EBITDA. Free cash flow decreased to $43 million in Q3/25 compared to $78 million during Q3/24 due to working capital investments related to the execution of projects in the ES business and higher growth capital spend offset partially by proceeds from the sale of EI assets in Latin America (“LATAM”).Return on capital employed (“ROCE”)1 increased to 16.9% in Q3/25, a new record for the Company, compared to 4.5% in Q3/24 and 16.4% in Q2/25. Higher ROCE is a function of the increase in trailing 12-month EBIT and lower average capital employed, predominantly due to a decline in net debt.Net earnings of $37 million or $0.30 per share in Q3/25 compared to $30 million or $0.24 per share in Q3/24 and $60 million or $0.49 per share in Q2/25. Compared to Q3/24, profitability benefitted from higher gross margin, lower SG&A expenses and lower net finance costs, partially offset by higher income tax expense and a $16 million unrealized loss on redemption options related to the Senior Secured Notes (the “Notes”) compared to unrealized gains in the comparative periods.Invested $47 million in the business, consisting of $33 million in capital expenditures ($15 million for growth) and $14 million primarily related to the Bisat-C Expansion in the EH region. STRATEGIC AND OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS
Paul E. Mahoney joined Enerflex as President, Chief Executive Officer, and a Director on September 29, 2025. Mr. Mahoney has a distinguished track record leading global organizations across the industrial and energy sectors, delivering value through effective strategy development and execution coupled with strong culture and talent management. He most recently served as Group President, Production & Automation Technologies at ChampionX Corporation, a leading provider of production technologies for the upstream and midstream oil and gas markets.ES backlog as at September 30, 2025 of $1.1 billion provides strong visibility into future revenue generation and business activity levels. Bookings of $339 million during Q3/25 compared to $349 million in Q3/24, $365 million in Q2/25 and a trailing eight quarter average of $322 million. ES book-to-bill ratio (calculated as bookings divided by revenue), normalized for the Bisat-C Expansion, was 0.9x during Q3/25 and 1.0x on a trailing eight quarter average, highlighting that the Company is consistently replenishing its backlog in line with project execution.Enerflex’s U.S. contract compression business continues to perform well, led by increasing natural gas production in the Permian. Utilization remained stable at 94% across a fleet size of approximately 470,000 horsepower. Enerflex is on track to grow its North American contract compression fleet to approximately 485,000 horsepower by the end of 2025.In the U.S., Enerflex was awarded a contract to deliver a 200 mmscf/d cryogenic gas processing facility and associated natural gas compression. The project will be executed by the Engineered Systems business line, working with a strategic client partner in the Permian basin, and is scheduled for delivery during 2026.The Company continues to broaden and strengthen relationships with midstream client partners in the U.S., which includes strategic alliances and further developing relationships established through the acquisition of Exterran. During Q3/25, this resulted in Enerflex securing multiple orders for large compression equipment.In Oman, Enerflex successfully completed the construction and start-up of the Bisat-C Expansion for its client partner, OQ Exploration and Production (“OQEP”). The Bisat-C Expansion marks a strategic enhancement to OQEP’s upstream portfolio, with the facility designed to handle additional gross fluids capacity of 447,000 barrels per day. The project was delivered ahead of schedule and achieved first crude oil in less than 18 months. Enerflex’s investment is supported by a long-term contract and reported as a finance lease.In Argentina, Enerflex delivered a state-of-the-art all-electric gas compression station for a long-standing client partner in the Vaca Muerta shale play.Enerflex received the prestigious Export-Import Bank of the U.S. (EXIM) “Deal of the Year” award for its collaboration on a gas-to-energy project in Guyana. A first-of-its-kind in Guyana, Enerflex provided the natural gas conditioning and cryogenic infrastructure for this project, which will generate 300 MW of power, reduce the country's dependence on imported fuels and expand access to power in underserved communities. SHAREHOLDER RETURNS
Enerflex’s Board of Directors has increased the Company’s quarterly dividend by 13% to CAD$0.0425 per common share, effective with the dividend payable in December 2025.Enerflex repurchased 777,000 Common Shares at an average price of CAD$12.98 per share during Q3/25 and a total of 2,676,200 Common Shares at an average price of CAD$10.93 since its normal course issuer bid (“NCIB”) commenced on April 1, 2025 (as at September 30, 2025). Under the NCIB, which expires March 31, 2026, the Company is authorized to acquire up to a maximum of 6,159,695 Common Shares or approximately 5% of its public float as at the application date, for cancellation. BALANCE SHEET AND LIQUIDITY
Enerflex exited Q3/25 with net debt of $584 million, which included $64 million of cash and cash equivalents, a reduction of $108 million compared to Q3/24, and $24 million compared to the second quarter of 2025.Enerflex’s bank-adjusted net debt-to-EBITDA ratio was approximately 1.2x at the end of Q3/25, down from 1.9x at the end of Q3/24 and 1.3x at the end of Q2/25. MANAGEMENT COMMENTARY
Paul Mahoney, Enerflex’s President and Chief Executive Officer stated: “I am pleased to join Enerflex at an exciting time for the Company. The strength of Enerflex’s people, culture, and position as a global leader have been evident during my initial few weeks. Looking ahead, my focus is clear: to build on Enerflex’s strengths, continue to sharpen our strategic priorities and investments, and ensure we stay true to the values that have guided Enerflex for decades. I believe the Company is well positioned to take advantage of growing global natural gas demand and am looking forward to working to deliver on our goals for the benefit of our shareholders, client partners, employees, and communities.
Financial results and operational performance in Q3/25 reflect continued strength and stability across our global platform. The Energy Infrastructure and After-Market Services business lines continue to be the foundation of our results and contributed 58% of our gross margin before depreciation and amortization during the third quarter. The Engineered Systems business line benefitted from favorable project sequencing and strong execution to generate the highest quarterly operating revenue in its history (net of the impact from the Bisat-C Expansion). Visibility for the Engineered Systems business line remains solid, supported by a $1.1 billion backlog at the end of Q3/25 and healthy bidding prospects.
The Board’s decision to increase our dividend for a second consecutive year reflects confidence in our business and Enerflex’s strong financial position and aligns with our priority to provide meaningful direct shareholder returns.”
Preet S. Dhindsa, Enerflex's Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, added: “Enerflex generated solid free cash flow in the third quarter, which supported the continued investment in our U.S. contract compression fleet and $11 million of shareholder returns through dividends and share repurchases. Enerflex’s financial position continued to strengthen, with a bank adjusted leverage ratio of 1.2x and liquidity of $658 million at the end of the third quarter. We remain focused on enhancing profitability of our core operations, growing our business in a disciplined and structured way, and ensuring Enerflex generates sustained, attractive returns for shareholders.”
SUMMARY RESULTS
Three months ended September 30, Nine months ended September 30, ($ millions, except percentages and ratios) 2025 2024 2025 2024 Revenue $777 $601 $1,944 $1,853 Gross margin ("GM") 172 141 439 364 GM as a percentage of revenue ("GM %") 22.1% 23.5% 22.6% 19.6%Selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) 71 82 189 235 Operating income 102 57 249 123 EBITDA1 122 122 361 272 EBIT1 82 74 240 132 Net earnings 37 30 121 17 Long-term debt 648 787 648 787 Net debt2 584 692 584 692 Cash provided by operating activities 74 98 166 211 Key Financial Performance Indicators (“KPIs”) ES backlog3 $1,071 $1,271 $1,071 $1,271 ES bookings3 339 349 909 1,100 EI contract backlog4 1,370 1,601 1,370 1,601 GM before depreciation and amortization (“GM before D&A”)5 206 176 542 468 GM before D&A as a percentage of revenue ("GM before D&A %")5 26.5% 29.3% 27.9% 25.3%Adjusted EBITDA6 145 120 388 311 Free cash flow7 43 78 89 146 Bank-adjusted net debt to EBITDA ratio7 1.2x 1.9x 1.2x 1.9x Return on capital employed (“ROCE”)7,8 16.9% 4.5% 16.9% 4.5% 1EBITDA is defined as earnings before finance costs, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBIT is defined as earnings before finance costs and income taxes.
2 Net debt is defined as total long-term debt less cash and cash equivalent as presented in the Financial Statements.
3 Refer to the “ES Bookings and Backlog” section of the MD&A for further details.
4Refer to the “EI Contract Backlog” section of the MD&A for further details.
5Refer to the “GM before D&A by Product Line and Recurring GM before D&A” section of the MD&A for further details.
6Refer to the “Adjusted EBITDA” section of the MD&A for further details.
7Refer to the “Non-IFRS Measures” section of the MD&A for further details.
8Determined by using the trailing 12-month period.
Enerflex’s interim consolidated financial statements and notes (the “financial statements”) and Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) as at September 30, 2025, can be accessed on the Company’s website at www.enerflex.com and under the Company’s SEDAR+ and EDGAR profiles at www.sedarplus.ca and www.sec.gov/edgar, respectively.
OUTLOOK
Enerflex’s near-term priorities remain unchanged and include: (1) enhancing the profitability of core operations; (2) leveraging the Company’s leading position in core operating countries to capitalize on expected increases in natural gas and produced water volumes; and (3) maximizing free cash flow to further strengthen Enerflex’s financial position, provide direct shareholder returns, and invest in selective customer supported growth opportunities.
Enerflex continues to expect operating results to be underpinned by the highly contracted EI product line and the recurring nature of AMS, which together are expected to account for approximately 65% of gross margin before depreciation and amortization during 2025. The EI product line is supported by customer contracts expected to generate approximately $1.4 billion of revenue over their remaining terms.
Performance for the ES product line remains solid, with revenue and profitability during the third quarter benefitting from favorable project sequencing and strong execution. The outlook for this business line is supported by a backlog of approximately $1.1 billion, as of September 30, 2025, and healthy bidding activity, with visibility extending into the second half of 2026. Notwithstanding, Enerflex continues to closely monitor near-term risks, including tariffs and commodity price volatility, and will proactively manage this business line. Activity levels for the ES product line during Q4/25 are expected to reflect a “pull forward” of certain projects into the third quarter. ES results during Q3/25 also benefitted from the Bisat-C Expansion, which contributed revenue of $116 million and $14 million in gross margin. Enerflex continues to expect gross margin for the ES business line, in coming quarters, to align more closely with historical averages, reflective of a shift in project mix.
The medium-term outlook for each of Enerflex’s product lines remains attractive, supported by anticipated growth in the supply of natural gas and associated liquids, especially within Enerflex’s North American footprint.
Capital Allocation
Enerflex continues to target a disciplined capital program in 2025, with total capital expenditures of approximately $120 million. This includes a total of approximately $60 million for maintenance and property, plant and equipment ("PP&E") capital expenditures and approximately $60 million allocated to growth opportunities. Disciplined capital spending will focus on customer supported opportunities primarily in the U.S. Notably, the fundamentals for contract compression in the U.S. remain strong, led by expected increases in natural gas production in the Permian basin and capital spending discipline from market participants. Enerflex will continue to make selective customer supported growth investments in this business.
Providing meaningful direct shareholder returns is a priority for Enerflex. During the first three quarters of 2025, Enerflex returned $35 million to shareholders through dividend ($13 million) and share repurchases ($22 million). Reflecting confidence in Enerflex’s business and strong financial position, the Board of Directors has increased the Company’s quarterly dividend by 13% to CAD$0.0425 per common share.
The NCIB commenced on April 1, 2025, and will terminate no later than March 31, 2026, with the Company authorized to acquire up to a maximum of 6,159,695 Common Shares or approximately 5% of its public float as at the application date, for cancellation. Since the NCIB commenced on April 1, 2025, Enerflex has repurchased 2,676,200 Common Shares at an average price of CAD$10.93 (as at September 30, 2025).
Going forward, capital allocation decisions will be based on delivering value to Enerflex shareholders and measured against Enerflex’s ability to maintain balance sheet strength. In addition to disciplined growth capital spending, share repurchases and dividends, Enerflex will also consider further debt reduction to strengthen its balance sheet and lower net finance costs. Unlocking greater financial flexibility positions the Company to respond to evolving market conditions and capitalize on opportunities to optimize its debt stack.
DIVIDEND DECLARATION
Enerflex is committed to paying a sustainable quarterly cash dividend to shareholders. The Board of Directors has declared a quarterly dividend of CAD$0.0425 per share, payable on December 1, 2025, to shareholders of record on November 17, 2025.
CONFERENCE CALL AND WEBCAST DETAILS
Investors, analysts, members of the media, and other interested parties, are invited to participate in a conference call and audio webcast on Thursday, November 6, 2025 at 8:00 a.m. (MST), where members of senior management will discuss the Company’s results. A question-and-answer period will follow.
To participate, register at https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BI00ab0f2d2a4b45fc9629edf15ae60d83. Once registered, participants will receive the dial-in numbers and a unique PIN to enter the call. The audio webcast of the conference call will be available on the Enerflex website at www.enerflex.com under the Investors section or can be accessed directly at https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/ye8k98ud.
NON-IFRS MEASURES
Throughout this news release and other materials disclosed by the Company, Enerflex employs certain measures to analyze its financial performance, financial position, and cash flows, including net debt-to-EBITDA ratio and bank-adjusted net debt-to-EBITDA ratio. These non-IFRS measures are not standardized financial measures under IFRS and may not be comparable to similar financial measures disclosed by other issuers. Accordingly, non-IFRS measures should not be considered more meaningful than generally accepted accounting principles measures as indicators of Enerflex’s performance. Refer to “Non-IFRS Measures” of Enerflex’s MD&A for the three months ended September 30, 2025, for information which is incorporated by reference into this news release and can be accessed on Enerflex’s website at www.enerflex.com and under the Company’s SEDAR+ and EDGAR profiles at www.sedarplus.ca and www.sec.gov/edgar, respectively.
ADJUSTED EBITDA
Three months ended September 30, 2025 ($ millions) NAM LATAM EH Total Net earnings1 $37 Income taxes1 25 Net finance costs1,2 20 EBIT3 $57 $11 $30 $82 Depreciation and amortization 17 10 13 40 EBITDA $74 $21 $43 $122 Share-based compensation 7 2 2 11 Impact of finance leases Upfront gain - - (14) (14)Principal payments received - - 10 10 Unrealized loss on redemption options3 16 Adjusted EBITDA $81 $23 $41 $145 1The Company included net earnings, income taxes, and net finance costs on a consolidated basis to reconcile to EBIT.
2Net finance costs are considered corporate expenditure and therefore have not been allocated to reporting segments.
3EBIT includes $16 million unrealized loss on redemption options associated with the Notes. Debt is managed within Corporate and is not allocated to reporting segments.
Three months ended September 30, 2024 ($ millions) NAM LATAM EH Total Net earnings1 $30 Income taxes1 21 Net finance costs1,2 23 EBIT3 $49 $13 $(7) $74 Depreciation and amortization 19 14 15 48 EBITDA $68 $27 $8 $122 Restructuring, transaction and integration costs 1 - 1 2 Share-based compensation 3 2 - 5 Impact of finance leases Principal payments received - 1 9 10 Unrealized gain on redemption options3 (19)Adjusted EBITDA $72 $30 $18 $120 1The Company included net earnings (loss), income taxes, and net finance costs on a consolidated basis to reconcile to EBIT.
2Net finance costs are considered corporate expenditures and therefore have not been allocated to reporting segments.
3EBIT includes $19 million unrealized gain on redemption options associated with the Notes. Debt is managed within Corporate and is not allocated to reporting segments.
FREE CASH FLOW
The Company defines free cash flow as cash provided by (used in) operating activities, less total capital expenditures (growth and maintenance) for EI assets - operating leases and PP&E, mandatory debt repayments, and lease payments, while proceeds on disposals of PP&E and EI assets - operating leases are added back. Free cash flow may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies as it does not have a standardized meaning under IFRS. Management uses this non-IFRS measure to assess the level of free cash generated to fund other non-operating activities. These activities could include dividend payments, share repurchases, and non-mandatory debt repayments. Free cash flow is also used in calculating the dividend payout ratio.
Three months ended September 30, Nine months ended September 30, ($ millions, except percentages) 2025 2024 2025 2024 Funds from operations ("FFO")1 $115 $63 $266 $144 Net change in working capital and other (41) 35 (100) 67 Cash provided by operating activities ("CFO")2 $74 $98 $166 $211 Less: Capital expenditures - Maintenance and PP&E (18) (14) (37) (32)Capital expenditures - Growth (15) (2) (44) (11)Mandatory debt repayments - - - (10)Lease payments (5) (5) (16) (15)Add: Proceeds on disposals of PP&E and EI assets - operating leases 7 1 20 3 Free cash flow $43 $78 $89 $146 Dividends paid 3 2 13 7 Dividend payout ratio 7.0% 2.6% 14.6% 4.8% 1Enerflex also refers to cash provided by operating activities before changes in working capital and other as “Funds from Operations” or “FFO”.
2Enerflex also refers to cash provided by operating activities as “Cashflow from Operations” or “CFO”.
BANK-ADJUSTED NET DEBT-TO-EBITDA RATIO
Enerflex defines bank-adjusted net debt to EBITDA as borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility (“RCF”) and Notes less cash and cash equivalents, divided by EBITDA for the trailing 12-months, as defined by the Company’s lenders. In assessing the Company's compliance with financial covenants related to its debt, certain adjustments are made to EBITDA to determine Enerflex's bank-adjusted net debt to EBITDA ratio. These adjustments, and Enerflex's bank-adjusted net debt to EBITDA ratio, are calculated in accordance with, and derived from, the Company's financing agreements.
GROSS MARGIN BEFORE DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
Gross margin before depreciation and amortization is a non-IFRS measure defined as gross margin excluding the impact of depreciation and amortization. The historical costs of assets may differ if they were acquired through acquisition or constructed, resulting in differing depreciation. Gross margin before depreciation and amortization is useful to present operating performance of the business before the impact of depreciation and amortization that may not be comparable across assets.
ADVISORY REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION
This news release contains “forward-looking information” within the meaning of applicable Canadian securities laws and “forward-looking statements” (and together with “forward-looking information”, “FLI”) within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the US Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements other than statements of historical fact are FLI. The use of any of the words “anticipate”, “believe”, “could”, “expect”, “future”, “may”, “potential”, “should”, “will” and similar expressions, (including negatives thereof) are intended to identify FLI.
In particular, this news release includes (without limitation) FLI pertaining to:
expectations that the North American contract compression fleet will grow to approximately 485,000 horsepower by the end of 2025;expectations that a 200 mmscf/d cryogenic gas processing facility and associated natural gas compression will be executed and delivered on schedule, if at all; Enerflex is well positioned to take advantage of growing global natural gas demand;Enerflex’s ability to enhance the profitability of its core operations, grow its business, and generate sustained, attractive returns for shareholders, and the time required in connection therewith, if at all;disclosures under the heading “Outlook” including: Enerflex’s ability to deliver on its near-term priorities, including (1) enhancing the profitability of its core operations; (2) leveraging the Company’s leading position in core operating countries to capitalize on expected increases in natural gas and produced water volumes; and (3) maximizing free cash flow to further strengthen Enerflex’s financial position, provide direct shareholder returns, and invest in selective customer supported growth opportunities, and the time required in connection therewith, if at all;the highly contracted EI product line and the recurring nature of AMS will, together, account for approximately 65% of Enerflex’s gross margin before depreciation and amortization during 2025;customer contracts within Enerflex’s EI product line will generate approximately $1.4 billion of revenue over their remaining terms; activity levels during the fourth quarter of 2025 for the ES product line are expected to be reduced by a “pull forward” of certain projects into the third quarter;ES gross margins are expected to align, in the coming quarters, more closely with historical averages;supply of natural gas and associated liquids are anticipated to grow, especially within Enerflex’s North American footprint, supporting an attractive medium-term outlook for each of Enerflex’s product lines;total capital expenditures in 2025 will be approximately $120 million, including a total of approximately $60 million for maintenance and PP&E expenditures and approximately $60 million allocated to growth opportunities;continued strength in the fundamentals for contract compression in the U.S., led by expected increases in natural gas production in the Permian basin and capital spending discipline from market participants;selective customer supported growth investments continuing to be made in the US contract compression business;the ability of Enerflex to continue to make meaningful direct shareholder returns, including its ability to pay a sustainable quarterly cash dividend; andconsiderations to further reduce debt which will strengthen Enerflex’s balance sheet and lower net financing costs and that doing so will position the Company to respond to evolving market conditions and capitalize on opportunities to optimize its debt stack; using free cash generated to fund other non-operating activities including dividend payments, share repurchases, and non-mandatory debt repayments, if at all.
FLI reflect Management's current beliefs and assumptions with respect to such things as the impact of general economic conditions; commodity prices; the markets in which Enerflex's products and services are used; general industry conditions, forecasts, and trends; changes to, and introduction of new, governmental regulations, laws, and income taxes; increased competition; availability of qualified personnel; political unrest and geopolitical conditions; and other factors, many of which are beyond the control of Enerflex. More specifically, Enerflex’s expectations in respect of its FLI are based on a number of assumptions, estimates and projections developed based on past experience and anticipated trends, including but not limited to:
the ability of the Company to proactively manage the ES business line in response near-term risks and uncertainties, including tariffs and commodity price volatility;natural gas and associated liquids and produced water volumes across Enerflex’s global footprint will increase in line with expectations;market conditions, customer activity, and industry fundamentals will support stable demand across Enerflex’s product lines and geographic regions throughout 2025;the high level of contractual commitments within the EI product line and the predictable, recurring revenue from AMS will continue;existing customer contracts within the EI product line will remain in effect and with no material cancellations or renegotiations over their remaining terms;risks related to lawsuits, arbitrations or other legal proceedings;the execution of projects within the ES product line will proceed as scheduled and the conversion to revenue will proceed without significant delays or cancellations;the Company’s backlog providing strong visibility into future revenue generation and business activity levels in the ES business line;a continuing healthy pipeline of bidding opportunities in the ES product line;no significant unforeseen cost overruns or project delays;market conditions continuing to support the NCIB within the anticipated timeframe; andEnerflex will maintain sufficient cash flow, profitability, and financial flexibility to support the ongoing payment of a sustainable quarterly cash dividend, subject to market conditions, operational performance, and board approval. As a result of the foregoing, actual results, performance, or achievements of Enerflex could differ and such differences could be material from those expressed in, or implied by, the FLI. The principal risks, uncertainties and other factors affecting Enerflex and its business are identified under the heading "Risk Factors" in: (i) Enerflex's Annual Information Form for the year ended December 31, 2024, dated February 27, 2025; and (ii) Enerflex's Annual Report dated February 26, 2025, as well as in the Company’s MD&A as at September 30, 2025 and in other filings with Canadian securities regulators and the SEC, copies of which are available under the electronic profile of the Company on SEDAR+ and EDGAR at www.sedarplus.ca and www.sec.gov/edgar, respectively. Other unpredictable or unknown factors not discussed in this news release could have material adverse effects on the actual results, performance, or achievements of Enerflex expressed in, or implied by, the FLI.
The FLI included in this news release are made as of the date of this news release and are based on the information available to the Company at such time and, other than as required by law, Enerflex disclaims any intention or obligation to update or revise any FLI, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. This news release and its contents should not be construed, under any circumstances, as investment, tax, or legal advice.
The outlook provided in this news release is based on assumptions about future events, including economic conditions and proposed courses of action, based on Management's assessment of the relevant information currently available. The outlook is based on the same assumptions and risk factors set forth above and is based on the Company's historical results of operations. The outlook set forth in this news release was approved by Management and the Board of Directors. Management believes that the prospective financial information set forth in this news release has been prepared on a reasonable basis, reflecting Management's best estimates and judgments, and represents the Company's expected course of action in developing and executing its business strategy relating to its business operations. The prospective financial information set forth in this news release should not be relied on as necessarily indicative of future results. Actual results may vary, and such variance may be material.
ABOUT ENERFLEX
Enerflex is a premier integrated global provider of energy infrastructure and energy transition solutions, deploying natural gas, low-carbon, and treated water solutions – from individual, modularized products and services to integrated custom solutions. With over 4,400 engineers, manufacturers, technicians, and innovators, Enerflex is bound together by a shared vision: Transforming Energy for a Sustainable Future. The Company remains committed to the future of natural gas and the critical role it plays, while focused on sustainability offerings to support the energy transition and growing decarbonization efforts.
Enerflex’s common shares trade on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol “EFX” and on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “EFXT”. For more information about Enerflex, visit www.enerflex.com.
For investor and media enquiries, contact:
Paul Mahoney
President and Chief Executive Officer
E-mail: [email protected]
Preet S. Dhindsa
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
E-mail: [email protected]
Jeff Fetterly
Vice President, Corporate Development and Capital Markets
E-mail: [email protected]
SCOTTSDALE, Ariz., Nov. 06, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- LifeStance Health Group, Inc. (Nasdaq: LFST), one of the nation’s largest providers of outpatient mental healthcare, today announced financial results for the third quarter ended September 30, 2025.
(All results compared to prior-year comparative period, unless otherwise noted)
Q3 2025 Highlights and FY 2025 Outlook
Revenue of $363.8 million increased 16% compared to revenue of $312.7 millionClinician base increased 11% to 7,996 clinicians, a sequential net increase of 288 in the third quarterThird quarter visit volumes increased 17% to 2.3 millionNet income of $1.1 million compared to net loss of $6.0 millionAdjusted EBITDA of $40.2 million increased 31% compared to Adjusted EBITDA of $30.7 millionNet cash provided by operations of $27.3 million in the third quarter resulting in strong cash position of $203.9 millionFree Cash Flow of positive $17.0 million in the third quarterFor full year 2025, reiterating expectations for revenue of $1.41 billion to $1.43 billion; raising midpoint expectations for Center Margin to $448 million to $462 million; and raising Adjusted EBITDA expectations to $146 million to $152 million “This was a record-breaking quarter for LifeStance,” said Dave Bourdon, CEO of LifeStance. “We delivered 17% organic visit growth, fueled by our strongest-ever organic productivity improvements and clinician net adds—bringing our team to approximately 8,000 clinicians. We also achieved our second quarter of positive net income this year, at $1 million, along with Adjusted EBITDA of $40 million with 11% margins, both marking new highs for us as a public company. This performance reflects improved operating leverage in G&A and positions us to raise our full-year Adjusted EBITDA guidance while continuing to expand margins into 2026. The team’s exceptional results this quarter provide strong momentum as we enter the fourth quarter and look ahead to the coming year.”
Financial Highlights Q3 2025 Q3 2024 Y/Y (in millions) Total revenue $363.8 $312.7 16%Income from operations 7.4 0.0 NM Center Margin 116.6 100.4 16%Net income (loss) 1.1 (6.0) (118%)Adjusted EBITDA 40.2 30.7 31%As % of Total revenue: Income from operations 2.0% 0.0% Center Margin 32.0% 32.1% Net income (loss) 0.3% (1.9%) Adjusted EBITDA 11.1% 9.8% NM - not meaningful
(All results compared to prior-year period, unless otherwise noted)
Revenue grew 16% to $363.8 million. Revenue growth in the third quarter was driven primarily by higher visit volumes from net clinician growth and improved clinician productivity.Income from operations was $7.4 million and net income was $1.1 million.Center Margin grew 16% to $116.6 million, or 32.0% of total revenue.Adjusted EBITDA increased 31% to $40.2 million, or 11.1% of total revenue. Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue increased in the third quarter as a result of improved operating leverage from revenue growing faster than general and administrative expenses. Balance Sheet, Cash Flow, and Capital Allocation
For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, LifeStance provided $88.6 million cash flow from operations, including $27.3 million during the third quarter of 2025. The Company ended the third quarter with cash of $203.9 million and net long-term debt of $269.4 million.
2025 Guidance
LifeStance is providing the following outlook for 2025:
The Company is reiterating expectations for revenue of $1.41 billion to $1.43 billion; raising midpoint expectations for Center Margin to $448 million to $462 million; and raising Adjusted EBITDA expectations to $146 million to $152 million.For the fourth quarter of 2025, the Company expects total revenue of $368 million to $388 million, Center Margin of $113 million to $127 million, and Adjusted EBITDA of $37 million to $43 million. Conference Call, Webcast Information, and Presentations
LifeStance will hold a conference call today, November 6, 2025 at 8:30 a.m. Eastern Time to discuss the third quarter 2025 results. Investors who wish to participate in the call should dial 1-800-715-9871, domestically, or 1-646-307-1963, internationally, approximately 10 minutes before the call begins and provide conference ID number 3958273 or ask to be joined into the LifeStance call. A real-time audio webcast can be accessed via the Events and Presentations section of the LifeStance Investor Relations website (https://investor.lifestance.com), where related materials will be posted prior to the conference call.
About LifeStance Health Group, Inc.
Founded in 2017, LifeStance (Nasdaq: LFST) is reimagining mental health. We are one of the nation’s largest providers of virtual and in-person outpatient mental healthcare for children, adolescents and adults experiencing a variety of mental health conditions. Our mission is to help people lead healthier, more fulfilling lives by improving access to trusted, affordable, and personalized mental healthcare. LifeStance and its supported practices employ approximately 8,000 psychiatrists, advanced practice nurses, psychologists and therapists and operates across 33 states and more than 550 centers. To learn more, please visit www.LifeStance.com.
We routinely post information that may be important to investors on the “Investor Relations” section of our website at investor.lifestance.com. We encourage investors and potential investors to consult our website regularly for important information about us.
Forward-Looking Statements
Statements in this press release and on the related teleconference that express a belief, expectation or intention, as well as those that are not historical fact, are forward-looking statements. These statements include, but are not limited to, statements with respect to: full year and fourth quarter guidance and management's related assumptions; business plans and objectives; and other statements contained in this press release that are not historical facts. When used in this press release and on the related teleconference, words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “intend,” “potential,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “plan,” “target,” “predict,” “project,” “seek” and similar expressions as they relate to us are intended to identify forward-looking statements. They involve a number of risks and uncertainties that may cause actual events and results to differ materially from such forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to: if reimbursement rates paid by third-party payors are reduced or if third-party payors otherwise restrain our ability to obtain or deliver care to patients, our business could be materially harmed; we may not grow at the rates we historically have achieved or at all, even if our key metrics may imply future growth, including if we are unable to successfully execute on our growth initiatives and business strategies; if we fail to manage our growth effectively, our expenses could increase more than expected, our revenue may not increase proportionally or at all, and we may be unable to execute on our business strategy; our ability to recruit new clinicians and retain existing clinicians; we conduct business in a heavily regulated industry and if we fail to comply with these laws and government regulations, we could incur penalties or be required to make significant changes to our operations or experience adverse publicity, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition; we are dependent on our relationships with supported practices, which we do not own, to provide healthcare services, and our business would be harmed if those relationships were disrupted or if our arrangements with these entities became subject to legal challenges; we operate in a competitive industry, and if we are not able to compete effectively, our business and financial performance would be harmed; the impact on us of healthcare reform legislation and other changes in the healthcare industry and in healthcare spending is currently unknown, but may harm our business; if our or our vendors’ security measures fail or are breached and unauthorized access to our employees’, patients’ or partners’ data is obtained, our systems may be perceived as insecure, we may incur significant liabilities, including through private litigation or regulatory action, our reputation may be harmed, and we could lose patients and partners; our business depends on our ability to effectively invest in, implement improvements to and properly maintain the uninterrupted operation and data integrity of our information technology and other business systems; our existing indebtedness could adversely affect our business and growth prospects; and other risks and uncertainties set forth under “Risk Factors” included in the reports we have filed or will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 and subsequent filings made with the Securities and Exchange Commission. LifeStance does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements made in this press release to reflect any change in management's expectations or any change in the assumptions or circumstances on which such statements are based, except as otherwise required by law.
Non-GAAP Financial Information
This press release contains certain non-GAAP financial measures, including Center Margin, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA margin. Tables showing the reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to the comparable GAAP measures are included at the end of this release. Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures are useful in evaluating the Company’s operating performance, and may be helpful to securities analysts, institutional investors and other interested parties in understanding the Company’s operating performance and prospects. This press release also refers to Free Cash Flow, which is calculated as net cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property and equipment. Management believes Free Cash Flow is a useful indicator of liquidity that provides information to management and investors about the amount of cash generated from our operations that, after investments in property and equipment, can be used for future growth. These non-GAAP financial measures, as calculated, may not be comparable to companies in other industries or within the same industry with similarly titled measures of performance. Therefore, the Company’s non-GAAP financial measures should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, or in isolation from, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP, such as net income (loss) or income (loss) from operations.
Center Margin and Adjusted EBITDA anticipated for the fourth quarter of 2025 and full year 2025 are calculated in a manner consistent with the historical presentation of these measures at the end of this release. Reconciliation for the forward-looking fourth quarter of 2025 and full year 2025 Center Margin, Adjusted EBITDA guidance and Free Cash Flow is not being provided, as LifeStance does not currently have sufficient data to accurately estimate the variables and individual adjustments for such reconciliation. As such, LifeStance management cannot estimate on a forward-looking basis without unreasonable effort the impact these variables and individual adjustments will have on its reported results.
Management acknowledges that there are many items that impact a company’s reported results and the adjustments reflected in these non-GAAP measures are not intended to present all items that may have impacted these results.
Consolidated Financial Information and Reconciliations
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(unaudited)
(In thousands, except for par value)
September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024 CURRENT ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents $203,903 $154,571 Patient accounts receivable, net 121,073 131,802 Prepaid expenses and other current assets 35,401 26,137 Total current assets 360,377 312,510 NONCURRENT ASSETS Property and equipment, net 162,672 166,041 Right-of-use assets 145,706 147,878 Intangible assets, net 180,753 190,799 Goodwill 1,293,346 1,293,346 Other noncurrent assets 6,115 7,724 Total noncurrent assets 1,788,592 1,805,788 Total assets $2,148,969 $2,118,298 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY CURRENT LIABILITIES Accounts payable $12,215 $7,242 Accrued payroll expenses 113,772 117,461 Other accrued expenses 42,144 46,942 Operating lease liabilities, current 47,377 49,449 Other current liabilities 13,052 7,792 Total current liabilities 228,560 228,886 NONCURRENT LIABILITIES Long-term debt, net 269,392 279,790 Operating lease liabilities, noncurrent 144,185 148,699 Deferred tax liability, net 13,986 14,329 Other noncurrent liabilities 105 309 Total noncurrent liabilities 427,668 443,127 Total liabilities $656,228 $672,013 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Preferred stock – par value $0.01 per share; 25,000 shares authorized as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024; 0 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 — — Common stock – par value $0.01 per share; 800,000 shares authorized as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024; 389,000 and 382,735 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively 3,890 3,827 Additional paid-in capital 2,309,145 2,259,818 Accumulated other comprehensive income — 929 Accumulated deficit (820,294) (818,289)Total stockholders' equity 1,492,741 1,446,285 Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $2,148,969 $2,118,298 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(unaudited)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025 2024 2025 2024 TOTAL REVENUE $363,809 $312,722 $1,042,090 $925,490 OPERATING EXPENSES Center costs, excluding depreciation and
amortization shown separately below 247,227 212,291 707,286 632,527 General and administrative expenses 95,615 85,269 287,421 269,356 Depreciation and amortization 13,557 15,115 41,319 56,279 Total operating expenses $356,399 $312,675 $1,036,026 $958,162 INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS $7,410 $47 $6,064 $(32,672)OTHER EXPENSE Gain on remeasurement of contingent consideration — 15 — 1,975 Transaction costs — (29) — (821)Interest expense, net (2,814) (5,413) (8,787) (17,139)Other expense (24) (2) (117) (80)Total other expense $(2,838) $(5,429) $(8,904) $(16,065)INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES 4,572 (5,382) (2,840) (48,737)INCOME TAX (PROVISION) BENEFIT (3,495) (575) 835 (1,594)NET INCOME (LOSS) $1,077 $(5,957) $(2,005) $(50,331)EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE Basic 0.00 (0.02) (0.01) (0.13)Diluted 0.00 (0.02) (0.01) (0.13)Weighted-average shares outstanding Basic 386,963 380,359 385,672 378,713 Diluted 388,895 380,359 385,672 378,713 NET INCOME (LOSS) $1,077 $(5,957) $(2,005) $(50,331)OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS Unrealized losses on cash flow hedge, net of tax (345) (1,872) (929) (1,532)COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) $732 $(7,829) $(2,934) $(51,863) CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(unaudited)
(In thousands)
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025 2024 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net loss $(2,005) $(50,331)Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization 41,319 56,279 Non-cash operating lease costs 31,265 29,431 Stock-based compensation 57,997 60,026 Amortization of discount and debt issue costs 762 1,264 Gain on remeasurement of contingent consideration — (1,975)Other, net 1,440 998 Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of businesses acquired: Patient accounts receivable, net 10,729 (32,757)Prepaid expenses and other current assets (10,410) (3,924)Accounts payable 2,868 620 Accrued payroll expenses (3,689) 9,381 Operating lease liabilities (35,829) (34,300)Other accrued expenses (5,856) 10,232 Net cash provided by operating activities $88,591 $44,944 CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Purchases of property and equipment (25,214) (15,265)Net cash used in investing activities $(25,214) $(15,265)CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES Payments of long-term debt (5,438) (2,194)Payments of contingent consideration — (3,694)Taxes related to net share settlement of equity awards (8,607) — Net cash used in financing activities $(14,045) $(5,888)NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 49,332 23,791 Cash and Cash Equivalents - Beginning of period 154,571 78,824 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – END OF PERIOD $203,903 $102,615 SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION Cash paid for interest, net $13,253 $19,023 Cash paid for taxes, net of refunds $1,564 $59 SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES Acquisition of property and equipment included in liabilities $4,484 $1,203 RECONCILIATION OF INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS TO CENTER MARGIN
Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025 2024 2025 2024 (in thousands) Income (loss) from operations $7,410 $47 $6,064 $(32,672)Adjusted for: Depreciation and amortization 13,557 15,115 41,319 56,279 General and administrative expenses(1) 95,615 85,269 287,421 269,356 Center Margin $116,582 $100,431 $334,804 $292,963 (1) Represents salaries, wages and employee benefits for our executive leadership, finance, human resources, marketing, billing and credentialing support and technology infrastructure and stock-based compensation for all employees.
RECONCILIATION OF NET INCOME (LOSS) TO ADJUSTED EBITDA
Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025 2024 2025 2024 (in thousands) Net income (loss) $1,077 $(5,957) $(2,005) $(50,331)Adjusted for: Interest expense, net 2,814 5,413 8,787 17,139 Depreciation and amortization 13,557 15,115 41,319 56,279 Income tax provision (benefit) 3,495 575 (835) 1,594 Gain on remeasurement of contingent consideration — (15) — (1,975)Stock-based compensation expense 18,297 14,895 57,997 60,026 Loss on disposal of assets 24 2 117 80 Transaction costs(1) — 29 — 821 Executive transition costs 577 — 1,296 591 Litigation costs(2) (70) 224 1,088 1,053 Strategic initiatives(3) — 134 — 1,292 Real estate optimization and restructuring charges(4) (6) — (103) (250)Amortization of cloud-based software implementation costs(5) 444 298 1,199 478 Other expenses(6) — — — 172 Adjusted EBITDA $40,209 $30,713 $108,860 $86,969 (1) Primarily includes capital markets advisory, consulting, accounting and legal expenses related to our underwritten public offering completed in the second quarter of 2024.
(2) Litigation costs, net of insurance recoveries, include only those costs which are considered non-recurring and outside of the ordinary course of business based on the following considerations, which we assess regularly: (i) the frequency of similar cases that have been brought to date, or are expected to be brought within two years, (ii) the complexity of the case (e.g., complex class action litigation), (iii) the nature of the remedy(ies) sought, including the size of any monetary damages sought, (iv) the counterparty involved, and (v) our overall litigation strategy. During each of the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, litigation costs included cash expenses related to distinct litigation matters, including a privacy class action litigation and a compensation model class action litigation, and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024, a securities class action litigation.
(3) Strategic initiatives consist of expenses directly related to a multi-phase system upgrade in connection with our recent and significant expansion. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024, we continued a process of evaluating and adopting critical enterprise-wide systems for (i) human resources management and (ii) clinician credentialing and onboarding process. Strategic initiatives represents costs, such as third-party consulting costs and one-time costs, that are not part of our ongoing operations related to these enterprise-wide systems. We considered the frequency and scale of this multi-part enterprise upgrade when determining that the expenses were not normal, recurring operating expenses.
(4) Real estate optimization and restructuring charges consist of cash expenses and non-cash charges related to our real estate optimization initiative, which included certain asset impairment and disposal costs, certain gains and losses related to early lease terminations, and exit and disposal costs related to our real estate optimization initiative to consolidate our physical footprint during 2023. As the decision to close these centers was part of a significant strategic project driven by a historic shift in behavior, the magnitude of center closures was greater than what would be expected as part of ordinary business operations and did not constitute normal recurring operating activities. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, real estate optimization and restructuring charges consisted of certain gains and losses related to early lease terminations of previously abandoned real estate leases in 2023.
(5) Represents amortization of capitalized implementation costs related to cloud-based software arrangements that are included within general and administrative expenses included in our unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
(6) Represents costs incurred pre- and post-center acquisition to integrate operations, including expenses related to conversion of compensation model, legacy system costs and data migration, consulting and legal services, and overtime and temporary labor costs and includes severance expense unrelated to integration services, which are included in our unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
2025-11-06 11:265mo ago
2025-11-06 06:005mo ago
First Advantage Reports Third Quarter 2025 Results
Revenues of $409.2 millionNet Income of $2.6 million, a net income margin of 0.6%, includes $6.3 million of expenses related to the acquisition of Sterling Check Corp. (“Sterling”) and related integration, and $41.7 million of Sterling acquisition depreciation and amortizationAdjusted Net Income of $52.3 millionAdjusted EBITDA of $118.5 million; Adjusted EBITDA Margin of 29.0%GAAP Diluted Net Income Per Share of $0.01, includes $0.03 per share of expenses incurred related to the Sterling acquisition and related integrationAdjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share of $0.30Cash Flows from Operations of $72.4 million; Adjusted Operating Cash Flows of $80.5 million, after adjusting for $8.1 million of cash costs directly associated with the Sterling acquisition and related integration Refining Full Year 2025 Guidance
Narrowing full year 2025 guidance ranges, with refined midpoints at or above original guidance midpoints, including the expected benefits of realized synergies. Refined 2025 guidance for Revenues of $1.535 billion to $1.570 billion, Adjusted EBITDA of $430 million to $440 million, Adjusted Net Income of $170 million to $180 million, and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share of $0.98 to $1.022. ATLANTA, Nov. 06, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- First Advantage Corporation (NASDAQ: FA), a leading provider of global software and data in the HR technology industry, today announced financial results for the third quarter ended September 30, 2025.
Key Financials
(Amounts in millions, except per share data and percentages)
Three Months Ended September 30, 2025 2024 Revenues$409.2 $199.1 Income from operations$42.2 $9.1 Net income (loss)$2.6 $(8.9)Net income (loss) margin 0.6% (4.4)%Diluted net income (loss) per share$0.01 $(0.06)Adjusted EBITDA1$118.5 $64.0 Adjusted EBITDA Margin1 29.0% 32.2%Adjusted Net Income1$52.3 $38.0 Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share1$0.30 $0.26 1 Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share, and Adjusted Operating Cash Flows are non-GAAP measures. Please see the end of this earnings release for definitions and schedules with reconciliations of these measures to their most directly comparable respective GAAP measures. “We delivered another quarter of profitable growth through continuing go-to-market success in new logo and upsell/cross-sell, demonstrating our ability to perform amid the current uncertain macroeconomic environment in which hiring growth has been consistently flat. Our strategy of diversified exposure across verticals and geographies supported our results with strong momentum in our retail & e-commerce and transportation & logistics verticals, and for the sixth quarter in a row, our International business has achieved year-over-year revenue growth,” said Scott Staples, Chief Executive Officer.
“On October 31, we celebrated the one-year anniversary of closing on the Sterling acquisition, and I am extremely pleased with the performance of our entire team as our integration is progressing ahead of schedule and we are delivering strategic and financial benefits as promised. We have maintained excellent customer satisfaction as evidenced by our high retention levels and the feedback we are receiving. We are seeing consistently increasing interest in our expanded best-of-breed solutions and are excited to partner with our customers to apply our leading products and technologies to solve their hiring and onboarding challenges. Looking ahead, we remain focused on executing on our strategy to increase share across our targeted verticals, accelerate international growth, and deliver on our best-of-breed product and platform approach,” Staples concluded.
Refining Full Year 2025 Guidance
“We delivered strong top line growth in the third quarter with Adjusted EBITDA margins of 29% and solid cash flow,” commented Steven Marks, Chief Financial Officer. “Our results were supported by consistent execution on our integration and synergy plans. We are laser-focused on deleveraging and made a voluntary principal repayment of $25 million subsequent to the end of the quarter, bringing total principal repayments this year to $70.5 million. This has been enabled by our strong free cash flow generation. Our results year to date, as well as the momentum we have seen heading into the fourth quarter, give us confidence in narrowing our full year 2025 guidance ranges, with refined midpoints at or above our original guidance midpoints.”
The following table summarizes our updated full year 2025 guidance.
Updated Guidance
As of November 6, 2025Prior Guidance
As of August 7, 2025Revenues$1.535 billion – $1.570 billion$1.5 billion – $1.6 billionAdjusted EBITDA2$430 million – $440 million$410 million – $450 millionAdjusted Net Income2$170 million – $180 million$152 million – $182 millionAdjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share2$0.98 – $1.02$0.86 – $1.032 A reconciliation of the foregoing guidance for the non-GAAP metrics of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income to GAAP net income (loss) and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share to GAAP diluted net income (loss) per share cannot be provided without unreasonable effort because of the inherent difficulty of accurately forecasting the occurrence and financial impact of the various adjusting items necessary for such reconciliation that have not yet occurred, are out of our control, or cannot be reasonably predicted. For the same reasons, the Company is unable to assess the probable significance of the unavailable information, which could have a material impact on its future GAAP financial results. Actual results may differ materially from First Advantage’s full year 2025 guidance as a result of, among other things, the factors described under “Forward-Looking Statements” below.
Conference Call and Webcast Information
First Advantage will host a conference call to review its third quarter 2025 results today, November 6, 2025, at 8:30 a.m. ET.
To participate in the conference call, please dial 800-579-2543 (domestic) or 785-424-1789 (international) approximately ten minutes before the 8:30 a.m. ET start. Please mention to the operator that you are dialing in for the First Advantage third quarter 2025 earnings call or provide the conference code FA3Q25. The call will also be webcast live on the Company’s investor relations website at https://investors.fadv.com under the “News & Events” and then “Events & Presentations” section, where related presentation materials will be posted prior to the conference call.
Following the conference call, a replay of the webcast will be available on the Company’s investor relations website, https://investors.fadv.com. Alternatively, the live webcast and subsequent replay will be available at https://event.on24.com/wcc/r/5075946/AB315DBF336BEFF744ACAA7EF22E2F21.
Forward-Looking Statements
This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, our operations and financial performance. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts. These forward-looking statements relate to matters such as our industry, business strategy, goals, and expectations concerning our market position, future operations, margins, profitability, capital expenditures, liquidity and capital resources, and other financial and operating information. In some cases, you can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “future,” “will,” “seek,” “foreseeable,” “target,” “guidance,” the negative version of these words, or similar terms and phrases.
These forward-looking statements are subject to various risks, uncertainties, assumptions, or changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict or quantify. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following:
negative changes in external events beyond our control, including our customers’ onboarding volumes, economic drivers which are sensitive to macroeconomic cycles, such as interest rate volatility and inflation, geopolitical unrest, global trade disputes, uncertainty in financial markets, and changes in tax laws;our operations in a highly regulated industry and the fact that we are subject to numerous and evolving laws and regulations, including with respect to personal data, data security, and artificial intelligence (“AI”);inability to identify and successfully implement our growth strategies on a timely basis or at all;potential harm to our business, brand, and reputation as a result of security breaches, cyber-attacks, or the mishandling of personal data;our reliance on third-party data providers;due to the sensitive and privacy-driven nature of our products and solutions, we could face liability and legal or regulatory proceedings, which could be costly and time-consuming to defend and may not be fully covered by insurance;our international business exposes us to a number of risks;the continued integration of our platforms and solutions with human resource providers such as applicant tracking systems and human capital management systems as well as our relationships with such human resource providers;our ability to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary information;disruptions, outages, or other errors with our technology and network infrastructure, including our data centers, servers, and third-party cloud and internet providers and our migration to the cloud;our indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, and prevent us from meeting our obligations;the failure to realize the expected benefits of our acquisition of Sterling Check Corp.; andcontrol by our Sponsor, "Silver Lake" (Silver Lake Group, L.L.C., together with its affiliates, successors, and assignees) and its interests may conflict with ours or those of our stockholders. For additional information on these and other factors that could cause First Advantage’s actual results to differ materially from expected results, please see our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), as such factors may be updated from time to time in our filings with the SEC, which are or will be accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. The forward-looking statements included in this press release are made only as of the date of this press release, and we undertake no obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments, or otherwise, except as required by law.
Non-GAAP Financial Information
This press release contains “non-GAAP financial measures” that are financial measures that either exclude or include amounts that are not excluded or included in the most directly comparable measures calculated and presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). Specifically, we make use of the non-GAAP financial measures “Adjusted EBITDA,” “Adjusted EBITDA Margin,” “Adjusted Net Income,” “Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share,” and “Adjusted Operating Cash Flow.”
Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Net Income, and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share have been presented in this press release as supplemental measures of financial performance that are not required by or presented in accordance with GAAP because we believe they assist investors and analysts in comparing our operating performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. Management believes these non-GAAP measures are useful to investors in highlighting trends in our operating performance, while other measures can differ significantly depending on long-term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which we operate, and capital investments. Management uses Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Net Income, and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share to supplement GAAP measures of performance in the evaluation of the effectiveness of our business strategies, to make budgeting decisions, to establish discretionary annual incentive compensation, and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures. Management supplements GAAP results with non-GAAP financial measures to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting the business than GAAP results alone.
Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Net Income, and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share are not recognized terms under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income as a measure of financial performance or cash provided by operating activities as a measure of liquidity, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP.
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, and as further adjusted for loss on extinguishment of debt, share-based compensation, transaction and acquisition-related charges, integration and restructuring charges, and other non-cash charges. We define Adjusted EBITDA Margin as Adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenues. We define Adjusted Net Income for a particular period as net income before taxes adjusted for debt-related costs, acquisition-related depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation, transaction and acquisition-related charges, integration and restructuring charges, and other non-cash charges, to which we then apply the related effective tax rate. We define Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share as Adjusted Net Income divided by adjusted weighted average number of shares outstanding—diluted.
Additionally, we use Adjusted Operating Cash Flow to review the liquidity of our operations. We define Adjusted Operating Cash Flow as cash flows from operating activities adjusted for cash costs directly associated with the Sterling acquisition and related integration. We believe Adjusted Operating Cash Flow is a useful supplemental financial measure for management and investors in assessing the Company’s ability to pursue business opportunities and investments and to service its debt. Adjusted Operating Cash Flow is not a measure of our liquidity under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities.
For reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures, see the reconciliations included at the end of this press release.
The presentations of these measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations, the presentations of these measures may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies and can differ significantly from company to company.
Numerical figures included in the reconciliations have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in various tables may not be arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede them.
About First Advantage
First Advantage (NASDAQ: FA) is a leading provider of global software and data in the HR technology industry. Enabled by its proprietary technology and AI, First Advantage’s platforms, data, and APIs power comprehensive employment background screening, digital identity solutions, and verification services across over 200 countries and territories. With a strong emphasis on innovation, automation, and customer success, First Advantage empowers 80,000 organizations to hire smarter and onboard faster. Headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia, First Advantage is modernizing hiring and onboarding on a global scale. For more information, please visit our website at https://fadv.com/.
First Advantage Corporation
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Unaudited) (in thousands, except share and par value amounts) September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024 ASSETS CURRENT ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents $216,848 $168,688 Restricted cash 84 795 Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $8,108 and $3,832 at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively) 291,026 266,800 Prepaid expenses and other current assets 20,810 31,041 Income tax receivable 13,664 8,669 Total current assets 542,432 475,993 Property and equipment, net 260,952 307,539 Goodwill 2,140,334 2,124,528 Intangible assets, net 889,898 987,948 Deferred tax asset, net 5,678 5,682 Other assets 17,194 21,203 TOTAL ASSETS $3,856,488 $3,922,893 LIABILITIES AND EQUITY CURRENT LIABILITIES Accounts payable $127,511 $120,872 Accrued compensation 53,471 52,805 Accrued liabilities 47,713 44,700 Current portion of long-term debt — 21,850 Current portion of operating lease liability 3,671 4,245 Income tax payable 2,528 1,942 Deferred revenues 4,940 4,274 Total current liabilities 239,834 250,688 Long-term debt (net of deferred financing costs of $36,428 and $41,861 at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively) 2,103,110 2,121,289 Deferred tax liability, net 194,471 222,738 Operating lease liability, less current portion 6,407 9,149 Other liabilities 11,043 11,990 Total liabilities 2,554,865 2,615,854 EQUITY Common stock - $0.001 par value; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 174,035,826 and 173,171,145 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively 174 173 Additional paid-in-capital 1,523,996 1,504,007 Accumulated deficit (198,101) (159,808)Accumulated other comprehensive loss (24,446) (37,333)Total equity 1,301,623 1,307,039 TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY $3,856,488 $3,922,893 First Advantage Corporation
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended September 30, (in thousands, except share and per share amounts) 2025 2024 REVENUES $409,151 $199,119 OPERATING EXPENSES: Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below) 222,039 100,879 Product and technology expense 25,136 12,909 Selling, general, and administrative expense 57,459 46,050 Depreciation and amortization 62,274 30,168 Total operating expenses 366,908 190,006 INCOME FROM OPERATIONS 42,243 9,113 OTHER EXPENSE, NET: Interest expense, net 40,041 17,191 Loss on extinguishment of debt 407 — Total other expense, net 40,448 17,191 INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES 1,795 (8,078)(Benefit) provision for income taxes (798) 782 NET INCOME (LOSS) $2,593 $(8,860) Foreign currency translation (loss) income (6,950) 5,531 COMPREHENSIVE LOSS $(4,357) $(3,329) NET INCOME (LOSS) $2,593 $(8,860)Basic net income (loss) per share $0.01 $(0.06)Diluted net income (loss) per share $0.01 $(0.06)Weighted average number of shares outstanding - basic 173,561,778 144,096,312 Weighted average number of shares outstanding - diluted 175,549,342 144,096,312 First Advantage Corporation
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended September 30, (in thousands) 2025 2024 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net loss $(38,293) $(9,907)Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization 185,846 89,968 Loss on extinguishment of debt 661 — Amortization of deferred financing costs 4,773 1,388 Bad debt (recovery) expense (1) 92 Deferred taxes (28,342) (23,115)Share-based compensation 19,430 19,303 Loss (gain) on disposal and impairment of long-lived assets 1,720 (272)Change in fair value of interest rate swaps 5,607 (1,006)Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Accounts receivable (23,123) (151)Prepaid expenses and other assets 7,181 1,184 Accounts payable 4,008 23,115 Accrued compensation and accrued liabilities (5,218) 9,917 Deferred revenues 639 591 Operating lease liabilities (132) (722)Other liabilities (1,293) (673)Income taxes receivable and payable, net (4,278) 4,150 Net cash provided by operating activities 129,185 113,862 CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Capitalized software development costs (34,536) (20,384)Purchases of property and equipment (2,847) (1,386)Other investing activities 87 54 Net cash used in investing activities (37,296) (21,716)CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES Repayments of Amended First Lien Credit Facility (45,462) — Proceeds from issuance of common stock under share-based compensation plans 3,691 5,862 Net settlement of share-based compensation plan awards (3,145) (3,790)Cash dividends paid (111) (211)Payments on deferred purchase agreements — (703)Payments on finance lease obligations — (3)Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities (45,027) 1,155 Effect of exchange rate on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash 587 267 Increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash 47,449 93,568 Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period 169,483 213,912 Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period $216,932 $307,480 SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds received $27,884 $19,168 Cash paid for interest $124,493 $36,174 NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Property and equipment acquired on account $1,558 $926 Non-cash property and equipment additions $— $540 Excise taxes on share repurchases incurred but not paid $— $(10) Reconciliation of Consolidated Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Three Months Ended September 30, (in thousands, except percentages) 2025 2024 Net income (loss) $2,593 $(8,860)Interest expense, net 40,041 17,191 (Benefit) provision for income taxes (798) 782 Depreciation and amortization 62,274 30,168 Loss on extinguishment of debt 407 — Share-based compensation(a) 5,721 9,504 Transaction and acquisition-related charges(b) 1,585 13,218 Integration, restructuring, and other charges(c) 6,677 2,043 Adjusted EBITDA $118,500 $64,046 Revenues 409,151 199,119 Net income (loss) margin 0.6% (4.4)%Adjusted EBITDA Margin 29.0% 32.2% (a)Share-based compensation for the three months ended September 30, 2025 includes approximately $1.9 million of incrementally recognized expense associated with the May 2023 modification of the vesting terms of outstanding unvested and unearned performance-based options, restricted stock units, and restricted stock awards. The three months ended September 30, 2024 includes approximately $6.6 million of incrementally recognized expense associated with the May 2023 vesting modification and retirements of the Company's former Chief Financial Officer and President, Americas.(b)Represents charges incurred related to acquisitions and similar transactions, primarily consisting of change in control-related costs, professional service fees, and other third-party costs. Transaction and acquisition related charges for the three months ended September 30, 2025 includes approximately $1.4 million of expense associated with the Sterling Acquisition. The three months ended September 30, 2024 includes approximately $13.2 million of expense associated with the Sterling Acquisition, primarily consisting of legal, regulatory, and diligence professional service fees. The three months ended September 30, 2024 also includes insurance costs incurred related to the Company's initial public offering.(c)Represents charges from organizational restructuring and integration activities, non-cash, and other charges primarily related to nonrecurring legal exposures, foreign currency (gains) losses, impairment of capitalized software, (gains) losses on the sale of assets, and other non-recurring items. Integration, restructuring, and other charges for the three months ended September 30, 2025 includes approximately $3.8 million of expense associated with the integration of Sterling. The three months ended September 30, 2025 also includes approximately $1.5 million of expenses related to debt refinancing activities, as well as capitalized software impairment charges of approximately $1.2 million. Reconciliation of Consolidated Non-GAAP Financial Measures (continued)
Three Months Ended September 30, (in thousands) 2025 2024 Net income (loss) $2,593 $(8,860)(Benefit) provision for income taxes (798) 782 Income (loss) before provision for income taxes 1,795 (8,078)Debt-related charges(a) 2,585 10,057 Acquisition-related depreciation and amortization(b) 51,516 22,646 Share-based compensation(c) 5,721 9,504 Transaction and acquisition-related charges(d) 1,585 13,218 Integration, restructuring, and other charges(e) 6,677 2,043 Adjusted Net Income before income tax effect 69,879 49,390 Less: Adjusted income taxes(f) 17,567 11,400 Adjusted Net Income $52,312 $37,990 Three Months Ended September 30, 2025 2024 Diluted net income (loss) per share (GAAP) $0.01 $(0.06)Adjusted Net Income adjustments per share (Benefit) provision for income taxes (0.00) 0.01 Debt-related charges(a) 0.01 0.07 Acquisition-related depreciation and amortization(b) 0.29 0.15 Share-based compensation(c) 0.03 0.06 Transaction and acquisition related charges(d) 0.01 0.09 Integration, restructuring, and other charges(e) 0.04 0.01 Adjusted income taxes(f) (0.10) (0.08)Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share (Non-GAAP) $0.30 $0.26 Weighted average number of shares outstanding used in computation of Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share: Weighted average number of shares outstanding—diluted (GAAP and Non-GAAP) 175,549,342 144,096,312 Options and restricted stock not included in weighted average number of shares outstanding—diluted (GAAP) (using treasury stock method) — 2,492,320 Adjusted weighted average number of shares outstanding—diluted (Non-GAAP) 175,549,342 146,588,632 (a)Represents the loss on extinguishment and non-cash interest expense related to the amortization of debt issuance costs. This adjustment also includes the impact of the change in fair value of interest rate swaps, which represents the difference between the fair value gains or losses and actual cash payments and receipts on the interest rate swaps.(b)Represents the depreciation and amortization expense related to incremental intangible and developed technology assets recorded due to the application of ASC 805, Business Combinations. As a result, the purchase accounting related depreciation and amortization expense will recur in future periods until the related assets are fully depreciated or amortized, and the related purchase accounting assets may contribute to revenue generation.(c)Share-based compensation for the three months ended September 30, 2025 includes approximately $1.9 million of incrementally recognized expense associated with the May 2023 modification of the vesting terms of outstanding unvested and unearned performance-based options, restricted stock units, and restricted stock awards. The three months ended September 30, 2024 includes approximately $6.6 million of incrementally recognized expense associated with the May 2023 vesting modification and retirements of the Company's former Chief Financial Officer and President, Americas.(d)Represents charges incurred related to acquisitions and similar transactions, primarily consisting of change in control-related costs, professional service fees, and other third-party costs. Transaction and acquisition related charges for the three months ended September 30, 2025 includes approximately $1.4 million of expense associated with the Sterling Acquisition. The three months ended September 30, 2024 include approximately $13.2 million of expense associated with the Sterling Acquisition, primarily consisting of legal, regulatory, and diligence professional service fees. The three months ended September 30, 2024 also includes insurance costs incurred related to the Company's initial public offering.(e)Represents charges from organizational restructuring and integration activities, non-cash, and other charges primarily related to nonrecurring legal exposures, foreign currency (gains) losses, impairment of capitalized software, (gains) losses on the sale of assets, and other non-recurring items. Integration, restructuring, and other charges for the three months ended September 30, 2025 includes approximately $3.8 million of expense associated with the integration of Sterling. The three months ended September 30, 2025 also includes approximately $1.5 million of expenses related to debt refinancing activities, as well as capitalized software impairment charges of approximately $1.2 million.(f)Effective tax rates of approximately 25.1% and 23.1% have been used to compute Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share for the three months ended September 30 2025 and 2024, respectively. Three Months Ended September 30, (in thousands) 2025 2024 Cash flows from operating activities, as reported (GAAP) $72,369 $43,490 Cost paid related to the Sterling acquisition and integration 8,141 1,824 Adjusted Operating Cash Flow $80,510 $45,314
CORAL GABLES, Fla.--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Amerant Bancorp Inc. (NYSE: AMTB) (the “Company” or “Bank” or “Amerant”) today announced that the Company's Board of Directors (“Board”) and Jerry Plush, Chairman and CEO, have mutually agreed for him to step down, effective November 5, 2025. The Board has appointed Carlos Iafigliola, Senior Executive Vice President (“SEVP”) and Chief Operating Officer (“COO”), Interim Chief Executive Officer (“Interim CEO”). In addition, Odilon Almeida Jr., who had been ser.
2025-11-06 11:265mo ago
2025-11-06 06:005mo ago
The GEO Group Reports Third Quarter 2025 Results and Increases Share Repurchase Authorization to $500 Million
BOCA RATON, Fla.--(BUSINESS WIRE)--The GEO Group, Inc. (NYSE: GEO) (“GEO” or the “Company”), a leading provider of contracted support services for secure facilities, processing centers, and reentry centers, as well as enhanced in-custody rehabilitation, post-release support, and electronic monitoring programs, reported its financial results for the third quarter 2025, updated its financial guidance for the fourth quarter and full year 2025, and announced that its Board of Directors has increase.
2025-11-06 11:265mo ago
2025-11-06 06:005mo ago
Ducommun Incorporated Reports Third Quarter 2025 Results
COSTA MESA, Calif., Nov. 06, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Ducommun Incorporated (NYSE: DCO) (“Ducommun” or the “Company”) today reported results for its third quarter ended September 27, 2025.
Third Quarter 2025 Recap
Net Revenue was $212.6 million, an increase of 6% over Q3 2024Gross margin of 26.6%, year-over-year growth of 40 bpsNet loss of $64.4 million or $4.30 per share, or 30.3% of revenueNon-GAAP adjusted net income of $15.2 million (increase of 2% year-over-year), or $0.99 per diluted shareAdjusted EBITDA of $34.4 million (increase of 8% year-over-year), or 16.2% of revenue, up 40 bps year-over-year “Ducommun had another excellent quarter as we continued to make solid progress towards our VISION 2027 goals with both gross margin and Adjusted EBITDA margin at record levels. Net revenue grew 6% to a new quarterly record of $212.6 million, led by strength in our defense business which offset the continued headwinds in commercial aerospace OEM demand which was previously forecasted,” said Stephen G. Oswald, chairman, president and chief executive officer. “Ducommun’s Missile franchise continued to see strong growth in the quarter along with our military rotorcraft and fixed-wing platforms. Commercial aerospace was weak across the board and destocking continued to impact revenues despite growing production rates at the OEMs, which is very encouraging. The FAA's recent decision to allow Boeing to increase production rates on the 737 MAX to 42 aircraft per month is a big positive and a faster ramp-up in production rates will certainly help burn down the inventory in the system. We were also very pleased to see the Book to Bill ratio very strong for the Company at 1.6 times which established a new record for remaining performance obligations (“RPO”) for the Company.
“Ducommun continues to make strong progress as well in its margin expansion journey with gross margins expanding 40 bps year-over-year to 26.6%, continuing the strong momentum from the first half of the year, also at 26.6%. Adjusted EBITDA exceeded $30 million for the third consecutive quarter, expanding 40 bps year-over-year from 15.8% to 16.2% and keeping us on a good pace to meet the VISION 2027 financial goal of 18% Adjusted EBITDA with nine quarters remaining.
“The tariff environment continues to evolve but we currently do not expect it to have any material impact on our financial outlook. Ducommun is largely a U.S. manufacturer with U.S. workers and our domestic facilities generate more than 95% of Ducommun’s revenue. We are also making progress in putting in plans to largely mitigate raw materials tariff exposures through either duty exemptions on military products or by passing through to our customers under the terms of our contracts.
“In summary, Q3 was another strong performance and full year 2025 is positioned to be another record year for the Company. We are very optimistic for greater revenue growth year-over-year to close out 2025 and beyond as market demand continues to strengthen in both defense and commercial aerospace.”
Third Quarter Results
Net revenue for the third quarter of 2025 was $212.6 million compared to $201.4 million for the third quarter of 2024. The year-over-year increase was primarily due to the following in the Company's key end-use markets:
$14.2 million higher revenue in the Company’s military and space end-use markets due to higher rates on selected missiles, fixed-wing aircraft, rotary-wing aircraft, and ground vehicle weapon platforms; partially offset by$8.1 million lower revenue in the Company’s commercial aerospace end-use markets due to lower rates on business jet aircraft and large aircraft platforms. In addition, revenue for the Company’s industrial end-use markets for the third quarter of 2025 increased $5.1 million compared to the third quarter of 2024 mainly due to restocking and last time buys.
Net loss for the third quarter of 2025 was $(64.4) million, or (30.3)% of revenue, or $(4.30) per share, compared to net income of $10.1 million, or 5.0% revenue, or $0.67 per diluted share, for the third quarter of 2024. This reflects higher litigation settlement and related costs, net, of $99.7 million, partially offset by lower income tax expense of $19.8 million and higher gross profit of $3.8 million.
Gross profit for the third quarter of 2025 was $56.5 million, or 26.6% of revenue, compared to gross profit of $52.7 million, or 26.2% of revenue, for the third quarter of 2024. The increase in gross profit as a percentage of net revenue year-over-year was primarily due to lower other manufacturing costs and lower restructuring charges as a result of nearing the completion of the wind down of the Monrovia performance center, partially offset by unfavorable product mix.
Operating loss for the third quarter of 2025 was $80.1 million, or 37.7% of revenue, compared to operating income of $15.3 million, or 7.6% of revenue, in the comparable period last year. The year-over-year decrease of $95.3 million was primarily due to higher litigation settlement and related costs, net, partially offset by higher gross profit and lower restructuring charges. Non-GAAP adjusted operating income for the third quarter of 2025 was $22.4 million, or 10.6% of revenue, compared to $21.1 million, or 10.5% of revenue, in the comparable period last year. The year-over-year increase was primarily due to better operating leverage from higher revenue and gross profit.
Adjusted EBITDA for the third quarter of 2025 was $34.4 million, or 16.2% of revenue, compared to $31.9 million, or 15.8% of revenue, for the comparable period in 2024.
Interest expense for the third quarter of 2025 was $2.9 million compared to $3.8 million in the comparable period of 2024. The year-over-year decrease was primarily due lower interest rates along with a lower debt balance.
During the third quarter of 2025, the net cash provided by operations was $18.1 million compared to $13.9 million during the third quarter of 2024. The higher net cash provided by operations during the third quarter of 2025 was primarily due to the litigation settlement and related costs, net, which impacted net loss but has not yet been paid, lower accounts receivable, partially offset by lower contract liabilities, higher contract assets, and lower accrued and other liabilities.
Business Segment Information
Electronic Systems
Electronic Systems segment net revenue for the quarter ended September 27, 2025 was $123.1 million, compared to $115.4 million for the third quarter of 2024. The year-over-year increase was primarily due to the following in the Company's key end-use markets:
$8.2 million higher revenue within the Company’s military and space end-use markets due to higher rates on selected missile and fixed-wing aircraft platforms, partially offset by lower rates on electronic warfare platforms; partially offset by$5.6 million lower revenue in the Company’s commercial aerospace end-use markets due to lower rates on large aircraft platforms. In addition, revenue for the Company’s industrial end-use markets for the third quarter of 2025 increased $5.1 million compared to the third quarter of 2024 mainly due to some restocking and last time buys.
Electronic Systems segment operating income for the quarter ended September 27, 2025 was $21.1 million, or 17.1% of revenue, compared to $18.9 million, or 16.4% of revenue, for the comparable quarter in 2024. The year-over-year increase of $2.2 million was primarily due to higher manufacturing volume. Non-GAAP adjusted operating income for the third quarter of 2025 was $21.5 million, or 17.5% of revenue, compared to $19.4 million, or 16.8% of revenue, in the comparable period last year.
Structural Systems
Structural Systems segment net revenue for the quarter ended September 27, 2025 was $89.5 million, compared to $86.0 million for the third quarter of 2024. The year-over-year increase was primarily due to the following:
$6.0 million higher revenue within the Company’s military and space end-use markets due to higher rates on selected rotary-wing aircraft and ground vehicle weapon platforms; partially offset by$2.5 million lower revenue within the Company’s commercial aerospace end-use markets due to lower rates on business jet aircraft platforms, partially offset by higher rates on large aircraft platforms. Structural Systems segment operating income for the quarter ended September 27, 2025 was $11.9 million, or 13.3% of revenue, compared to $8.3 million, or 9.6% of revenue, for the comparable quarter in 2024. The year-over-year increase of $3.6 million was primarily due to lower other manufacturing costs and lower restructuring charges as a result of nearing the completion of the wind down of the Monrovia performance center, partially offset by lower manufacturing volume. Non-GAAP adjusted operating income for the third quarter of 2025 was $14.3 million, or 16.0% of revenue, compared to $12.6 million, or 14.7% of revenue, in the comparable period last year.
Corporate General and Administrative (“CG&A”) Expenses
CG&A expenses for the third quarter of 2025 were $113.1 million, or 53.2% of total Company revenue, compared to $11.9 million, or 5.9% of total Company revenue, for the comparable quarter in the prior year. The year-over-year increase in CG&A expenses was primarily due to higher litigation settlement and related costs, net, of $99.7 million discussed above.
Conference Call
A teleconference hosted by Stephen G. Oswald, the Company’s chairman, president and chief executive officer, and Suman B. Mookerji, the Company’s senior vice president, chief financial officer will be held today, November 6, 2025 at 10:00 a.m. PT (1:00 p.m. ET) to review these financial results. To access the conference call, please pre-register using the following registration link:
Registrants will receive a confirmation with dial-in details. Mr. Oswald and Mr. Mookerji will be speaking on behalf of the Company and anticipate the call (including Q&A) to last approximately 45 minutes. A live webcast of the event can be accessed using the link above. A replay of the webcast will be available on the Ducommun website at Ducommun.com.
Additional information regarding Ducommun's results can be found in the Q3 2025 Earnings Presentation available at Ducommun.com.
About Ducommun Incorporated
Ducommun Incorporated delivers value-added innovative manufacturing solutions to customers in the aerospace, defense and industrial markets. Founded in 1849, the Company specializes in two core areas - Electronic Systems and Structural Systems - to produce complex products and components for commercial aircraft platforms, mission-critical military and space programs, and sophisticated industrial applications. For more information, visit Ducommun.com.
Forward Looking Statements
This press release and any attachments include “forward-looking statements,” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including, in particular, expectations relating to growing production rates at commercial aerospace OEMs, any statements about the Company's VISION 2027 Strategy and its progress towards the financial goals stated therein, including our expectations related to year-over-year revenue growth for the remainder of 2025 and beyond, our expectations relating to the impact of the current tariff environment on the Company's financial outlook and the success of planned mitigation measures to reduce the impact thereof. The Company generally uses the words “may,” “will,” “could,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “plan,” “intend,” “continue” and similar expressions in this press release and any attachments to identify forward-looking statements. The Company bases these forward-looking statements on its current views with respect to future events and financial performance. Actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including, among other things: whether the anticipated pre-tax restructuring charges will be sufficient to address all anticipated restructuring costs, including related to employee separation, facilities consolidation, inventory write-down and other asset impairments; whether the expected cost savings from the restructuring will ultimately be obtained in the amount and during the period anticipated; whether the restructuring in the affected areas will be sufficient to build a more cost efficient, focused, higher margin enterprise with higher returns for the Company's shareholders; the strength of the real estate market, the duration of any lease entered into as part of any sale-leaseback transaction, the amount of commissions owed to brokers, and applicable tax rates; the impact of the Company’s debt service obligations and restrictive debt covenants; our ability to overcome headwinds relating to pending subrogation claims asserted by third-party insurers, including the carrier of the entity that provides the labor and facilities for our Guaymas performance center through an arbitration proceeding currently pending in Arizona with respect to the Guaymas performance center fire, which may become material; the Company’s end-use markets are cyclical; the Company depends upon a selected base of industries and customers; a significant portion of the Company’s business depends upon U.S. Government defense spending; risks associated with a prolonged U.S. federal government shutdown; the Company is subject to extensive regulation and audit by the Defense Contract Audit Agency; contracts with some of the Company’s customers contain provisions which give the its customers a variety of rights that are unfavorable to the Company; further consolidation in the aerospace industry could adversely affect the Company’s business and financial results; the Company’s ability to successfully make acquisitions, including its ability to successfully integrate, operate or realize the projected benefits of such businesses; the possibility of labor disruptions adversely affecting our business; the Company relies on its suppliers to meet the quality and delivery expectations of its customers; the Company uses estimates when bidding on fixed-price contracts which estimates could change and result in adverse effects on its financial results; the impact of existing and future laws and regulations; the impact of existing and future accounting standards and tax rules and regulations; environmental liabilities could adversely affect the Company’s financial results; cyber security attacks, internal system or service failures may adversely impact the Company’s business and operations; the ultimate geographic spread, duration and severity of the coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak, and the effectiveness of actions taken, or actions that may be taken, by governmental authorities to contain the outbreak or treat its impact, and other risks and uncertainties, including those detailed from time to time in the Company’s periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. You should understand that many important factors, including those discussed herein, could cause the Company’s results to differ materially from those expressed or suggested in any forward-looking statement. Except as required by law, the Company does not undertake any obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements to reflect new information or events or circumstances that occur after the date of this news release, November 6, 2025, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events or otherwise. Readers are advised to review the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (which are available from the SEC’s EDGAR database at www.sec.gov).
Note Regarding Non-GAAP Financial Information
This release contains non-GAAP financial measures, including Adjusted EBITDA (which excludes interest expense, income tax (benefit) expense, depreciation, amortization, stock-based compensation expense, restructuring charges, professional fees related to unsolicited non-binding acquisition offer, inventory purchase accounting adjustments, gain on sale of property and other assets, and litigation settlement and related costs, net), including as a percentage of revenue, non-GAAP operating income, including as a percentage of net revenues, non-GAAP net income, non-GAAP earnings per share, and backlog. In addition, certain other prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current year’s presentation.
The Company believes the presentation of these non-GAAP measures provide important supplemental information to management and investors regarding financial and business trends relating to its financial condition and results of operations. The Company’s management uses these non-GAAP financial measures along with the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures in evaluating the Company’s actual and forecasted operating performance, capital resources and cash flow. The non-GAAP financial information presented herein should be considered supplemental to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. The Company discloses different non-GAAP financial measures in order to provide greater transparency and to help the Company’s investors to more meaningfully evaluate and compare Ducommun’s results to its previously reported results. The non-GAAP financial measures that the Company uses may not be comparable to similarly titled financial measures used by other companies.
The Company defines backlog as customer placed purchase orders and long-term agreements (“LTAs”) with firm fixed price and expected delivery dates of 24 months or less. The majority of the LTAs do not meet the definition of a contract under ASC 606 and thus, the backlog amount disclosed herein may or may not be greater than the remaining performance obligations disclosed under ASC 606. Backlog is subject to delivery delays or program cancellations, which are beyond the Company’s control. Backlog is affected by timing differences in the placement of customer orders and tends to be concentrated in some of the Company’s programs.
DUCOMMUN INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands) September 27,
2025 December 31,
2024Assets Current Assets Cash and cash equivalents $50,918 $37,139 Accounts receivable, net 111,269 109,716 Contract assets 248,402 200,584 Inventories 192,817 196,881 Production cost of contracts 5,685 6,802 Other current assets 72,259 16,959 Total Current Assets 681,350 568,081 Property and Equipment, Net 107,361 109,812 Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets 42,173 28,611 Goodwill 244,600 244,600 Intangibles, Net 137,027 149,591 Deferred income taxes 18,172 2,239 Other Assets 17,887 23,167 Total Assets $1,248,570 $1,126,101 Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity Current Liabilities Accounts payable $85,281 $75,784 Contract liabilities 34,450 34,445 Accrued and other liabilities 194,227 44,214 Operating lease liabilities 7,796 8,531 Current portion of long-term debt 12,500 12,500 Total Current Liabilities 334,254 175,474 Long-Term Debt, Less Current Portion 215,046 229,830 Non-Current Operating Lease Liabilities 36,129 21,284 Other Long-Term Liabilities 14,096 16,983 Total Liabilities 599,525 443,571 Commitments and Contingencies Shareholders’ Equity Common Stock 149 148 Additional Paid-In Capital 229,980 217,523 Retained Earnings 412,093 453,475 Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income 6,823 11,384 Total Shareholders’ Equity 649,045 682,530 Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity $1,248,570 $1,126,101 DUCOMMUN INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) Three Months Ended Nine Months Ended September 27,
2025 September 28,
2024 September 27,
2025 September 28,
2024Net Revenues $212,558 $201,412 $608,932 $589,259 Cost of Sales 156,083 148,736 447,122 438,401 Gross Profit 56,475 52,676 161,810 150,858 Selling, General and Administrative Expenses 36,267 35,486 106,820 104,498 Restructuring Charges 583 1,924 1,617 4,548 Litigation Settlement and Related Costs, Net 99,675 — 99,675 — Operating (Loss) Income (80,050) 15,266 (46,302) 41,812 Interest Expense (2,927) (3,829) (9,198) (11,687)Other Income — — 1,746 — (Loss) Income Before Taxes (82,977) 11,437 (53,754) 30,125 Income Tax (Benefit) Expense (18,531) 1,289 (12,372) 5,404 Net (Loss) Income $(64,446) $10,148 $(41,382) $24,721 (Loss) Earnings Per Share Basic (loss) earnings per share $(4.30) $0.69 $(2.77) $1.68 Diluted (loss) earnings per share $(4.30) $0.67 $(2.77) $1.65 Weighted-Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding Basic 14,978 14,806 14,925 14,758 Diluted 14,978 15,039 14,925 14,981 Gross Profit % 26.6 % 26.2 % 26.6 % 25.6 %SG&A % 17.1 % 17.6 % 17.5 % 17.7 %Operating (Loss) Income % (37.7)% 7.6 % (7.6)% 7.1 %Net (Loss) Income % (30.3)% 5.0 % (6.8)% 4.2 %Effective Tax (Benefit) Rate (22.3)% 11.3 % (23.0)% 17.9 % DUCOMMUN INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
GAAP TO NON-GAAP NET INCOME TO ADJUSTED EBITDA RECONCILIATION
(Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands) Three Months Ended Nine Months Ended September 27,
2025 September 28,
2024 September 27,
2025 September 28,
2024GAAP net (loss) income $(64,446) $10,148 $(41,382) $24,721 Non-GAAP Adjustments: Interest expense 2,927 3,829 9,198 11,687 Income tax (benefit) expense (18,531) 1,289 (12,372) 5,404 Depreciation 4,037 4,285 12,305 12,339 Amortization 4,301 4,246 12,890 12,790 Stock-based compensation expense (1) 5,808 4,467 17,511 12,753 Restructuring charges (2) 583 1,924 1,617 5,405 Professional fees related to unsolicited non-binding acquisition offer — 1,033 — 2,407 Inventory purchase accounting adjustments — 663 — 1,745 Gain on sale of property and other assets — — (1,746) — Litigation settlement and related costs, net 99,675 — 99,675 — Adjusted EBITDA $34,354 $31,884 $97,696 $89,251 Net (loss) income as a % of net revenues (30.3)% 5.0 % (6.8)% 4.2 %Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net revenues 16.2 % 15.8 % 16.0 % 15.1 % (1)The three and nine months ended September 27, 2025 included $0.6 million and $2.0 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense for awards with both performance and market conditions that will be settled in cash. The three and nine months ended September 28, 2024 included $0.9 million and $2.8 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense for awards with both performance and market conditions that will be settled in cash. The three and nine months ended September 27, 2025 included $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense recorded as cost of sales. The three and nine months ended September 28, 2024 included $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense recorded as cost of sales.
(2)The three and nine months ended September 28, 2024 included zero and $0.9 million, respectively, of restructuring charges that were recorded as cost of sales. DUCOMMUN INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
BUSINESS SEGMENT PERFORMANCE
(Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands) Three Months Ended Nine Months Ended %
Change September 27,
2025 September 28,
2024 %
of Net Revenues
2025 %
of Net Revenues
2024 %
Change September 27,
2025 September 28,
2024 %
of Net Revenues
2025 %
of Net Revenues
2024Net Revenues Electronic Systems 6.6 % $123,082 $115,412 57.9 % 57.3 % 5.8 % $343,056 $324,391 56.3 % 55.1 %Structural Systems 4.0 % 89,476 86,000 42.1 % 42.7 % 0.4 % 265,876 264,868 43.7 % 44.9 %Total Net Revenues 5.5 % $212,558 $201,412 100.0 % 100.0 % 3.3 % $608,932 $589,259 100.0 % 100.0 %Segment Operating Income Electronic Systems $21,098 $18,910 17.1 % 16.4 % $60,212 $54,685 17.6 % 16.9 %Structural Systems 11,927 8,289 13.3 % 9.6 % 31,844 21,716 12.0 % 8.2 % 33,025 27,199 92,056 76,401 Corporate General and Administrative Expenses (1) (113,075) (11,933) (53.2)% (5.9)% (138,358) (34,589) (22.7)% (5.9)%Total Operating (Loss) Income $(80,050) $15,266 (37.7)% 7.6 % $(46,302) $41,812 (7.6)% 7.1 %Adjusted EBITDA Electronic Systems Operating Income $21,098 $18,910 $60,212 $54,685 Depreciation and Amortization 3,553 3,575 10,694 10,869 Stock-Based Compensation Expense (2) 71 70 294 241 Restructuring Charges 71 91 242 562 24,793 22,646 20.1 % 19.6 % 71,442 66,357 20.8 % 20.5 %Structural Systems Operating Income 11,927 8,289 31,844 21,716 Depreciation and Amortization 4,670 4,849 14,182 14,058 Stock-Based Compensation Expense (3) 60 105 381 261 Restructuring Charges 512 1,833 1,375 4,843 Inventory Purchase Accounting Adjustments — 663 — 1,745 17,169 15,739 19.2 % 18.3 % 47,782 42,623 18.0 % 16.1 %Corporate General and Administrative Expenses (1) Operating loss (113,075) (11,933) (138,358) (34,589) Depreciation and Amortization 115 107 319 202 Stock-Based Compensation Expense (4) 5,677 4,292 16,836 12,251 Professional Fees Related to Unsolicited Non-Binding Acquisition Offer — 1,033 — 2,407 Litigation Settlement and Related Costs, Net 99,675 — 99,675 — (7,608) (6,501) (21,528) (19,729) Adjusted EBITDA $34,354 $31,884 16.2 % 15.8 % $97,696 $89,251 16.0 % 15.1 %Capital Expenditures Electronic Systems $1,216 $1,011 $4,264 $2,950 Structural Systems 1,029 1,295 6,272 4,172 Corporate Administration 109 — 122 3,024 Total Capital Expenditures $2,354 $2,306 $10,658 $10,146 (1)Includes costs not allocated to either the Electronic Systems or Structural Systems operating segments.(2)The three and nine months ended September 27, 2025 each included $0.1 million of stock-based compensation expense recorded as cost of sales. The three and nine months ended September 28, 2024 each included $0.1 million of stock-based compensation expense recorded as cost of sales.(3)The three and nine months ended September 27, 2025 included $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense recorded as cost of sales. The three and nine months ended September 28, 2024 included $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense recorded as cost of sales.
(4)The three and nine months ended September 27, 2025 included $0.6 million and $2.0 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense for awards with both performance and market conditions that will be settled in cash. The three and nine months ended September 28, 2024 included $0.9 million and $2.8 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense for awards with both performance and market conditions that will be settled in cash. DUCOMMUN INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
GAAP TO NON-GAAP OPERATING INCOME RECONCILIATION
(Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands) Three Months Ended Nine Months EndedGAAP To Non-GAAP Operating Income September 27, 2025 September 28, 2024 %
of Net Revenues
2025 %
of Net Revenues
2024 September 27, 2025 September 28, 2024 %
of Net Revenues
2025 %
of Net Revenues
2024GAAP operating (loss) income $(80,050) $15,266 $(46,302) $41,812 GAAP operating income - Electronic Systems $21,098 $18,910 $60,212 $54,685 Adjustments to GAAP operating income - Electronic Systems: Restructuring charges 71 91 242 562 Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets 373 373 1,120 1,120 Total adjustments to GAAP operating income - Electronic Systems 444 464 1,362 1,682 Non-GAAP adjusted operating income - Electronic Systems 21,542 19,374 17.5 % 16.8 % 61,574 56,367 17.9 % 17.4 % GAAP operating income - Structural Systems 11,927 8,289 31,844 21,716 Adjustments to GAAP operating income - Structural Systems: Restructuring charges 512 1,833 1,375 4,843 Inventory purchase accounting adjustments — 663 — 1,745 Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets 1,859 1,859 5,578 5,578 Total adjustments to GAAP operating income - Structural Systems 2,371 4,355 6,953 12,166 Non-GAAP adjusted operating income - Structural Systems 14,298 12,644 16.0 % 14.7 % 38,797 33,882 14.6 % 12.8 % GAAP operating loss - Corporate (113,075) (11,933) (138,358) (34,589) Adjustments to GAAP Operating Income - Corporate Professional fees related to unsolicited non-binding acquisition offer — 1,033 — 2,407 Litigation settlement and related costs, net 99,675 — 99,675 — Total adjustments to GAAP Operating Income - Corporate 99,675 1,033 99,675 2,407 Non-GAAP adjusted operating loss - Corporate (13,400) (10,900) (38,683) (32,182) Total non-GAAP adjustments to GAAP operating income 102,490 5,852 107,990 16,255 Non-GAAP adjusted operating income $22,440 $21,118 10.6 % 10.5 % $61,688 $58,067 10.1 % 9.9 % DUCOMMUN INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
GAAP TO NON-GAAP NET INCOME AND EARNINGS PER SHARE RECONCILIATION
(Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) Three Months Ended Nine Months EndedGAAP To Non-GAAP Net Income September 27,
2025 September 28,
2024 September 27,
2025 September 28,
2024GAAP net (loss) income $(64,446) $10,148 $(41,382) $24,721 Adjustments to GAAP net income: Restructuring charges 583 1,924 1,617 5,405 Professional fees related to unsolicited non-binding acquisition offer — 1,033 — 2,407 Inventory purchase accounting adjustments — 663 — 1,745 Gain on sale of property and other assets — — (1,746) — Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets 2,232 2,232 6,698 6,698 Litigation settlement and related costs, net 99,675 — 99,675 — Total adjustments to GAAP net income before provision for income taxes 102,490 5,852 106,244 16,255 Income tax effect on non-GAAP adjustments (1) (22,890) (1,170) (23,641) (3,251)Non-GAAP adjusted net income $15,154 $14,830 $41,221 $37,725 Three Months Ended Nine Months EndedGAAP Earnings Per Share To Non-GAAP Earnings Per Share September 27,
2025 September 28,
2024 September 27,
2025 September 28,
2024GAAP diluted (loss) earnings per share (“EPS”) $(4.30) $0.67 $(2.77) $1.65 Adjustments to GAAP diluted EPS: Restructuring charges 0.04 0.13 0.10 0.36 Professional fees related to unsolicited non-binding acquisition offer — 0.07 — 0.16 Inventory purchase accounting adjustments — 0.05 — 0.12 Gain on sale of property and other assets — — (0.11) — Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets 0.14 0.15 0.44 0.45 Litigation settlement and related costs, net 6.49 — 6.53 — Total adjustments to GAAP diluted EPS before provision for income taxes 6.67 0.40 6.96 1.09 Income tax effect on non-GAAP adjustments (1) (1.49) (0.08) (1.55) (0.22)Non-GAAP adjusted diluted EPS (2) $0.99 $0.99 $2.70 $2.52 GAAP weighted-average shares - basic 14,978 14,806 14,925 14,758 GAAP weighted-average shares - diluted 14,978 15,039 14,925 14,981 Non-GAAP weighted-average shares - diluted (3) 15,361 15,039 15,267 14,981 (1)Effective tax rate of 20.0% used for both 2025 and 2024 adjustments, except for litigation settlement and related costs, net which utilized the incremental tax rate of 22.4%.(2)Non-GAAP adjusted diluted EPS will not foot for the three and nine months ended September 27, 2025 as the GAAP net loss per share was calculated using the GAAP weighted-average shares - basic but the adjustments to GAAP diluted EPS and Non-GAAP adjusted diluted EPS were calculated using the Non-GAAP weighted-average shares - diluted.(3)In periods of GAAP net loss, non-GAAP weighted-average shares differs from GAAP diluted weighted-average shares due to the non-GAAP net income reported. DUCOMMUN INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NON-GAAP BACKLOG* BY REPORTING SEGMENT
(Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands) September 27,
2025 December 31,
2024Consolidated Ducommun Military and space $650,749 $624,785 Commercial aerospace 465,496 415,905 Industrial 19,496 20,129 Total $1,135,741 $1,060,819 Electronic Systems Military and space $462,142 $459,546 Commercial aerospace 91,111 76,291 Industrial 19,496 20,129 Total $572,749 $555,966 Structural Systems Military and space $188,607 $165,239 Commercial aerospace 374,385 339,614 Total $562,992 $504,853 * Under ASC 606, the Company defines performance obligations as customer placed purchase orders with firm fixed price and firm delivery dates. The remaining performance obligations disclosed under ASC 606 as of September 27, 2025 were $1,031.2 million. The Company defines backlog as customer placed purchase orders and long-term agreements (“LTAs”) with firm fixed price and expected delivery dates of 24 months or less. Backlog as of September 27, 2025 was $1,135.7 million compared to $1,060.8 million as of December 31, 2024.
2025-11-06 11:265mo ago
2025-11-06 06:005mo ago
Prestige Consumer Healthcare Inc. Reports Second Quarter and First Half Fiscal 2026 Results
Revenue of $274.1 million in Q2, ahead of outlookDiluted EPS of $0.86 in Q2 and Adjusted Diluted EPS of $1.07, versus prior year Q2 Diluted EPS of $1.09Repurchased approximately 1.1 million shares opportunistically in Q2Fiscal 2026 revenue outlook unchanged; Adjusted Diluted EPS outlook updated to $4.54 to $4.58, high end of previous range TARRYTOWN, N.Y., Nov. 06, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Prestige Consumer Healthcare Inc. (NYSE:PBH) today reported financial results for its second quarter and first six months ended September 30, 2025.
“Our second quarter results surpassed our sales and earnings expectations helped primarily by Clear Eyes® supply timing and the timing of certain retailer orders. We remain pleased with the performance of the remainder of our business, where we continue to focus on brand-building behind our diverse portfolio of leading brands and maintaining our leading financial profile. This proven formula continues to generate robust free cash flow, which enabled us to repurchase over one million in shares during the second quarter to further enhance shareholder value,” said Ron Lombardi, Chief Executive Officer of Prestige Consumer Healthcare.
Second Fiscal Quarter Ended September 30, 2025
Reported revenues in the second quarter of fiscal 2026 of $274.1 million decreased 3.4% from $283.8 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2025 and decreased 3.3% excluding the impact of foreign currency. The revenue decline versus the prior year comparable period was primarily driven by lower Ear & Eye Care category sales from limited ability to supply demand for Clear Eyes.
Reported net income for the second quarter of fiscal 2026 totaled $42.2 million and non-GAAP adjusted net income totaled $52.5 million, compared to the prior year second quarter’s net income of $54.4 million. Diluted earnings per share of $0.86 and non-GAAP adjusted diluted earnings per share of $1.07 for the second quarter of fiscal 2026 compared to $1.09 diluted earnings per share in the prior year comparable period.
The adjustment to the second quarter of fiscal 2026 relates to a discrete tax item pertaining to establishing a taxable presence in a new state.
Six Months Ended September 30, 2025
Reported revenues for the first six months of fiscal 2026 totaled $523.6 million and compared to revenues of $550.9 million for the first six months of fiscal 2025. Revenues decreased 5.0% versus the prior year comparable period and 4.8% excluding the impact of foreign currency. The revenue performance for the first six months reflected the anticipated limited ability to supply strong demand for Clear Eyes as well as the Q1 headwind associated with accelerated order timing in Q4 of the prior year.
Reported net income for the first six months of fiscal 2026 totaled $89.7 million versus the prior year comparable period net income of $103.4 million. Non-GAAP adjusted net income for the first six months of fiscal 2026 totaled $99.9 million versus the prior year comparable period’s adjusted net income of $99.4 million. Diluted earnings per share were $1.81 for the first six months of fiscal 2026 compared to $2.06 per share in the prior year comparable period. Non-GAAP adjusted diluted earnings per share of $2.02 for the first six months of fiscal 2026 increased over the prior year comparable period’s adjusted earnings per share of $1.98.
The adjustment to the first six months of fiscal 2026 relates to a discrete tax item pertaining to establishing a taxable presence in a new state. The adjustment to the first six months of fiscal 2025 relates to a discrete tax item in the first quarter pertaining to the release of a reserve for an uncertain tax position due to the statute of limitations expiring.
Free Cash Flow and Balance Sheet
The Company's net cash provided by operating activities for the first six months of fiscal 2026 was $136.5 million, compared to $124.6 million during the prior year comparable period. Non-GAAP free cash flow in the first six months of fiscal 2026 was $133.6 million compared to $121.4 million in the prior year comparable period.
In the second quarter fiscal 2026, the Company opportunistically repurchased approximately 1.1 million shares at a total investment of approximately $75.0 million. For the first six months fiscal 2026, the total shares repurchased were approximately 1.6 million at a total cost of approximately $109.8 million.
The Company's net debt position as of September 30, 2025 was approximately $0.9 billion, resulting in a covenant-defined leverage ratio of 2.4x.
Segment Review
North American OTC Healthcare: Segment revenues of $230.8 million for the second quarter fiscal 2026 decreased compared to the prior year comparable quarter's segment revenues of $239.8 million. The revenue decrease was primarily attributable to lower Eye & Ear Care category sales, driven primarily by limited ability to supply demand for Clear Eyes.
For the first six months of the current fiscal year, reported revenues for the North American OTC segment were $443.3 million, which compared to $472.1 million in the prior year comparable period. The revenue decrease was primarily attributable to lower Eye & Ear Care category sales, driven by limited ability to supply demand for Clear Eyes as well as the expected headwind associated with accelerated order timing in Q4 of the prior year.
International OTC Healthcare: Fiscal second quarter 2026 revenues of $43.4 million compared to $44.0 million reported in the prior year comparable period. The lower revenue performance was driven by lower Eye & Ear Care category sales and the timing of distributor orders.
For the first six months of the current fiscal year, reported revenues for the International OTC Healthcare segment were $80.3 million, an increase of approximately 2% over the prior year comparable period’s revenues of $78.8 million, or an increase of approximately 3% excluding the effects of foreign currency.
Updated Fiscal 2026 Outlook
“Looking ahead, for the full year, we remain committed to rebuilding long-term supply chain capacity in Clear Eyes and expect to close the Pillar5 transaction as planned. We are reaffirming our fiscal 2026 net sales outlook which anticipates eye care supply improvements in second half thanks to these long-term capacity efforts. For profitability, we are now expecting earnings per share at the higher end of our previous range as well as free cash flow of $245 million or more, driven by our strong financial profile and share repurchases executed in the second quarter,” he continued.
“We continue to remain focused on long-term brand-building that drives long-term organic growth, alongside disciplined capital allocation that helps generate superior shareholder value creation over time,” Mr. Lombardi concluded.
Prior Fiscal 2026 OutlookCurrent Fiscal 2026 OutlookRevenue$1,100 to $1,115 million$1,100 to $1,115 millionOrganic Revenue GrowthApproximate 1.5% to 3.0% decreaseApproximate 1.5% to 3.0% decreaseAdjusted Diluted E.P.S.$4.50 to $4.58$4.54 to $4.58Free Cash Flow$245 million or more$245 million or more
Second Quarter Fiscal 2026 Conference Call, Accompanying Slide Presentation and Replay
The Company will host a conference call to review its second quarter and first half fiscal 2026 results today, November 6, 2025 at 8:30 a.m. ET. The Company provides a live Internet webcast, a slide presentation to accompany the call, as well as an archived replay, all of which can be accessed from the Investor Relations page of the Company's website at http://www.prestigeconsumerhealthcare.com/. To participate in the conference call via phone, participants may register for the call here to receive dial-in details and a unique pin. While not required, it is recommended to join 10 minutes prior to the event start. The slide presentation can be accessed from the Investor Relations page of the Company’s website by clicking on Webcasts and Presentations.
A conference call replay will be available for approximately one week following completion of the live call and can be accessed on the Company’s Investor Relations page.
Non-GAAP and Other Financial Information
In addition to financial results reported in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), we have provided certain non-GAAP financial information in this release to aid investors in understanding the Company's performance. Each non-GAAP financial measure is defined and reconciled to its most closely related GAAP financial measure in the “About Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section at the end of this earnings release.
Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This news release contains "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the federal securities laws that are intended to qualify for the Safe Harbor from liability established by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. "Forward-looking statements" generally can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “on track,” "outlook," "may," "will," "would," “believe,” "expect," “look forward,” "anticipate,” “positioned,” or "continue" (or the negative or other derivatives of each of these terms) or similar terminology. The "forward-looking statements" include, without limitation, statements regarding the Company's future operating results including revenues, organic growth, diluted earnings per share, and free cash flow; the Company’s ability to maintain its financial profile; improvements in eye care supply and the impact of acquiring Pillar5 on the supply of eye care products; and the Company’s ability to enhance shareholder value through its brand-building focus and disciplined capital allocation. These statements are based on management's estimates and assumptions with respect to future events and financial performance and are believed to be reasonable, though are inherently uncertain and difficult to predict. Actual results could differ materially from those expected as a result of a variety of factors, including the impact of business and economic conditions, including as a result of evolving U.S. and international tariffs and trade actions, labor shortages, inflation and geopolitical instability, consumer trends, the impact of the Company’s advertising and marketing and new product development initiatives, customer inventory management initiatives, fluctuating foreign exchange rates, competitive pressures, the ability to meet Pillar5 closing conditions, and the ability of the Company’s manufacturing operations and third party manufacturers and logistics providers and suppliers to meet demand for its products and to avoid inflationary cost increases and disruption. A discussion of other factors that could cause results to vary is included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2025 and other periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
About Prestige Consumer Healthcare Inc.
Prestige Consumer Healthcare is a leading consumer healthcare products company with sales throughout the U.S. and Canada, Australia, and in certain other international markets. The Company’s diverse portfolio of brands include Monistat® and Summer’s Eve® women's health products, BC® and Goody's® pain relievers, Clear Eyes® and TheraTears® eye care products, DenTek® specialty oral care products, Dramamine® motion sickness treatments, Fleet® enemas and glycerin suppositories, Chloraseptic® and Luden's® sore throat treatments and drops, Compound W® wart treatments, Little Remedies® pediatric over-the-counter products, Boudreaux’s Butt Paste® diaper rash ointments, Nix® lice treatment, Debrox® earwax remover, Gaviscon® antacid in Canada, and Hydralyte® rehydration products and the Fess® line of nasal and sinus care products in Australia. Visit the Company's website at www.prestigeconsumerhealthcare.com.
Prestige Consumer Healthcare Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended September 30, Six Months Ended September 30,(In thousands, except per share data) 2025 2024 2025 2024Total Revenues $274,114 $283,785 $523,644 $550,927 Cost of Sales Cost of sales excluding depreciation 120,043 124,041 226,758 242,738Cost of sales depreciation 2,492 2,362 4,976 4,785Cost of sales 122,535 126,403 231,734 247,523Gross profit 151,579 157,382 291,910 303,404 Operating Expenses Advertising and marketing 38,701 41,409 73,638 80,774General and administrative 28,037 26,067 56,493 54,977Depreciation and amortization 5,171 5,567 10,353 11,268Total operating expenses 71,909 73,043 140,484 147,019Operating income 79,670 84,339 151,426 156,385 Other expense Interest expense, net 10,036 12,281 20,239 25,418Other expense, net 501 395 277 891Total other expense, net 10,537 12,676 20,516 26,309Income before income taxes 69,133 71,663 130,910 130,076Provision for income taxes 26,922 17,286 41,233 26,631Net income $42,211 $54,377 $89,677 $103,445 Earnings per share: Basic $0.86 $1.10 $1.82 $2.08Diluted $0.86 $1.09 $1.81 $2.06 Weighted average shares outstanding: Basic 49,025 49,652 49,249 49,768Diluted 49,264 49,998 49,547 50,132 Comprehensive income, net of tax: Currency translation adjustments 655 4,799 6,059 7,959Total other comprehensive income 655 4,799 6,059 7,959Comprehensive income $42,866 $59,176 $95,736 $111,404 Prestige Consumer Healthcare Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Unaudited)(In thousands)September 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 Assets Current assets Cash and cash equivalents$ 119,106 $ 97,884 Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $19,003 and $16,314, respectively 199,000 194,293 Inventories 158,996 147,709 Prepaid expenses and other current assets 20,309 8,442 Total current assets 497,411 448,328 Property, plant and equipment, net 73,100 74,548 Operating lease right-of-use assets 25,427 28,238 Finance lease right-of-use assets, net 23,416 25,056 Goodwill 528,411 527,425 Intangible assets, net 2,291,073 2,295,350 Other long-term assets 3,442 3,273 Total Assets$ 3,442,280 $ 3,402,218 Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity Current liabilities Accounts payable 41,924 18,925 Accrued interest payable 15,578 15,703 Operating lease liabilities, current portion 6,048 6,047 Finance lease liabilities, current portion 2,572 2,490 Other accrued liabilities 68,482 63,458 Total current liabilities 134,604 106,623 Long-term debt, net 993,146 992,357 Deferred income tax liabilities 444,924 419,594 Long-term operating lease liabilities, net of current portion 19,939 22,732 Long-term finance lease liabilities, net of current portion 19,319 20,624 Other long-term liabilities 5,379 5,391 Total Liabilities 1,617,311 1,567,321 Total Stockholders' Equity 1,824,969 1,834,897 Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity$ 3,442,280 $ 3,402,218 Prestige Consumer Healthcare Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended September 30,(In thousands) 2025 2024 Operating Activities Net income$89,677 $103,445 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization 15,329 16,053 Loss on disposal of property and equipment 131 83 Deferred and other income taxes 23,211 4,364 Amortization of debt origination costs 889 882 Stock-based compensation costs 5,449 5,559 Non-cash operating lease cost 3,879 3,430 Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Accounts receivable (2,580) 15,191 Inventories (10,277) (16,471)Prepaid expenses and other current assets (11,767) 3,787 Accounts payable 22,545 (7,596)Accrued liabilities 3,923 584 Operating lease liabilities (3,839) (3,771)Other (71) (964)Net cash provided by operating activities 136,499 124,576 Investing Activities Purchases of property, plant and equipment (2,940) (3,179)Other (1,927) (978)Net cash (used in) investing activities (4,867) (4,157) Financing Activities Term loan repayments — (75,000)Payments of finance leases (1,147) (1,688)Proceeds from exercise of stock options 3,907 3,592 Fair value of shares surrendered as payment of tax withholding (4,216) (5,832)Repurchase of common stock (109,775) (37,794)Net cash (used in) financing activities (111,231) (116,722) Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 821 1,374 Increase in cash and cash equivalents 21,222 5,071 Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period 97,884 46,469 Cash and cash equivalents - end of period$119,106 $51,540 Interest paid$21,879 $25,551 Income taxes paid$25,088 $18,691 Prestige Consumer Healthcare Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
Business Segments
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended September 30, 2025(In thousands)North American OTC Healthcare International OTC Healthcare ConsolidatedTotal segment revenues*$230,756 $43,358 $274,114Cost of sales 102,348 20,187 122,535Gross profit 128,408 23,171 151,579Advertising and marketing 32,033 6,668 38,701Contribution margin$96,375 $16,503 $112,878Other operating expenses 33,208Operating income $79,670 *Intersegment revenues of $0.6 million were eliminated from the North American OTC Healthcare segment.
Six Months Ended September 30, 2025(In thousands)North American OTC Healthcare International OTC Healthcare ConsolidatedTotal segment revenues*$443,334 $80,310 $523,644Cost of sales 194,526 37,208 231,734Gross profit 248,808 43,102 291,910Advertising and marketing 60,987 12,651 73,638Contribution margin$187,821 $30,451 $218,272Other operating expenses 66,846Operating income $151,426 *Intersegment revenues of $1.2 million were eliminated from the North American OTC Healthcare segment.
Three Months Ended September 30, 2024(In thousands)North American OTC Healthcare International OTC Healthcare ConsolidatedTotal segment revenues*$239,811 $43,974 $283,785Cost of sales 107,782 18,621 126,403Gross profit 132,029 25,353 157,382Advertising and marketing 34,889 6,520 41,409Contribution margin$97,140 $18,833 $115,973Other operating expenses 31,634Operating income $84,339 * Intersegment revenues of $0.9 million were eliminated from the North American OTC Healthcare segment.
Six Months Ended September 30, 2024(In thousands)North American OTC Healthcare International OTC Healthcare ConsolidatedTotal segment revenues*$ 472,127 $ 78,800 $ 550,927 Cost of sales 213,341 34,182 247,523 Gross profit 258,786 44,618 303,404 Advertising and marketing 68,642 12,132 80,774 Contribution margin$ 190,144 $ 32,486 $ 222,630 Other operating expenses 66,245 Operating income $ 156,385 * Intersegment revenues of $1.6 million were eliminated from the North American OTC Healthcare segment.
About Non-GAAP Financial Measures
In addition to financial results reported in accordance with GAAP, we disclose certain Non-GAAP financial measures ("NGFMs"), including, but not limited to, Non-GAAP Organic Revenues, Non-GAAP Organic Revenue Change Percentage, Non-GAAP EBITDA, Non-GAAP EBITDA Margin, Non-GAAP Adjusted Net Income, Non-GAAP Adjusted Diluted EPS, Non-GAAP Free Cash Flow, and Net Debt. We use these NGFMs internally, along with GAAP information, in evaluating our operating performance and in making financial and operational decisions. We believe that the presentation of these NGFMs provides investors with greater transparency, and provides a more complete understanding of our business than could be obtained absent these disclosures, because the supplemental data relating to our financial condition and results of operations provides additional ways to view our operation when considered with both our GAAP results and the reconciliations below. In addition, we believe that the presentation of each of these NGFMs is useful to investors for period-to-period comparisons of results in assessing shareholder value, and we use these NGFMs internally to evaluate the performance of our personnel and also to evaluate our operating performance and compare our performance to that of our competitors.
These NGFMs are not in accordance with GAAP, should not be considered as a measure of profitability or liquidity, and may not be directly comparable to similarly titled NGFMs reported by other companies. These NGFMs have limitations and they should not be considered in isolation from or as an alternative to their most closely related GAAP measures reconciled below. Investors should not rely on any single financial measure when evaluating our business. We recommend investors review the GAAP financial measures included in this earnings release. When viewed in conjunction with our GAAP results and the reconciliations below, we believe these NGFMs provide greater transparency and a more complete understanding of factors affecting our business than GAAP measures alone.
NGFMs Defined
We define our NGFMs presented herein as follows:
Non-GAAP Organic Revenues: GAAP Total Revenues excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates in the periods presented.Non-GAAP Organic Revenue Change Percentage: Calculated as the change in Non-GAAP Organic Revenues from prior year divided by prior year Non-GAAP Organic Revenues.Non-GAAP EBITDA: GAAP Net Income before interest expense, net, provision for income taxes, and depreciation and amortization.Non-GAAP EBITDA Margin: Calculated as Non-GAAP EBITDA divided by GAAP Total Revenues.Non-GAAP Adjusted Net Income: GAAP Net Income adjusted for a normalized tax rate.Non-GAAP Adjusted Diluted EPS: Calculated as Non-GAAP Adjusted Net Income, divided by the diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period.
Non-GAAP Free Cash Flow: Calculated as GAAP Net cash provided by operating activities less cash paid for capital expenditures.Net Debt: Calculated as total principal amount of debt outstanding ($1,000,000 at September 30, 2025) less cash and cash equivalents ($119,106 at September 30, 2025). Amounts in thousands. The following tables set forth the reconciliations of each of our NGFMs (other than Net Debt, which is reconciled above) to their most directly comparable financial measures presented in accordance with GAAP.
Reconciliation of GAAP Total Revenues to Non-GAAP Organic Revenues and related Non-GAAP Organic Revenue Change percentage:
Three Months Ended September 30, Six Months Ended September 30, 2025
2024 2025
2024 (In thousands) GAAP Total Revenues$274,114 $283,785 $523,644 $550,927 Revenue Change(3.4)% (5.0)% Adjustments: Impact of foreign currency exchange rates — (370) — (1,040)Total adjustments — (370) — (1,040)Non-GAAP Organic Revenues$274,114 $283,415 $523,644 $549,887 Non-GAAP Organic Revenue Change(3.3)% (4.8)% Reconciliation of GAAP Net Income to Non-GAAP EBITDA and related Non-GAAP EBITDA Margin:
Three Months Ended September 30, Six Months Ended September 30, 2025 2024 2025 2024 (In thousands) GAAP Net Income$42,211 $54,377 $89,677 $103,445 Interest expense, net 10,036 12,281 20,239 25,418 Provision for income taxes 26,922 17,286 41,233 26,631 Depreciation and amortization 7,663 7,929 15,329 16,053 Non-GAAP EBITDA$86,832 $91,873 $166,478 $171,547 Non-GAAP EBITDA Margin 31.7% 32.4% 31.8% 31.1% Reconciliation of GAAP Net Income and GAAP Diluted Earnings Per Share to Non-GAAP Adjusted Net Income and related Non-GAAP Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share:
Three Months Ended September 30, Six Months Ended September 30, 20252025 Diluted EPS 20242024 Diluted EPS 20252025 Diluted EPS 2024
2024 Diluted EPS(In thousands, except per share data) GAAP Net Income and Diluted EPS$42,211$0.86 $54,377$1.09 $89,677$1.81 $103,445 $2.06 Adjustments: Normalized tax rate adjustment(1) 10,261 0.21 — — 10,261 0.21 (4,030)$(0.08)Total adjustments 10,261 0.21 — — 10,261 0.21 (4,030) (0.08)Non-GAAP Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted EPS$52,472$1.07 $54,377$1.09 $99,938$2.02 $99,415 $1.98 (1) Income tax adjustment to adjust for discrete income tax items.
Reconciliation of GAAP Net Income to Non-GAAP Free Cash Flow:
Three Months Ended September 30, Six Months Ended September 30, 2025 2024 2025 2024 (In thousands) GAAP Net Income$42,211 $54,377 $89,677 $103,445 Adjustments: Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows 29,324 16,045 48,888 30,371 Changes in operating assets and liabilities as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows (14,049) (622) (2,066) (9,240)Total adjustments 15,275 15,423 46,822 21,131 GAAP Net cash provided by operating activities 57,486 69,800 136,499 124,576 Purchases of property and equipment (2,102) (2,027) (2,940) (3,179)Non-GAAP Free Cash Flow$55,384 $67,773 $133,559 $121,397 Outlook for Fiscal Year 2026:
Reconciliation of Projected GAAP Net cash provided by operating activities to Projected Non-GAAP Free Cash Flow:
(In millions) Projected FY'26 GAAP Net cash provided by operating activities$255 Additions to property and equipment for cash (10)Projected FY'26 Non-GAAP Free Cash Flow$245 Reconciliation of Projected GAAP Diluted EPS to Projected Non-GAAP Adjusted Diluted EPS:
Low High Projected FY'26 GAAP Diluted EPS$4.33 $4.37Adjustments: Normalized tax rate adjustment(1) 0.21 0.21Projected FY'26 Non-GAAP Adjusted Diluted EPS$4.54 $4.58 (1) Income tax adjustment to adjust for discrete income tax items.
Investor Relations Contact
Phil Terpolilli, CFA, 914-524-6819 [email protected]
2025-11-06 11:265mo ago
2025-11-06 06:005mo ago
Privia Health Reports Third Quarter 2025 Financial Results
Very Strong Third Quarter and Year-to-Date Performance Across the BusinessNet Income +94.1% and Adjusted EBITDA +61.6% compared to 3Q’24
Implemented Providers +13.1% and Practice Collections +27.1% compared to 3Q’24
FY’25 Guidance Raised Above High End for All Key Operating and Financial Metrics ARLINGTON, Va., Nov. 06, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Privia Health Group, Inc. (Nasdaq: PRVA) today announced financial results for the third quarter ended September 30, 2025.
Third Quarter Performance
For the Three Months Ended September 30, ($ in millions, except per share amounts) 2025 2024 Change (%) fTotal revenue $580.4 $437.9 32.5%Gross profit $122.6 $99.9 22.7%Operating income $14.4 $5.8 147.8%Net income a $6.9 $3.5 94.1%Non-GAAP adjusted net income b d e $37.3 $25.1 49.1%Net income per share $0.05 $0.03 66.7%Non-GAAP adjusted net income per share b d e $0.29 $0.20 45.0% Net income for the three months ended September 30, 2025, included $19.0 million in non-cash stock compensation expense. Net income for the three months ended September 30, 2024 included $15.1 million in non-cash stock compensation expense.Reconciliations of non-GAAP adjusted net income and other non-GAAP financial measures are presented in tables near the end of this press release.
Third Quarter 2025 highlights include:
Strong results in the Medicare Shared Savings Program (MSSP) and other value-based care arrangements for 2024 performance year;Continued strength in same-store growth and new provider additions, +13.1% versus 3Q’24;Practice Collections of $940.4 million, +27.1% versus 3Q’24;Adjusted EBITDA b d e of $38.2 million, +61.6% versus 3Q’24; andStrong sales and business development pipeline. Key Operating and Non-GAAP Financial Metrics b, d, e
For the Three Months Ended September 30, ($ in millions) 2025 2024 Change (%)Implemented Providers 5,250 4,642 13.1%Value-Based Care Attributed Lives 1,406,000 1,247,000 12.8%Practice Collections $940.4 $739.9 27.1%Care Margin b d $125.2 $101.4 23.5%Platform Contribution b d $70.6 $50.3 40.4%Adjusted EBITDA b d e f $38.2 $23.6 61.6%
Nine-Month Performance
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, ($ in millions, except per share amounts) 2025 2024 Change (%) Total revenue $1,581.7 $1,275.5 24.0%Gross profit $339.0 $291.6 16.3%Operating income $23.0 $11.7 95.6%Net income a $13.8 $10.0 37.9%Non-GAAP adjusted net income b d e $95.8 $71.1 34.6%Net income per share $0.11 $0.08 37.5%Non-GAAP adjusted net income per share b d e $0.75 $0.57 31.6% Net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 included $55.6 million in non-cash stock compensation expense. Net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 included $41.4 million in non-cash stock compensation expense.Reconciliations of non-GAAP adjusted net income and other non-GAAP financial measures are presented in tables near the end of this press release.
Key Operating and Non-GAAP Financial Metrics b d e
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, ($ in millions) 2025 2024 Change (%) Practice Collections $2,601.9 $2,175.6 19.6%Care Margin b d $345.7 $296.1 16.7%Platform Contribution b d $179.8 $142.4 26.2%Adjusted EBITDA b d e $94.1 $65.6 43.5%
MSSP 2024 Performance
Privia’s Accountable Care Organizations (ACOs) delivered strong 2024 performance results for the Medicare Shared Savings Program (MSSP). The nine Privia ACOs achieved aggregate shared savings of $234.1 million, a 32.6% increase from 2023.
Privia Health to Expand VBC Footprint with Acquisition of ACO Business
On September 23, 2025, the Company signed a definitive agreement to acquire an ACO business from Evolent Health, Inc., which cares for over 120,000 attributed lives through the MSSP as well as various commercial and Medicare Advantage programs. With this transaction, Privia Health will serve more than 1.5 million attributed lives in value-based care (VBC) arrangements across commercial, Medicare, Medicare Advantage and Medicaid. This strategic transaction will increase VBC attributed lives in existing Privia states, add lives in new states, and also offer a compelling synergy opportunity for the ACO-participating providers to join Privia’s Medical Groups for a full suite of services and technology platform.
The transaction is expected to close in the fourth quarter of 2025 subject to applicable regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions, and is expected to positively contribute to Adjusted EBITDA in 2026. Privia Health will pay $100 million in cash at closing from its balance sheet, and up to an additional $13 million subject to final MSSP performance for 2025.
Capital Resources
The Company's balance sheet at September 30, 2025, included cash and cash equivalents of $441.4 million and no debt. Privia Health’s cash balance does not include approximately $68.5 million in cash received in October 2025 from the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) as payment for Privia Health’s portion of the shared savings generated for the 2024 performance year of MSSP. Pro forma for the net cash receipt from CMS, and the expected payment to Evolent Health of $100 million for the acquisition of its ACO business, the Company’s cash balance would be $409.9 million.
Updated FY’25 Guidance c d e f
Privia Health raised its full-year 2025 outlook as follows:
FY 2024 Initial FY 2025 Guidance at 2.27.25 c Updated FY 2025
($ in millions)Actual Low High Guidance at 11.6.25
Implemented Providers 4,789 5,200 5,300 5,300 - 5,350Attributed Lives 1,256,000 1,300,000 1,400,000 1,400,000 - 1,425,000Practice Collections$2,968.0 $3,150 $3,250 $3,450 - $3,500GAAP Revenue$1,736.4 $1,800 $1,900 $2,050 - $2,100Care Margin c d$403.9 $435 $445 $455 - $460Platform Contribution c d$195.6 $208 $218 $230 - $235Adjusted EBITDA c d e$90.5 $105 $110 $118 - $121 Guidance does not assume any impact from pending Evolent ACO business transactionMore than 80% of Adjusted EBITDA expected to convert to free cash flow in full-year 2025Expect to end FY’25 with at least $410 million in cash and equivalents pro forma for ACO transaction c.Management has not reconciled forward-looking non-GAAP measures to their most directly comparable GAAP measures of gross margin, operating income and net income. This is because the Company cannot predict with reasonable certainty and without unreasonable efforts the ultimate outcome of certain GAAP components of such reconciliations due to market-related assumptions that are not within our control as well as certain legal or advisory costs, tax costs or other costs that may arise. For these reasons, management is unable to assess the probable significance of the unavailable information, which could materially impact the amount of the future directly comparable GAAP measures. d.See “Key Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information as to how the Company defines and calculates Implemented Providers, Attributed Lives, Practice Collections, Care Margin, Platform Contribution, and Adjusted EBITDA, and for a reconciliation of the most comparable GAAP measures to Care Margin, Platform Contribution, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Net Income Per Share. e.Certain non-recurring or non-cash and other expenses will be treated as an add back in the reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted EBITDA, and the reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Net Income Per Share, the details of which can be found in the Reconciliation schedules near the end of this and in future quarterly press releases. f.Any slight variations in totals due to rounding.
Webcast and Conference Call Information
The Company will host a conference call on November 6, 2025, at 8:00 am ET to discuss these results and management’s outlook for future financial and operational performance. You can visit ir.priviahealth.com/news-and-events/events-and-presentations to listen to the call via webcast. The webcast will be archived and available for replay for on-demand listening shortly after the completion of the call under the same link. If you wish to participate in the live conference call, then please dial 888-596-4144 (or 646-968-2525 for international callers) and provide Conference ID 5704885.
This news release and the financial statements contained herein, and the slide presentation for the webcast, are also available on the Privia Health Investor Relations website at ir.priviahealth.com.
About Privia Health
Privia Health™ is one of the largest physician enablement companies in the United States with a presence in 15 states and the District of Columbia. Privia builds scaled provider networks with primary-care centric medical groups, risk-bearing entities, a physician-led governance structure, and the Privia Platform comprising an extensive suite of technology and service solutions. Privia collaborates with medical groups, health plans and health systems to optimize 1,340+ physician practices, improve the patient experience for 5.6+ million patients, and reward 5,200+ physicians and advanced practitioners for delivering high-value care.
Privia’s mission is to transform healthcare delivery to achieve better outcomes, lower costs, and improve the health of communities and the well-being of providers. For more information, visit priviahealth.com and connect with us on LinkedIn.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
The Company reports and discusses its operating results using financial measures consistent with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP"). From time to time, in press releases, financial presentations, earnings conference calls or otherwise, the Company may disclose certain non-GAAP financial measures. The non-GAAP financial measures presented in this press release should not be viewed as alternatives or substitutes for the Company's reported GAAP results. A reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is set forth in the tables that accompany this release.
The Company believes that each of the non-GAAP financial measures presented in this press release are relevant and provide useful information to the Company's management, investors, and other interested parties about the Company's operating performance because the measures allow them to understand and compare the Company's actual and expected operating results during the prior, current and future periods in a more consistent manner. The non-GAAP measures presented in this press release may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. These non-GAAP financial measures are used in addition to and in conjunction with results presented in accordance with GAAP and reflect an additional way of viewing aspects of the Company's operations that, when viewed with GAAP results and the accompanying reconciliations to corresponding GAAP financial measures, provides a more complete understanding of the results of operations and trends affecting the Company's business. These non-GAAP financial measures should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.
Safe Harbor Statement
The financial results in this press release reflect preliminary, unaudited results, which are not final until the Company’s Form 10-Q is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). This press release contains "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements relate to our current expectations, projections and assumptions about our business, the economy and future events or conditions. They do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “aims,” “anticipates,” "assumes," “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” “future,” “intends,” “likely,” “may,” “outlook,” “plans,” “potential,” “projects,” “seeks,” “strategy,” “targets,” “trends,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” and variations of such terms and similar expressions and references to guidance, although some forward-looking statements may be expressed differently. In particular, these include statements relating to, among other things: our future actions, business plans, objectives and prospects; and our future operating or financial performance and projections, including our full-year guidance for 2025. Factors or events that could cause actual results to differ may emerge from time to time and are difficult to predict. Should known or unknown risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove inaccurate, actual results may differ materially from past results and those anticipated, estimated or projected. We caution you not to place undue reliance upon any of these forward-looking statements.
Factors related to these risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to: the heavily regulated industry in which we operate, and any failure by us or our medical groups to comply with the extensive applicable healthcare laws and government regulations; the complexity of the legal framework governing our relationships with Medical Groups, some of which we do not own, and Privia providers, and the impact of legal challenges or shifting interpretations of applicable laws; the execution of our growth strategy, which may not prove viable and we may not realize expected results; difficulties timely implementing our proprietary end-to-end, cloud-based technology solution for Privia physicians and new medical groups; the high level of competition in our industry; challenges in successfully establishing a presence in new geographic markets; the impact of failures by or service disruptions at key third-party vendors, such as our primary electronic medical record vendor, athenahealth, Inc.; potential decreases in reimbursement rates by governmental and third-party payers, changes to payment terms or challenges negotiating and retaining favorable contracts with private third-party payers, and changes impacting our patient population; the financial and operational impact of our compliance with various complex and changing federal and state privacy and security laws and regulations related to our use, disclosure, and other processing of personal information and protected health information, including the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996; the impact of actual and potential security threats, cybersecurity incidents or privacy or other forms of data breaches involving us, our vendors or other third parties; the continued availability of qualified workforce, including staff at our medical groups, and the continued upward pressure on compensation for such workforce; and other risk factors described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 and the Company’s subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. All information in this press release is as of the date of the release, and the Company undertakes no duty to update this information unless required by law.
Contact:Robert BorchertSVP, Investor & Corporate [email protected] Privia Health Group, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations(g)
(unaudited)
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
For the Three Months Ended September 30, For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025 2024 2025 2024Revenue$580,419 $437,921 $1,581,669 $1,275,490 Operating expenses: Provider expense 455,209 336,501 1,236,010 979,373Cost of platform 61,440 56,068 185,884 167,231Sales and marketing 6,960 7,047 20,687 19,984General and administrative 39,641 30,695 108,881 91,732Depreciation and amortization 2,766 1,797 7,250 5,436Total operating expenses 566,016 432,108 1,558,712 1,263,756Operating income 14,403 5,813 22,957 11,734Interest income, net 2,271 2,164 7,610 8,114Income before provision for income taxes 16,674 7,977 30,567 19,848Provision for income taxes 6,867 3,999 11,426 8,171Net income 9,807 3,978 19,141 11,677Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests 2,946 443 5,373 1,691Net income attributable to Privia Health Group, Inc.$6,861 $3,535 $13,768 $9,986Net income per share attributable to Privia Health Group, Inc. stockholders – basic$0.06 $0.03 $0.11 $0.08Net income per share attributable to Privia Health Group, Inc. stockholders – diluted$0.05 $0.03 $0.11 $0.08Weighted average common shares outstanding – basic 122,768,890 119,658,574 121,840,638 119,156,368Weighted average common shares outstanding – diluted 128,776,684 125,751,006 128,392,315 125,457,540 (g) Any slight variations in totals due to rounding.
Privia Health Group, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets(h)
(in thousands)
September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024Assets(unaudited) Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents$441,352 $491,149 Accounts receivable 499,041 316,179 Prepaid expenses and other current assets 30,533 27,495 Total current assets 970,926 834,823 Non-current assets: Property and equipment, net 662 1,242 Operating right-of-use asset 5,671 4,828 Intangible assets, net 167,539 109,807 Goodwill 172,215 141,615 Deferred tax asset 17,046 26,383 Other non-current assets 16,928 17,085 Total non-current assets 380,061 300,960 Total assets$1,350,987 $1,135,783 Liabilities and stockholders’ equity Current liabilities: Accounts payable and accrued expenses$84,668 $81,986 Provider liability 495,683 364,607 Operating lease liabilities, current 2,563 2,553 Total current liabilities 582,914 449,146 Non-current liabilities: Operating lease liabilities, non-current 3,672 3,037 Other non-current liabilities 1,640 153 Total non-current liabilities 5,312 3,190 Total liabilities 588,226 452,336 Commitments and contingencies Stockholders’ equity: Common stock 1,229 1,203 Additional paid-in capital 873,356 813,209 Accumulated deficit (165,461) (179,229)Total Privia Health Group, Inc. stockholders’ equity 709,124 635,183 Non-controlling interest 53,637 48,264 Total stockholders’ equity 762,761 683,447 Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$1,350,987 $1,135,783 (h) Any slight variations in totals are due to rounding.
Privia Health Group, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows(i)
(unaudited)
(in thousands)
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025 2024 Cash flows from operating activities Net income$19,141 $11,677 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation 580 876 Amortization of intangibles 6,670 4,560 Stock-based compensation 55,616 41,401 Deferred tax expense 9,337 7,631 Changes in asset and liabilities: Accounts receivable (176,544) (118,191)Prepaid expenses and other current assets (3,038) (4,272)Other non-current assets and right-of-use asset 2,345 (70)Accounts payable and accrued expenses 2,682 7,810 Provider liability 118,815 85,174 Operating lease liabilities (1,187) (2,112)Other long-term liabilities 1,487 — Net cash provided by operating activities 35,904 34,484 Cash from investing activities Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired (89,058) (707)Other (1,200) (5,006)Net cash used in investing activities (90,258) (5,713)Cash flows from financing activities Proceeds from exercised stock options 4,557 2,062 Proceeds from non-controlling interest — 1,653 Net cash provided by financing activities 4,557 3,715 Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents (49,797) 32,486 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 491,149 389,511 Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$441,352 $421,997 Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: Interest paid$188 $222 Income taxes paid, net of refunds$5,771 $3,525 Supplemental disclosure of non-cash operating activities: Lease liabilities obtained in exchange for right-of-use assets$1,832 $— (i) Any slight variations in totals are due to rounding.
Additional Financial Information
Revenues disaggregated by source:
For the Three Months Ended September 30, For the Nine Months Ended September 30,(Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 2025 2024FFS-patient care$352,604 $283,278 $995,829 $833,862FFS-administrative services 33,616 30,697 100,986 91,906Capitated revenue 90,906 53,393 237,108 161,135Shared savings 79,994 47,438 187,927 134,720Care management fees (PMPM) 20,992 21,060 53,113 47,826Other revenue 2,307 2,055 6,706 6,041Total Revenue$580,419 $437,921 $1,581,669 $1,275,490
The Company’s liabilities for unpaid medical claims under at-risk capitation arrangements:
September 30,(Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 Balance, beginning of period $66,355 $67,138 Incurred health care costs: Current year 228,352 156,899 Prior years (9,349) 1,384 Total claims incurred $219,003 $158,283 Claims paid: Current year (159,911) (97,883)Prior year (49,013) (52,461)Total claims paid $(208,924) $(150,344)Balance, end of period $76,434 $75,077
Key Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Privia Health reviews a number of operating and financial metrics, including the following key metrics and non-GAAP financial measures, to evaluate the Company’s business, measure performance, identify trends affecting the Company’s business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions.
Key Metrics(j)
For the Three Months Ended September 30, For the Nine Months Ended September 30,(unaudited; $ in millions) 2025 2024 2025 2024Implemented Providers (as of end of period) (1) 5,250 4,642 5,250 4,642Attributed Lives (as of end of period) (2) 1,406,000 1,247,000 1,406,000 1,247,000Practice Collections (3) $940.4 $739.9 $2,601.9 $2,175.6 (1) Implemented Providers is defined as the total of all service professionals on Privia Health’s platform at the end of a given period who are credentialed by Privia Health and billed for medical services, in both Owned and Non-Owned Medical Groups during that period.(2) Attributed Lives are defined as any patient that a payer deems attributed to Privia to deliver care as part of a value-based care arrangement through a provider of primary care services as of the end of a particular period.(3) Practice Collections are defined as the total collections from all practices in all markets and all sources of reimbursement that the Company receives for delivering care and providing Privia Health’s platform and associated services. Practice Collections differ from revenue by including collections from Non-Owned Medical Groups.(j) Any slight variations in totals are due to rounding.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures (4)(k)
For the Three Months Ended September 30, For the Nine Months Ended September 30,(unaudited; $ in thousands) 2025 2024 2025 2024Care Margin $125,210 $101,420 $345,659 $296,117Platform Contribution $70,555 $50,257 $179,754 $142,388Platform Contribution Margin 56.3% 49.6% 52.0% 48.1%Adjusted EBITDA $38,187 $23,624 $94,093 $65,568Adjusted EBITDA Margin 30.5% 23.3% 27.2% 22.1% (4) In addition to results reported in accordance with GAAP, Privia Health discloses Care Margin, Platform Contribution, Platform Contribution margin, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin, which are non-GAAP financial measures. Each are defined as follows: Care Margin is Gross Profit excluding amortization of intangible assets.Platform Contribution is Gross Profit, excluding amortization of intangible assets, less Cost of platform and excluding stock-based compensation expense included in Cost of platform.Platform Contribution margin is Platform Contribution divided by Care Margin.Adjusted EBITDA is net income attributable to Privia Health Group, Inc. shareholders and subsidiaries excluding non-controlling interests, provision for income taxes, interest income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, employer taxes on equity vesting/exercises, severance charges and other non-recurring expenses.Adjusted EBITDA Margin is Adjusted EBITDA divided by Care Margin. (k) Any slight variations in totals are due to rounding.
Reconciliation of Gross Profit to Care Margin(l)
For the Three Months Ended September 30, For the Nine Months Ended September 30,(unaudited; $ in thousands) 2025 2024 2025 2024 Revenue $580,419 $437,921 $1,581,669 $1,275,490 Provider expense (455,209) (336,501) (1,236,010) (979,373)Amortization of intangible assets (2,601) (1,506) (6,670) (4,560)Gross Profit $122,609 $99,914 $338,989 $291,557 Amortization of intangibles assets 2,601 1,506 6,670 4,560 Care margin $125,210 $101,420 $345,659 $296,117 (l) Any slight variations in totals are due to rounding.
Reconciliation of Gross Profit to Platform Contribution(m)
For the Three Months Ended September 30, For the Nine Months Ended September 30,(unaudited; $ in thousands) 2025 2024 2025 2024 Revenue $580,419 $437,921 $1,581,669 $1,275,490 Provider expense (455,209) (336,501) (1,236,010) (979,373)Amortization of intangibles assets (2,601) (1,506) (6,670) (4,560)Gross Profit $122,609 $99,914 $338,989 $291,557 Amortization of intangibles assets 2,601 1,506 6,670 4,560 Cost of platform (61,440) (56,068) (185,884) (167,231)Stock-based compensation(5) 6,785 4,905 19,979 13,502 Platform Contribution $70,555 $50,257 $179,754 $142,388 (m) Any slight variations in totals are due to rounding.(5) Amount represents stock-based compensation expense included in Cost of Platform.
Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted EBITDA(n)
For the Three Months Ended September 30, For the Nine Months Ended September 30,(unaudited; $ in thousands) 2025 2024 2025 2024 Net income attributable to Privia Health Group, Inc. $6,861 $3,535 $13,768 $9,986 Net income attributable to non-controlling interests 2,946 443 5,373 1,691 Provision for income taxes 6,867 3,999 11,426 8,171 Interest income, net (2,271) (2,164) (7,610) (8,114)Depreciation and amortization 2,766 1,797 7,250 5,436 Stock-based compensation 18,977 15,106 55,616 41,401 Other expenses(6) 2,041 908 8,270 6,997 Adjusted EBITDA $38,187 $23,624 $94,093 $65,568 (n) Any slight variations in totals are due to rounding.(6) Other expenses include employer taxes on equity vesting/exercises, severance and certain non-recurring costs.
Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Net Income Per Share(o)
For the Three Months Ended September 30, For the Nine Months Ended September 30,(unaudited; $ in thousands) 2025 2024 2025 2024Net income$6,861 $3,535 $13,768 $9,986Stock-based compensation 18,977 15,106 55,616 41,401Intangible amortization expense 2,601 1,506 6,670 4,560Provision for income tax 6,867 3,999 11,426 8,171Other expenses(7) 2,041 908 8,270 6,997Adjusted net income$37,347 $25,054 $95,750 $71,115Adjusted net income per share attributable to Privia Health Group, Inc. stockholders – basic$0.30 $0.21 $0.79 $0.60Adjusted net income per share attributable to Privia Health Group, Inc. stockholders – diluted$0.29 $0.20 $0.75 $0.57Weighted average common shares outstanding – basic 122,768,890 119,658,574 121,840,638 119,156,368Weighted average common shares outstanding – diluted 128,776,684 125,751,006 128,392,315 125,457,540(o) Any slight variations in totals due to rounding.(7) Other expenses include employer taxes on equity vesting/exercises, severance and certain non-recurring costs.
2025-11-06 11:265mo ago
2025-11-06 06:005mo ago
Rio Silver Announces Proposed Shares for Debt Transaction
VANCOUVER, British Columbia, Nov. 06, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Rio Silver Inc. (the “Company” or “Rio Silver”) (TSX.V: RYO) (OTC: RYOOF) is pleased to announce that, subject to the approval of the TSX Venture Exchange, the Company intends to settle (the “Transaction”) an aggregate of $293,250 of indebtedness (the “Debt”) owed to certain arm’s length and non-arm’s length creditors through the issuance of an aggregate of 1,396,428 common shares, at a deemed price of $0.21 per common share, and 420,238 common share purchase warrants (the “Warrants”) of the Company. 976,190 of the common shares (and no Warrants) will be issued to non-arm’s length creditors.
Each Warrant is exercisable into a common share at the price of $0.28 per common share, for a period of three years from the date of issue.
All common shares and Warrants issued to settle the Debt will be subject to a hold period of four months and one day from the date of issuance. The Transaction is subject to TSX Venture Exchange approval. Completion of the Transaction will allow the Company to improve its current working capital deficiency position.
ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF RIO SILVER INC.
Chris Verrico
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Neither the TSX Venture Exchange nor its Regulation Services Provider accepts responsibility for the adequacy or accuracy of this release.
This news release includes forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements within, other than statements of historical fact, are to be considered forward looking. Although the Company believes the expectations expressed in such forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, such statements are not guarantees of future performance and actual results or developments may differ materially from those in forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements include market prices, exploitation and exploration successes, continued availability of capital and financing, and general economic, market or business conditions. There can be no assurances that such statements will prove accurate and, therefore, readers are advised to rely on their own evaluation of such uncertainties. We do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements except as required by applicable laws.
2025-11-06 11:265mo ago
2025-11-06 06:005mo ago
Montage Gold Provides Exploration Update on the Sissédougou Trend at Its Koné Project in Côte d'Ivoire
HIGHLIGHTS: Koné project comprises 7 mineralised trends hosting 52 identified targets with mineralization confirmed at all 23 targets drill-tested so far in 2024 and 2025, whilst scout drilling continues to identify more targets This year's ongoing 120,000-meter drill programme has focused on the Gbongogo–Koroutou and Sissédougou trends, representing respectively 45% and 27% of the 87,595 meters already drilled in YTD-2025 The Sissédougou trend is emerging as another highly prospective area, in addition to the recently announced success on the Gbongogo–Koroutou trend where 5 satellite deposits were already delineated with a further 19 targets identified The Sissédougou trend, extending over 10km in strike length, hosts the ANV deposit and other prospective targets Indicated and Inferred Resources have both more than doubled to respectively 129koz at 1.06 g/t Au and 85koz at 1.1 g/t Au, with further growth expected as mineralisation remains open at depth and along strike over two parallel trends High grade mineralisation has been intercepted at the Kagon Main, Kagon NE, ANIII and ANV West targets Intensive target definition programme is underway, specifically targeting the multiple gold-in-saprolite anomalies that have been identified over an approximately 5 km2 area north of the ANV deposit Indicated and Inferred Resources for Koné satellite deposits now stand at respectively 996koz at 1.29 g/t Au and 194koz at 1.09 g/t Au, with further updates across existing and new deposits expected to be published in the coming months Koné project construction continues to rapidly progress on-budget and well on-schedule ABIDJAN, Côte d'Ivoire, Nov. 06, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Montage Gold Corp. (“Montage” or the “Company”) (TSX: MAU, OTCQX: MAUTF) is pleased to report that ongoing exploration at its Koné Project in Côte d'Ivoire demonstrates that the Sissédougou trend is emerging as another highly prospective area, as the resource for the ANV deposit has more than doubled since the starter resource was defined earlier this year, while several additional targets along the trend are advancing towards a maiden resource. The Koné project comprises 7 mineralised trends hosting 52 identified targets with mineralization confirmed at all 23 targets drill-tested so far.
2025-11-06 11:265mo ago
2025-11-06 06:005mo ago
Solaris Publishes Positive Pre-Feasibility Study Results and Maiden Mineral Reserve for the Warintza Project, with Significant Mineral Resource Increase, an Extensive Mine Life, and US$4.6bn NPV
Globally significant Mineral Resource with extensive mine life and first quartile cash costs driving significant Free Cash Flow (“FCF”) generation: Average annual copper equivalent (“CuEq”) production of over 300,000 tonnes in the first five years and over 240,000 tonnes during the first 15 yearsFirst quartile All-In Sustaining Cost (“AISC”) of US$0.85/lb of payable Cu for the first five years and US$1.07/lb of payable Cu during the first 15 yearsPost-tax net present value (“NPV”) (8%) of US$4,617M (pre-tax NPV8% of US$7,492M) and a post-tax internal rate of return (“IRR”) of 26% (pre-tax IRR of 34%)Average annual Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, and Amortization (“EBITDA”) of US$1.9bn for the first five years and US$1.4bn during the first 15 yearsAverage annual post-tax Free Cash Flow (“FCF”) of US$1.3bn for the first five years and US$1.0bn over the first 15 yearsInitial capital costs (pre-production) of US$3.7bn (including 15.7% overall contingency)Attractive capital intensity of ~US$15,440/avg tpa-CuEq over the first 15 years2.6 year post-tax payback period (1.9 year pre-tax payback) Maiden Mineral Reserve estimate of 1.3 billion tonnes (Proven and Probable) at 0.41% CuEq (0.31% Cu, 0.02% Mo, 0.04 g/t Au and 1.30 g/t Ag), providing a mine life of 22 years2025 Mineral Resource Estimate (“MRE”) incorporates a 312% increase in Measured plus Indicated Mineral Resources, at a cut-off grade of 0.1% Cu and a net smelter return (“NSR”) cut-off value of US$6.30/t, compared with the published 2024 MREPossibility of extending the mine life by a timeframe in the order of 25 to 30 years beyond the Mineral ReservesLOM average strip ratio of 0.53 to 1 (waste to ore) positions Warintza as one of the lowest strip ratio copper mines globally, underpinning a very favourable strip-adjusted gradeOperational simplicity driven by conventional open pit mining methods operating at low elevation and using standard processing equipmentExcellent access to infrastructure (water, power, roads, ports, etc.)Production of both a high-quality copper concentrate and a clean molybdenum concentrate, both products have non-material levels of deleterious elements Pre-Feasibility Study prepared in conjunction with highly experienced consultants Ausenco, Knight Piésold, and AMC
QUITO, Ecuador, Nov. 06, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Solaris Resources Inc. (“Solaris” or the “Company”) (TSX: SLS; NYSE: SLSR) is pleased to announce the results of a Pre-Feasibility Study (the “PFS”) with an updated Mineral Resource Estimate (“2025 MRE”) and maiden Mineral Reserves for its Warintza Project (“Warintza”, the “Project” or the “Warintza Project”), located in southeastern Ecuador.
The Company will host an investor presentation, covering the announcement, via the Investor Meet Company (“IMC”) platform today, November 6, 2025. Further details can be found below.
Matthew Rowlinson, CEO and President of Solaris Resources Inc. said: “Warintza checks every box: global scale, size, and longevity, technical simplicity in a supportive mining jurisdiction, exceptional economics driven by a world-class strip adjusted grade, and above all, optimal timing to production in a tightening copper market.
With over 3.7 billion tonnes of Measured and Indicated Resources, 2.1 billion tonnes of Inferred Resources, 1.3 billion tonnes of Mineral Reserves, a low strip ratio, and early access to high-grade material, Warintza stands as one of the most compelling copper development assets anywhere in the world. We are fully funded for a construction decision through a US$200 million non-dilutive financing from Royal Gold earlier this year, while importantly retaining 100% ownership and full strategic control.
In a copper market characterized by declining grades, few new discoveries, and increasingly complex permitting environments, Warintza is uniquely positioned to come online at the right moment, helping meet a critical global supply gap, while delivering strong returns to stakeholders.
This is a rare window of opportunity: a generational discovery in a mining-friendly jurisdiction, with deep community support and a proven management team driving it forward. The future is bright, and we look forward to unlocking Warintza's real value.”
A summary of key operating and financial metrics from the PFS is presented below.
MetricUnitsFirst 5 years of Production
Avg.First 15 years of Production
Avg.LOMMining SummaryStrip ratiot:t0.3710.3810.532Production SummaryAverage Annual ThroughputMt60.2CuEq3 head grade%0.580.470.41Cu head grade%0.440.360.31Cu recovery%898684Average Annual CuEq3 Productionkt304242205Total CuEq3 Productionkt4,501Average Annual Cu Productionkt230183156Total Cu Productionkt3,436Average Annual Mo Productionkt10.88.67.0Total Mo Productionkt154Average Annual Au Productionkoz715749Total Au Productionkoz1,079Average Annual Ag ProductionMoz1.81.31.2Total Ag ProductionMoz26.6Operating CostsMine Operating CostsUS$/t-moved1.251.371.38Mine Operating CostsUS$/t-milled3.382.802.40ProcessingUS$/t-milled5.585.585.58G&AUS$/t-milled0.790.780.78Total Operating CostsUS$/t-milled9.749.168.75C1 Cash Costs4US$/lb-Cu payable0.590.831.01AISC5US$/lb-Cu payable0.851.071.25Capital ExpenditureInitial capital costsUS$M3,729Capital Intensity6US$/Avg tpa-CuEq 12,26015,44018,230Sustaining capital costsUS$M1,713Closure costUS$M200Financial Metrics7Long term Copper PriceUS$/lb4.50Average Annual EBITDAUS$M1,9121,4271,156Total EBITDAUS$M25,433Average Annual Free Cash Flow (Pre-tax)8US$M1,8291,3481,088Free Cash Flow (Pre-tax)8US$M23,936Average Annual Free Cash Flow (Post-tax)8US$M1,341985792Free Cash Flow (Post-tax)8US$M17,431Total Free Cash Flow (Pre-tax)9US$M20,007Total Free Cash Flow (Post-tax)9US$M13,502NPV8% (Pre-tax)US$M7,492IRR (Pre-tax)%34%Payback10 (Pre-tax)Years1.9NPV8% (Post-tax)US$M4,617IRR (Post-tax)%26%Payback10 (Post-tax)Years2.6 Notes:
1: Strip ratio calculated by dividing the tonnage of waste mined by the tonnage of mineralized material mined above the cut-off grade.
2: Strip ratio calculated by dividing the tonnage of waste mined plus mineralized material above the cut-off grade unreclaimed from stockpiles by the tonnage of ore processed.
3: CuEq grade calculation assumes metal prices of copper US$4.00/lb, molybdenum US$20.00/lb, gold US$1,850/troy oz, and silver US$20.00/troy oz. Sulphide material accounts for more than 99.9% of the Mineral Reserves. The CuEq formula for sulphide material is:
Sulphide CuEq (%) = Cu (%) + 3.94 × Mo (%) + 0.52 × Au (g/t) + 0.01 x Ag (g/t).
4: C1 Cash Costs include mining, processing, general and administrative (“G&A”) costs; treatment and refining charges (“TCRCs”) for Cu & Mo concentrate; royalties; streaming; and allowance for byproduct credits.
5: AISC includes C1 cash costs and sustaining capital costs.
6: Capital intensity is calculated as initial capital costs divided by the average annual copper equivalent production.
7: Economic analysis assumes metal prices of copper US$4.50/lb, molybdenum US$20.00/lb, gold US$2,800/troy oz for the first three years and US$2,500/oz for the remainder of the life, and silver US$28.00/troy oz.
8: Free Cash Flow during production periods only.
9: Total life of mine Free Cash Flow, including initial capital costs and closure.
10: Payback period is calculated from the beginning of commercial production, after construction is completed.
Warintza exhibits significant potential to be a tier 1 asset, including:
1: Size, Scale & Longevity
The 1.3 billion tonnes of Mineral Reserves, 3.7 billion tonnes of Measured and Indicated Resources, and 2.1 billion tonnes of Inferred Resources offer potential to increase longevity and optionality. The Mineral Resources are inclusive of the Mineral Reserves. The current mine plan supports average annual copper equivalent production of over 240,000 tonnes over the first 15 years, and over 300,000 tonnes in the first five years (average annual copper production of 230,000 tonnes in the first five years, and over 180,000 tonnes during the first 15 years), placing Warintza firmly in the top tier of future global copper producers and amongst the largest copper development opportunities globally that remains independent of any cornerstone equity attachment from a major mining company.
The Mineral Reserves currently support a mine life of over 20 years, limited by the design storage of the Tailings Management Facility (“TMF”) of 1.3 billion tonnes. This engineering limitation, consistent with the Estudio de Impacto Ambiental - Environmental Impact Assessment (“EIA”) application, defines the maximum processing capacity and, therefore, the Mineral Reserves mine life, rather than a more complete realization of the potentially available Mineral Resources. The over 20 years of mine life projected in the PFS offer the Company significant time to complete the drilling and permitting required for a subsequent phase, with multiple potential locations for future TMFs already identified.
Subsequent to the establishment of criteria for the PFS, a conceptual expanded pit optimization exercise was completed in consideration of the possibility for a future increase in TMF capacity and without the limitation of the current Project footprint. The results of the conceptual exercise indicated a shell with a larger mineralized inventory at potentially similar grades to the PFS Mineral Reserves. Were such a shell to be ultimately realized, and contingent on all necessary supporting aspects being favourable, including with respect to any impact on key infrastructure, there could be a possibility to extend the mine life by a timeframe of the order of 25 to 30 years beyond the PFS Mineral Reserves. Improvements to the mine plan could also be possible that would reflect further resource benefit optimization, such as delaying the processing of the low-grade stockpile and deferring closure activities. Solaris again notes the conceptual nature of the expanded pit exercise and that it does not represent any increase in Mineral Reserve estimates over those presented in this 2025 Technical Report.
Warintza is a porphyry copper ore body with valuable by-products that diversify revenue. Over the first 15 years, the projected average annual by-product production includes:
Over 8,600 tonnes per year of molybdenum;57,000 ounces per year of gold; and1.3 million ounces per year of silver.
The project will produce both a clean molybdenum concentrate and a high-quality copper concentrate, both with non-material levels of deleterious elements, such as arsenic, enhancing offtake flexibility and blending economics.
2: Technical Simplicity
Warintza will employ conventional open pit mining methods, with competent rock conditions allowing for favourable slope angles. Operating at an average elevation of 1,200 m with available fresh water and power infrastructure, the project will leverage conventional processing equipment. Further, the site’s natural topography enables a self-contained water basin and gravity-fed TMF design, enhancing water monitoring and management while reducing environmental risk and energy requirements.
3: Supportive Mining District
As an export-oriented nation, Ecuador has a strong existing infrastructure. Paved highways cover the majority of the 300km route to the port, with port facilities already handling similar products from a nearby copper mine.
Warintza is underpinned by a strong and structured social foundation, built through formal agreements, inclusive dialogue, and shared value creation with Indigenous communities and local stakeholders. In 2019, Solaris established a Strategic Alliance with the Shuar communities of Warints and Yawi, creating a participatory model for decision-making, oversight, and benefit sharing. This led to the signing of a long-term Impacts & Benefits Agreement (“IBA”) in 2020, later updated to reflect project growth. The IBA provides for employment, training, education, local procurement, infrastructure, and direct financial benefits.
Building on this foundation, as of September 2025, Solaris has now signed formal cooperation agreements with all Indigenous organizations surrounding Warintza, including PSHA and FICSH, Ecuador’s two largest Shuar representative bodies. These agreements, developed with the support of the Ecuadorian government, demonstrate Warintza’s commitment to inclusive, Indigenous-led resource development.
At the government level, Solaris maintains close engagement with central, provincial, and municipal authorities, and has collaborated transparently through key permitting and consultation processes, including the pilot implementation of Prior Consultation protocols.
4: Robust Economics
The Mineral Reserves have an average copper equivalent grade of 0.41% and a strip ratio of 0.53 to 1. Combining the two creates a highly competitive strip-adjusted grade, translating into lower costs, higher margins and reduced environmental impact. Further, the near-surface high-grade mineralization enables increased early production, minimizing pre-stripping, reducing upfront capital, and providing optimization opportunities for mine sequencing.
The key financial metrics include:
First quartile All-In Sustaining Costs (“AISC”) of US$0.85/lb-Cu payable (first five years) and US$1.07/lb-Cu payable (first 15 years).Post-tax net present value (NPV8%) of US$4,617M (pre-tax NPV8% of US$7,492M) and a post-tax internal rate of return (“IRR”) of 26% (pre-tax IRR of 34%) using metal prices of US$4.50/lb copper, US$2,800/oz gold for the first three years and US$2,500/oz for the remainder of the life, US$20/lb molybdenum, and US$28/oz silver.Average annual Earnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) of US$1.9bn per year (first five years) and US$1.4bn per year (first 15 years).Average annual post-tax Free Cash Flow (“FCF”) of US$1.3bn (first five years) and US$1.0bn (first 15 years).Capital Intensity of US$15,440/Avg tpa-CuEq over the first 15 years and total initial capital costs of US$3.7bn.Post-tax payback period of 2.6 years (1.9 years pre-tax payback). 5: District Exploration Hub
Warintza anchors what is emerging as a major new copper-producing district in southeastern Ecuador. The project sits within a highly prospective porphyry corridor that includes the San Carlos and Panantza deposits to the west, both hosting large, historical copper resources with similar geological settings and long-term development potential, and the Mirador mine to the south.
The 2025 MRE incorporates a 312% increase in Measured plus Indicated Mineral Resources compared to the 2024 MRE, with new mineralization defined on the western extension of the deposit. These areas demonstrate strong continuity, near-surface grades, and excellent potential for further growth. Beyond the Warintza West, Central, and East deposits, multiple satellite targets remain underexplored. The 2025 MRE supersedes the 2024 MRE with 142 additional diamond drill holes, resulting in an increase of 964 Mt in Measured and 1,418 Mt in Indicated Resources at Warintza Central and East. The additional drilling completed since the 2024 estimate has added additional material into the 2025 Mineral Resource in the form of Warintza West whilst also converting Mineral Resources previously classified as Inferred into the Indicated and Measured classes.
INVESTOR PRESENTATION
Solaris will host an investor presentation via the IMC platform on Thursday, November 6, 2025, covering today’s announcement. The online event will take place at 14:00 (Zug) / 08:00 (Toronto). The presentation is open to all existing and potential shareholders. Questions can be submitted at any time during the presentation.
Investors can sign up to IMC for free and add to meet Solaris Resources via:
SUMMARY OF THE SOLARIS WARINTZA PROJECT PRE-FEASIBILITY STUDY
Overview
The Warintza Project is a copper-molybdenum porphyry deposit located in southeastern Ecuador. AMC Mining Consultants (Canada) Ltd (“AMC”) was commissioned by Solaris Resources Inc. to prepare the independent Technical Report summarizing the results of a Pre-Feasibility Study for the Project.
Drilling conducted between 2020 and 2024 has delineated Warintza (Central, East, and West), supporting the generation of a well-developed geological model. Extensive infill drilling, new metallurgical testing, and mine planning studies have been incorporated into the PFS, which includes a simplified process flowsheet and an optimized mine design.
The PFS contemplates a single-phase open pit operation with a planned 22-year LOM, based on flotation of copper sulphide mineralization. The LOM is currently limited by the design storage capacity of the Tailings Management Facility of 1.3 billion tonnes. This engineering limitation, consistent with the Environmental Impact Assessment application, defines the maximum processing capacity and, therefore, the reported LOM, rather than rather than a more complete realization of the potentially available Mineral Resources.
The PFS has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of National Instrument 43-101 (“NI 43-101”), “Standards of Disclosure for Mineral Projects” of the Canadian Securities Administrators (“CSA”) for lodgement on CSA’s “System for Electronic Data Analysis and Retrieval Plus” (“SEDAR+”).
The Warintza Project consists of porphyry copper–molybdenum deposits that are proposed to be developed using conventional open-pit mining methods. Mineral processing for the Project is planned to include crushing, grinding, and flotation to produce a copper concentrate, with gold and silver by-products, and a separate molybdenum concentrate.
The Property consists of nine metallic mineral concessions covering a total of 26,773 ha (268 km²). Solaris announced an option agreement to acquire up to 100% interest in ten additional concessions adjacent to the Warintza Property, totalling approximately ~40 km², which are considered prospective for porphyry copper and epithermal gold mineralization.
Solaris has signed a Cooperation, Benefits, and Access Agreement (Impact and Benefits Agreement) with local communities within the Project area. The agreement, originally signed in March 2022 and updated in April 2024, grants surface access and use rights necessary for exploration and development activities.
The EIA application was submitted by Solaris in August 2024 to the Ecuador Ministerio de Ambiente, Agua y Transición Ecológica - Ministry of Environment, Water, and Ecological Transition (“MAATE”), recently incorporated into the Ministerio de Ambiente y Energía - Ministry of Environment and Energy (“MAE”). Approval of the EIA will be required before operating and environmental permits can be issued. At the effective date of the PFS, the concessions are in good standing, and Solaris holds all permits required to conduct ongoing exploration activities, including Environmental Licenses for advanced exploration in the Caya 21, Caya 22, and Curigem 9 concessions and Environmental Registrations for initial exploration for the remaining concessions.
Accessibility, climate, infrastructure, and physiography
The Warintza Project is located in the Morona Santiago province, and is accessible by national and provincial highways, with a final 58 km along the Limón–Warints road.
Topography is rugged, with elevations between 800 m and 2,700 m above sea level and slopes of 25°–40°. The climate is tropical humid (Af, Köppen-Geiger) with an average temperature of 22.9°C and annual precipitation of ~1,900 mm, permitting year-round operations. The average elevation of the Warintza pit is 1,200 m.
The region has demonstrated mining viability under similar physiographic and climatic conditions, as evidenced by the nearby Mirador and Fruta del Norte operations.
Mineral Resources
The Warintza Mineral Resources have been reported at an NSR of US$6.30/t and a copper grade equal or greater than 0.1%, within an optimized pit shell at a revenue factor of 1. The Mineral Resources are reported from the regularized model used as the input to the optimization studies. Tonnages have been rounded to the nearest 1 Mt.
The Mineral Resource Estimate was prepared in accordance with the Canadian Institute of Mining, Metallurgy and Petroleum (“CIM”) Definition Standards for Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves (2014), and CIM MRMR Best Practice Guidelines (2019).Mineral Resources are reported within optimized open pit constraints and a net smelter return (NSR) cut-off value of US$6.30/t and 0.1% Cu cut-off grade, based on a US$5.30/t processing cost and US$1.00/t G&A cost, with a mining cost of US$1.50/t + incremental mining costs increasing by US$0.015/t for every bench below the reference level of 1,340 mRL for Warintza West, 1,145 mRL for Warintza Central, and 1,040 mRL for Warintza East; and US$0.010/t for every bench above these reference levels.Metal prices: copper US$4.00/lb, molybdenum US$20.00/lb, gold US$1,850/troy oz, and silver US$20.00/troy oz.Respective metal recoveries (Oxide, Mixed, Sulphide): copper 40,85,88%; molybdenum 0,60,65%; gold 0,60,65%; silver 0,60,65%.Copper-equivalent grade calculation assumes metal prices and recoveries as per above and includes provisions for downstream selling costs: Sulphide CuEq (%) = Cu (%) + 3.94 × Mo (%) + 0.52 × Au (g/t) + 0.01 x Ag (g/t).Mixed CuEq (%) = Cu (%) + 3.76 × Mo (%) + 0.50 × Au (g/t) + 0.005 x Ag (g/t).Oxide CuEq (%) = Cu (%). Oxide and mixed material account for less than 0.01% of the total Mineral Resources.Mineral Resources are inclusive of Mineral Reserves.Mineral Resources that are not Mineral Reserves do not have demonstrated economic viability.The Mineral Resource Estimate was supervised by Mr Nicholas Szebor, MCSM, MSc (Mining Geology), BSc, CGeol, EurGeol, FGS, Director and Global Lead – Geosciences at AMC Consultants, who takes responsibility for the estimate. Mr Szebor is an Independent Qualified Person as defined by NI 43-101. Mr Szebor is a European Chartered Geologist (European Federation of Geologists) and a Chartered Geologist and Fellow of the Geological Society of London.The Qualified Person is not aware of any known environmental, permitting, legal, taxation, socio-economic, marketing, political or other relevant factors which could materially affect the stated Mineral Resources.All figures are rounded to reflect the relative accuracy of the estimate and, therefore, may not appear to add precisely; this includes the rounding of Au and Mo to two decimal places.The effective date of the Mineral Resource estimate is 1 May 2025. Since the release of the July 2024 MRE, an additional 75,000 metres of diamond drilling have been completed for a total of 177,118 metres in the 2025 MRE estimation. The principal objective of this campaign of drilling was to upgrade Mineral Resources from the Inferred category to the Measured and Indicated categories and to extend the Mineral Resources to Warintza West. The 2025 initial Mineral Resource declaration for the Warintza West area contributes tonnages of 455 Mt to the Indicated and 996 Mt to the Inferred Mineral Resource categories. In reporting the 2025 Mineral Resources a change was made to reporting at an NSR cut-off at US$6.30/t and 0.1% Cu cut-off grade rather than the 0.25% CuEq used in the 2024 MRE. A 0.25% CuEq was selected in 2024 to provide a conservative cut-off for reporting. The change to the NSR cut-off corresponds to reporting at a lower CuEq approximating 0.15% CuEq and therefore includes some material excluded as part of the 2024 estimate. The 2025 MRE also incorporates silver grades in the new estimation.
Mineral Reserves
The open pit Mineral Reserves are reported within an optimized pit design. The Mineral Reserves represent the economically mineable part of the Measured and Indicated Mineral Resources and are presented below.
CIM Definition Standards (2014) were used for reporting the Mineral Reserves.The Qualified Person is Eugene Tucker, P.Eng. of AMC Mining Consultants (Canada) Ltd.A NSR cut-off value of 6.30 US$/tonne and 0.1% copper cut-off grade were used.Metal prices: copper US$4.00/lb, molybdenum US$20.00/lb, gold US$1,850/troy oz, and silver US$20.00/troy oz.Respective metallurgical recoveries (oxide, mixed, sulphide): copper 40,85,88%; molybdenum 0,60,65%; gold 0,60,65%; silver 0,60,65%.Respective payable metal: copper 96.5%, gold 91%, silver 91%, molybdenum 100%Copper-equivalent grade calculation assumes metal prices and recoveries as per above and includes provisions for downstream selling costs: Sulphide CuEq (%) = Cu (%) + 3.94 × Mo (%) + 0.52 × Au (g/t) + 0.01 x Ag (g/t). Mixed CuEq (%) = Cu (%) + 3.76 × Mo (%) + 0.50 × Au (g/t) + 0.005 x Ag (g/t). Oxide CuEq (%) = Cu (%). Oxide and mixed material account for less than 0.02% of the total Mineral Reserves.Mineral Reserves are converted from Mineral Resources through the process of pit optimization, pit design, production scheduling, and are supported by a positive cash flow model.Numbers may not compute exactly due to rounding.Probable Mineral Reserves are based on Indicated Mineral Resources only.Proven Mineral Reserves are based on Measured Mineral Resources only.Mineral Reserve estimates are as of 1 May 2025. Mineral Reserve estimates are limited to the portion of the Measured and Indicated Resource estimates scheduled for milling and included in the financial model of the PFS. Mining
Mining at Warintza will be undertaken by conventional open-pit, truck-and-shovel methods, with support from loaders for narrower working areas and stockpile reclaim. The operation will be developed through two main pits, Warintza Central and Warintza East, subdivided into eight phases to optimize grade sequencing and maintain low strip ratios in the early years of operation, with steady-state ore production of ~60.2 Mt per year to support a mine life of approximately 22 years.
The mining fleet will be owner-operated following a two-year pre-stripping period. Primary equipment will include 120-ton class cable shovels, 70-ton wheel loaders, and 320-ton haul trucks, supported by dozers, graders, and water trucks. Pit designs incorporate bench heights of 15–30 m, dual-lane haul roads at 40 m width, and slope angles ranging from 36° to 47°, depending on geotechnical domains. Drilling and blasting will be carried out on 15 m benches using 311 mm diameter holes, with annual explosives consumption ranging from 46,000–58,000 t at peak production.
The production schedule emphasizes high-grade ore delivery in the initial years, supported by the use of stockpiles. Approximately 221 Mt of low-grade ore is projected to be stockpiled for processing in the later years, with remaining low-grade balances constrained by tailings storage limits. Waste rock will be placed in engineered facilities designed to meet stability standards under static, pseudo-static, and post-earthquake conditions. In the final years of the mine life, ore supply will transition primarily to stockpile reclaim before progressing to closure and reclamation activities.
Annual production quantities
Year
Mill FeedStockpile MovementWaste
(Mt)
Total Material Moved
(Mt)
Ore
(Mt)Cu
(%)Mo
(%)Au
(g/t)Ag
(g/t)High-grade Stockpile
(in)High-grade Stockpile
(out)Low-grade Stockpile
(in)Low-grade Stockpile
(out)(Mt)(Mt)(Mt)(Mt)Yr-2 4.164.16Yr-1 8.35 29.26-38.2375.84Yr0154.200.430.020.051.4514.813.5541.54-49.45160.00Yr0260.230.510.030.052.2248.21-26.35-25.22160.00Yr0360.230.450.020.061.7422.5417.8036.07-41.16160.00Yr0460.230.440.030.051.2633.529.7746.49-19.76160.00Yr0560.230.350.020.051.30-27.0054.47-45.30160.00Yr0660.230.370.020.051.18--48.32-51.45160.00Yr0760.230.380.020.051.18--32.81-36.97130.00Yr0860.230.330.020.041.30-13.0923.43-36.35120.00Yr0960.230.330.020.041.40-20.0026.85-13.75100.82Yr1060.230.290.020.041.57-25.0015.29-24.48100.00Yr1160.230.240.010.041.04-5.0013.18-26.59100.00Yr1260.230.250.010.041.08-3.001.22-28.5590.00Yr1360.230.320.020.041.19-3.002.96-21.8285.00Yr1460.230.330.020.041.12-0.230.00-19.7780.00Yr1560.230.320.020.041.18--0.05-13.3173.58Yr1660.230.260.010.041.22----9.7770.00Yr1760.230.270.010.041.19----4.1564.37Yr1860.230.310.020.041.27----1.1461.37Yr1960.230.210.010.031.18---59.65-60.23Yr2060.230.170.010.031.16---60.23-60.23Yr2160.230.150.010.031.17---60.23-60.23Yr2241.300.140.000.031.02---41.30 41.30Total1,300.000.310.020.041.30127.43127.43398.30221.40511.392,337.12 Processing
The Warintza process plant feed will be a mix of supergene and hypogene ores, with the latter being prevalent. Supergene ore is mostly enriched secondary copper sulphide mineralization (chalcocite and bornite) with some primary copper sulphides (chalcopyrite), while hypogene ore is comprised of chalcopyrite.
The proposed processing method follows conventional porphyry copper-molybdenum (Cu-Mo) concentrator flowsheets. The processing facilities are designed for a throughput rate of 165,000 t/d (60.2 Mt/y).
Ore will be subject to primary crushing, followed by secondary crushing, SAG and ball milling to produce a milled product size with a P80 of 150 µm. Secondary crushing was selected, due to the projected high ore competency (high DWi), to increase SAG mill throughput. Two grinding lines will be installed, each comprising a dual pinion 24 MW SAG mill and two dual pinion 22 MW ball mills.
A rougher flotation circuit will produce a rougher flotation concentrate that will be reground to a P80 of 25 µm and floated through three stages of cleaning to produce a bulk copper-molybdenum concentrate.
Copper and molybdenum concentrates will be separated from the bulk copper-molybdenum concentrate, and both types of concentrate will be dewatered and dispatched to off-site smelters.
Flotation tailings will be dewatered in two tailings thickeners and the thickened slurry pumped to either the TMF or cyclone stations to produce sand for TMF embankment construction and slimes for deposition into the TMF.
The location of the process plant and associated facilities adjacent to the mine is in steep terrain requiring extensive and costly earthworks. Footprint optimization and terracing of the plant site may significantly reduce earthworks costs.
Infrastructure
The major support infrastructure includes access roads, concentrate storage for shipping, power supply and distribution, communications, water management, tailings facilities, and construction and operations accommodation facilities.
Access roads
Site access road designs from Gualaceo-Plan de Milagro national highway to the Project were developed. The concentrate transportation will follow a route from the site to the Port of Bolivar, located 4 km east of the city of Machala. The planned ports for transportation and shipment of heavy machinery, equipment, and materials are Bolivar in Machala and Posorja in Guayaquil.
Power supply
The power supply for the Warintza Project is based on a total power demand of 236 MW. The power supply system will be via a 62.1 km overhead 230 kV transmission line from the Bomboiza substation.
Water supply
Raw water supply for the project will be supplied from a rainwater intake on the North Diversion Channel. From this point, water will be transported by gravity through a pipeline system to a tank within the plant. Non-contact water will be managed through diversion channels and attenuation dams, while contact water will be directed to the TMF for recycling to the process plant.
Tailings storage
The TMF has been designed to store approximately 1.3 billion tonnes of tailings over the projected 22-year mine life within the natural drainage basin of the Warintza river. It will be contained by four dams within the Warints stream valley. The starter dams will be a rockfill embankment with a low-permeability core and a geomembrane liner on Dam No. 1. A drainage system at the base of the dam will manage seepage, with collected water returned to the TMF pond.
Following the construction of the starter dam, the TMF dams are designed using a centreline construction method with staged raises. The tailings conveyance system transports processed tailings via pipelines, where cycloning separates them into coarse and fine fractions. The coarse fraction will be used for dam raises, while the fine fraction will be discharged into the TMF. Based on current testing, geochemical modelling indicates that the TMF is expected to maintain a neutral pH at the final collection point.
The Waste Rock Facility (“WRF”) will be located upstream of the Tailings Management Facility, south of the Warintza pit, and is designed for approximately 670 million tonnes of waste material. Waste placement will occur from downstream to upstream for geotechnical stability.
Communication
The Project will establish a fibre optic line with leased internet and radio backup, redundant network switches, industrial Wi-Fi 6E (up to 40 Gbps), 100 4K CCTV cameras with NVR redundancy, biometric / RFID access control, TETRA radios, and a centralized monitoring centre to facilitate reliable operations.
Site accommodation
The strategy for the site accommodation has one main permanent camp for operations near the plant, and minor temporary camps in Piuntz, Yawi, and Warintz community areas for the construction phase.
Environmental studies, permitting and social or community impact
Baseline environmental, social, archaeological, and geochemical studies were completed between 2020 and 2021 to support advanced exploration activities. The results informed EIAs for the Caya 21, Caya 22, and Curigem 9 concessions, which were approved in June 2023, with corresponding licenses granted. The EIA for Curigem 9-1 was approved in November 2024, with the license pending.
During 2024–2025, Solaris advanced preparation of the exploitation-phase EIA for the Warintza Project. The EIA incorporates updated pit designs, site layout, water management, waste rock and tailings facilities, and processing plant design. The EIA has been submitted to MAATE (recently incorporated into MAE) and is under review at the effective date of the PFS.
Solaris has engaged in dialogue with Ecuador’s Ministry of Environment and Energy (formerly the Ministry of Energy and Mines and the Ministry of Environment, Water and Ecological Transition). The Company is understood to have formally addressed all inquiries and has confirmed that the final Technical EIA report has been submitted and is currently under government review.
Environmental and social baseline programs include biological surveys; cultural resource assessments; geochemical testing of waste rock, tailings and ore; and surface / groundwater studies. The social area of direct influence includes the Shuar Centre of Warintz and the Shuar Community of Yawi, where formal agreements and programs in employment, education, entrepreneurship, gender equity, and environmental stewardship have been established.
In July 2025, Solaris hosted a site visit by the Sub-Secretary of the Ministry of Environment and Energy, who met with Indigenous and local stakeholders to assess the project’s readiness for the Free, Prior and Informed Consultation (“FPIC”) process, a formal requirement under Ecuadorian Constitution and law for major resource developments.
Simultaneously, the Company is understood to be working alongside Ecuador’s Ministry of Environment and Energy to advance the Exploitation Agreement permits. To date, good progress is reported as having been made, focusing on the Engineering facilities and Water Management.
Marketing
Production from the project will be sold as copper concentrate with gold and silver by-products, and molybdenum concentrate. Solaris has entered into a gold streaming agreement with Royal Gold Inc. and a partial offtake agreement with Orion Resource Partners for copper and molybdenum concentrates. Remaining copper and molybdenum concentrates will be sold on the open market. Treatment and refining charges used are based on benchmark information for similar operations selling similar products in the region.
Capital and operating costs
Capital cost summary
AreaTotal (US$M)Processing Plant (including earthworks)1,063Camp and Site Infrastructure273Engineering, Procurement & Construction Management256Mine Equipment304TMF and Water Management509Pre-Stripping and Haul Road Construction179Other (Preliminary works, project team and G&A, IT, and light vehicle fleet)89Indirect costs310Contingency505Value-added tax (“VAT”)242Total initial capital3,729Open pit736Infrastructure356TMF239Water management211Processing Plant65Indirect and studies106Total sustaining capital1,713Total capital (initial and sustaining capital)5,443 Note: The totals may not sum due to rounding.
Metal price assumptions for the economic analysis referenced long-term consensus forecasts and are presented below:
MetalUnitPriceCopperUS$/lb4.50GoldUS$/oz2,500*SilverUS$/oz28MolybdenumUS$/lb20 Note: *For the first three years of production US$2,800/oz is used, with US$2,500/oz for the remainder of the mine life.
Post-tax NPV sensitivity
A comprehensive sensitivity analysis has been conducted for the Warintza Project to assess the potential impact of key variables on the project economics. The analysis was examined over individual variations of +/- 20% in Cu, Au, Mo, and Ag metal prices, along with operating costs and initial capital costs.
The results show that the Project NPV at an 8% discount rate is most sensitive to changes in copper prices (equivalent changes in Cu grades would produce effectively the same result). The LOM operating costs and the initial capital costs, incurred over the three-year construction period, are the second and third most influential factors affecting the NPV, followed by the price of molybdenum.
QUALIFIED PERSONS
A "Qualified Person" is as defined by the National Instrument 43-101 of the Canadian Securities Administrators. The named Qualified Person(s) have verified the data disclosed, including sampling, analytical, and test data underlying the information or opinions contained in this announcement in accordance with standards appropriate to their qualifications. The independent Qualified Persons are Mr. Nicholas Szebor, EurGeol, CGeol, Director and Global Lead – Geosciences at AMC Consultants, who supervised and approved the Mineral Resource Estimate; Mr. Roderick Carlson, FAIG (RPGeo), MAusIMM, Technical Lead – Geosciences at AMC Consultants, is responsible for the exploration, drilling, sample preparation, and assays. The preparation of the Mineral Reserve Estimate and mining aspects of the PFS was supervised and approved by Mr. Eugene Tucker, P.Eng., Director and Global Lead – Open Pit Mining at AMC Consultants. The costs (excluding process plant and site services) and economics of the PFS were prepared under the supervision of Ms. Mary Alejo Hito, P.Eng., Principal Mining Engineer at AMC Consultants. The preparation of the metallurgy, processing, and site infrastructure aspects (excluding TMF, WRF, and water management) of the PFS was supervised by Mr. Greg Lane, FAusIMM, Principal Consultant at Ausenco. Mr. Guillermo Hernán Barreda Flores, SME Registered Member, Regional Manager at Knight Piésold, prepared the TMF, WRF, and site water management aspects of the PFS. All are experts in their relevant disciplines and fulfil the requirements to be a "Qualified Person" as defined by National Instrument 43‐101.
The Qualified Persons have reviewed and approved the scientific and technical information contained in this news release and believe it fairly and accurately represents the information from the 2025 Technical Report.
The 2025 Pre-Feasibility Study Technical Report will be made available for review on the SEDAR+ system and on the Company’s website at www.solarisresources.com within 45 days of this news release.
On behalf of the Board of Solaris Resources Inc.
“Matthew Rowlinson”
President & CEO, Director
For Further Information
Patrick Chambers, VP Business Development & Investor Relations
Email: [email protected]
About Solaris Resources Inc.
Solaris Resources is a copper-gold exploration and development company advancing a portfolio of high-quality assets across the Americas. Its flagship asset is the 100%-owned Warintza Project in southeast Ecuador, a Tier 1 copper porphyry deposit with over 1.3 billion tonnes of Mineral Reserves and outstanding economics driven by high-grade, near-surface mineralization and a world-class strip-adjusted grade. Warintza stands out for its scale, simplicity, and strong community partnerships built through formal agreements and inclusive engagement. Solaris is committed to responsible mining practices that prioritize environmental stewardship, shared value creation, and long-term benefits for local communities and stakeholders.
Cautionary Notes and Forward-looking Statements
This document contains certain forward-looking information and forward-looking statements within the meaning of applicable securities legislation (collectively “forward-looking statements”). The use of the words “will” and “expected” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements include statements regarding the results of the Technical Report, including future Project opportunities, future operating and capital costs, closure costs, timelines, permit timelines, and the ability to obtain the requisite permits; the outcome of the governmental review of the Technical EIA report; the outcome of the FPIC process; life of mine estimates for Warintza, including, but not limited to, copper production, grades, mining rates, strip ratios and the costs thereof; economics and associated returns of the Project; the technical viability of the Project; the ability to establish lines of communication at the Project, including but not limited to, the fibre optic line with leased internet and radio; the environmental impact of the Project, the ongoing ability to work cooperatively with stakeholders; the estimation of Mineral Reserves and Mineral Resources; the conversion of Mineral Resources to Mineral Reserves; and the filing and effective date of the Technical Report. Although Solaris believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements and/or information are reasonable, readers are cautioned that actual results may vary from the forward-looking statements. The Company has based these forward-looking statements and information on the Company’s current expectations and assumptions about future events including assumptions regarding the exploration and regional programs. These statements also involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results or events to differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements, including the risks, uncertainties and other factors identified in the Solaris Management’s Discussion and Analysis, for the year ended December 31, 2024 available at www.sedarplus.ca. Furthermore, the forward-looking statements contained in this news release are made as at the date of this news release and Solaris does not undertake any obligation to publicly update or revise any of these forward-looking statements except as may be required by applicable securities laws.
A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/a6b3456f-c0e8-43d0-b344-52f6ab92a58e
Despite strong third-quarter revenue, Palantir (NASDAQ: PLTR) shares fell sharply this week, dropping from $207.51 on Monday, November 3, to $187.90 on Wednesday, November 5.
The crash put an end to a parabolic multi-month rally and came after ‘Big Short’ investor Michael Burry bet nearly $1 billion against the software leader, triggering a wave of profit-taking in a market increasingly characterized by valuation concerns.
As the price was still falling in pre-market on Thursday, November 6, Finbold turned to its AI prediction agent to see what price the stock might trade at by the end of the month. According to the forecast, PLTR shares will climb back to $198.61, suggesting a gain of 5.79% from today’s price of $187.74, but still far from the record highs recorded on Monday.
PLTR forecast. Source: Finbold’s AI prediction agent
To generate its price target, Finbold’s AI leveraged three large language models (LLM): GPT-4o, Claude Sonnet 4, and Gemini 2.5 Flash. Combining their outputs, the tool generated an average figure to provide a more objective view of the market.
Claude Sonnet 4 was the most bullish, suggesting the stock could climb all the way to $205.50 (+9.46%). GPT-4o was the least optimistic, but it still proposed that the price is likely to improve and hit $194.50 (+3.6%). Gemini was somewhere in the middle, with a price target of $195.82 (+4.31%).
Palantir stock price action
Technically, Palantir’s surge stalled at the upper boundary of a two-year ascending price channel and now hovers near the 20-day exponential moving average (EMA) at $187.80, a level that has repeatedly acted as dynamic support this year.
Further drops below this level could expose the 50-day EMA at $178.46, overlapping with September’s breakout zone. Further weakness below that area could mark a truly significant trend shift and bring the 100-day EMA near $164 into focus.
As mentioned, investors are mostly focused on Palantir’s lofty valuation. Indeed, with roughly 250x forward earnings, it trades well above the likes of Nvidia (NASDAQ: NVDA) at 33x.
Still, momentum remains strong. Retail traders continue to pour in, averaging roughly $302 million in daily turnover. What’s more, several Wall Street analysts, including DA Davidson, Goldman Sachs, and Baird, have boosted their PLTR price targets this week, citing the company’s ninth consecutive quarter of successful revenue.
Diversified growth platform delivers third-quarter sales growth of 9% on a reported basis, 7% organically Third-quarter Reconstructive sales grew 12% year-over-year on a reported basis, 9% organically October divestiture of Diabetic Footcare business unit from P&R for total proceeds of up to $60 million Raising full-year 2025 adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EPS guidance
Dallas, TX, Nov. 06, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Enovis™ Corporation (“Enovis” or “the Company”) (NYSE: ENOV), an innovation-driven medical technology growth company, today announced its financial results for the third quarter ended October 3, 2025. The Company will host an investor conference call and live webcast to discuss these results today at 8:30 am ET.
Third Quarter 2025 Financial Results
Enovis’ third-quarter net sales of $549 million grew 9% on a reported basis and 7% on an organic basis from the same quarter in 2024. Third quarter results reflect continued execution in P&R and Recon, stable end markets, and encouraging momentum in new product introductions. Compared to the same quarter in 2024, net sales in Recon grew 12% on a reported basis and 9% on an organic basis, and P&R grew 6% on a reported basis and 4% on an organic basis.
Enovis also reported third-quarter net loss of $571 million, or 104.0% of sales, and adjusted EBITDA of $95 million, or 17.3% of sales. The Company’s reported net loss included the impact of a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $548 million after evaluating the Company’s market capitalization relative to the carrying value of our Recon and P&R reporting units. This non-cash charge does not impact future operations.
The Company reported third-quarter 2025 net loss of $9.99 per share and adjusted net earnings per diluted share of $0.75.
“We delivered solid results in the third quarter, reflecting continued progress by our teams around the world,” said Damien McDonald, Chief Executive Officer of Enovis. “Execution was driven by double-digit growth in extremities and consistent performance across Prevention & Recovery.
“As we position Enovis for its next phase of profitable, capital-efficient growth, we are focusing on the near-term strategic priorities of commercial execution and innovation, operational excellence, and financial discipline.”
2025 Financial Outlook
Enovis updated financial expectations for 2025. Revenue is expected to be in the range of $2.24-2.27 billion, versus prior expectations of $2.245-2.275 billion. Updated guidance includes a $15 million revenue reduction attributable to the Dr. Comfort divestiture completed in October 2025. Adjusted EBITDA is forecasted to be $395-405 million, as compared to the prior outlook of $392-402 million. Full-year adjusted earnings per share guidance was updated from $3.05-3.20 to $3.10-3.25.
Conference call and Webcast
Investors can access the webcast via a link on the Enovis website, www.enovis.com. For those planning to participate on the call, please dial (800) 715-9871 (U.S. callers) and (646) 307-1963 (International callers) and use conference ID 1691901. A link to a replay of the call will also be available on the Enovis website later in the day.
About Enovis
Enovis™ (NYSE: ENOV) is a global medical technology innovator dedicated to improving lives by developing clinically differentiated solutions that enhance patient outcomes and restore motion for life. We partner with the brightest minds in health to advance care that is smarter, personalized, and more effective, while improving operational efficiency for surgeons and clinicians around the world. Enovis solutions impact the well-being of millions of patients wherever they are on their pathway to health. Discover more about Enovis at www.enovis.com
Availability of Information on the Enovis Website
Investors and others should note that Enovis routinely announces material information to investors and the marketplace using SEC filings, press releases, public conference calls, webcasts and the Enovis Investor Relations website. While not all of the information that the Company posts to the Enovis Investor Relations website is of a material nature, some information could be deemed to be material. Accordingly, the Company encourages investors, the media and others interested in Enovis to review the information that it shares on ir.enovis.com.
Forward-Looking Statements
This press release includes forward-looking statements, including forward-looking statements within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning Enovis’ plans, goals, objectives, outlook, expectations and intentions, and other statements that are not historical or current fact. Forward-looking statements are based on Enovis’ current expectations and involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause Enovis’ results to differ materially from current expectations include, but are not limited to, risks related to Enovis’ acquisition of Lima; the impact of public health emergencies and global pandemics; disruptions in the global economy caused by escalating geopolitical tensions including in connection with Russia’s invasion of Ukraine; macroeconomic conditions, including the impact of inflationary pressures; changes in government trade policies, including the implementation of tariffs; the impact of the current shutdown of the U.S. government or any future shutdowns; supply chain disruptions; increasing energy costs and availability concerns, particularly in the European market; other impacts on Enovis’ business and ability to execute business continuity plans; and the other factors detailed in Enovis’ reports filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including its most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Risk Factors,” as well as the other risks discussed in Enovis’ filings with the SEC. In addition, these statements are based on assumptions that are subject to change. This press release speaks only as of the date hereof. Enovis disclaims any duty to update the information herein.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Enovis has provided in this press release financial information that has not been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“non-GAAP”). These non-GAAP financial measures may include one or more of the following: adjusted net income from continuing operations (“Adjusted net income”), Adjusted net income per diluted share, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted gross profit, and Adjusted gross profit margin.
Adjusted net income and Adjusted net income per diluted share exclude net income attributable to noncontrolling interest from continuing operations, net of taxes; the effect of Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes; restructuring charges; Medical Device Regulation (“MDR”) fees and other costs; strategic transaction costs; stock-based compensation; acquisition-related intangible asset amortization; strategic purchase of economic interest on future royalty payments; property plant and equipment step-up depreciation, and fair value charges on acquired inventory; goodwill impairment charges; Other (income) expense, net; and include the tax effect of adjusted pre-tax income at applicable tax rates and other tax adjustments. Enovis also presents Adjusted net income margin, which is subject to the same adjustments as Adjusted net income.
Adjusted EBITDA represents Adjusted net income excluding interest, taxes, and depreciation and other amortization. Enovis presents Adjusted EBITDA margin, which is subject to the same adjustments as Adjusted EBITDA.
Adjusted gross profit represents gross profit excluding the fair value charges of acquired inventory, depreciation step-up of acquired fixed assets, and the impact of restructuring charges. Adjusted gross profit margin is subject to the same adjustments as Adjusted gross profit.
Organic sales growth calculates sales growth period over period, after excluding the impact of acquisitions, divestitures, and foreign exchange rate fluctuations.
These non-GAAP financial measures assist Enovis management in comparing its operating performance over time because certain items may obscure underlying business trends and make comparisons of long-term performance difficult, as they are of a nature and/or size that occur with inconsistent frequency or relate to discrete restructuring plans that are fundamentally different from the ongoing productivity improvements of the Company. Enovis management also believes that presenting these measures allows investors to view its performance using the same measures that the Company uses in evaluating its financial and business performance and trends. Non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information calculated in accordance with GAAP. Investors are encouraged to review the reconciliation of these non-GAAP measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures. A reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures presented above to GAAP results has been provided in the financial tables included in this press release. Enovis does not provide reconciliations of adjusted EBITDA or adjusted earnings per share on a forward-looking basis to the closest GAAP financial measures, as such information is not available without unreasonable efforts on a forward-looking basis due to uncertainties regarding, and the potential variability of, reconciling items excluded from these measures. These items are uncertain, depend on various factors, and could have a material impact on GAAP reported results for the guidance period.
Kyle Rose
Vice President, Investor Relations
Enovis Corporation [email protected]
Enovis Corporation
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended Nine Months Ended October 3, 2025 September 27, 2024 October 3, 2025 September 27, 2024Net sales $ 548,912 $ 505,222 $ 1,672,291 $ 1,546,648 Cost of sales 219,999 218,763 676,452 673,410 Gross profit 328,913 286,459 995,839 873,238 Gross profit margin 59.9 % 56.7 % 59.5 % 56.5 %Selling, general and administrative expense 263,621 249,854 799,714 769,645 Research and development expense 29,739 20,491 88,967 67,347 Amortization of acquired intangibles 43,689 42,786 128,463 124,653 Purchase of royalty interest — — 45,818 — Restructuring charges 1,910 5,065 6,488 22,563 Goodwill impairment charge 548,442 — 548,442 — Operating loss (558,488 ) (31,737 ) (622,053 ) (110,970 )Operating loss margin (101.7) % (6.3) % (37.2) % (7.2) %Interest expense, net 8,828 11,066 27,310 48,031 Other expense (income), net (448 ) (202 ) 508 (9,803 )Loss from continuing operations before income taxes (566,868 ) (42,601 ) (649,871 ) (149,198 )Income tax expense (benefit) 4,005 (9,096 ) 13,037 (25,408 )Net loss from continuing operations (570,873 ) (33,505 ) (662,908 ) (123,790 )Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes (40 ) 2,243 (258 ) 2,175 Net loss (570,913 ) (31,262 ) (663,166 ) (121,615 )Net loss margin (104.0) % (6.2) % (39.7) % (7.9) %Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interest from continuing operations - net of taxes 233 259 685 542 Net loss attributable to Enovis Corporation $ (571,146 ) $ (31,521 ) $ (663,851 ) $ (122,157 )Net income (loss) per share - basic and diluted Continuing operations $ (9.99 ) $ (0.61 ) $ (11.64 ) $ (2.26 )Discontinued operations $ — $ 0.04 $ — $ 0.04 Consolidated operations $ (9.99 ) $ (0.58 ) $ (11.64 ) $ (2.23 ) Enovis Corporation
Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Dollars in millions, except per share data
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended Nine Months Ended October 3, 2025 September 27, 2024 October 3, 2025 September 27, 2024Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Net Income Per Share Net Loss (GAAP)$ (570.9 ) $ (31.3 ) $ (663.2 ) $ (121.6 )Net loss margin (GAAP) (104.0) % (6.2) % (39.7) % (7.9) %Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest from continuing operations - net of taxes (0.2 ) (0.3 ) (0.7 ) (0.5 )Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes — (2.2 ) 0.3 (2.2 )Net loss from continuing operations attributable to Enovis Corporation(1) (GAAP)$ (571.1 ) $ (33.8 ) $ (663.6 ) $ (124.3 )Restructuring charges - pretax(2) 3.4 7.8 8.2 25.3 MDR and other costs - pretax(3) 2.4 5.3 9.0 14.8 Amortization of acquired intangibles - pretax 43.7 42.8 128.5 124.7 Goodwill impairment charge 548.4 — 548.4 — Inventory step-up and PPE step-up depreciation - pretax(4) 0.7 9.1 20.0 40.2 Strategic transaction costs - pretax(5) 15.7 21.4 41.2 65.0 Purchase of royalty interest(6) — — 45.8 — Stock-based compensation 9.0 7.8 25.0 21.9 Other (income) expense, net(7) (0.4 ) (0.2 ) 0.5 (9.8 )Tax adjustment(8) (8.2 ) (19.2 ) (27.4 ) (54.5 )Adjusted net income from continuing operations (non-GAAP)$ 43.5 $ 41.0 $ 135.6 $ 103.2 Adjusted net income margin from continuing operations 7.9 % 8.1 % 8.1 % 6.7 % Weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted (GAAP) 57,169 55,666 57,029 55,072 Net loss per share - diluted from continuing operations (GAAP)$ (9.99 ) $ (0.61 ) $ (11.64 ) $ (2.26 ) Adjusted weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted (non-GAAP) 57,725 56,030 57,558 55,511 Adjusted net income per share - diluted from continuing operations (non-GAAP)$ 0.75 $ 0.73 $ 2.36 $ 1.86 __________
(1) Net loss from continuing operations attributable to Enovis Corporation for the respective periods is calculated using Net loss from continuing operations less the continuing operations component of the income attributable to noncontrolling interest, net of taxes.
(2) Restructuring charges include $1.5 million and $1.7 million expense classified as Cost of sales on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended October 3, 2025, respectively. There were $2.7 million similar charges for the three and nine months ended September 27, 2024.
(3) MDR and other costs includes (i) $2.1 million and $7.6 million for the three and nine months ended October 3, 2025 and $3.5 million and $12.3 million for the three and nine months ended September 27, 2024, respectively, in non-recurring costs specific to updating our quality system, product labeling, asset write-offs and product remanufacturing to comply with the medical device reporting regulations and other requirements of the new medical device regulations in the European Union for devices which were introduced to the market prior to the regulation and (ii) $0.4 million and $1.4 million for the three and nine months ended October 3, 2025 and $1.8 million and $2.4 million for the three and nine months ended September 27, 2024, respectively, of expenses to resolve certain infrequent, non-recurring regulatory or other legal matters. These costs are classified as Selling, general and administrative expense on our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(4) Includes $18.1 million in inventory step-up charges for the nine months ended October 3, 2025 and $0.7 million and $1.1 million in PPE step-up depreciation in connection with acquired businesses for the three and nine months ended October 3, 2025, respectively. Includes $8.4 million and $37.4 million in inventory step-up charges in connection with acquired businesses for the three and nine months ended September 27, 2024, respectively.
(5) Strategic transaction costs includes: (i) $9.2 million and $28.1 million for the three and nine months ended October 3, 2025 and $17.5 million and $55.1 million for the three and nine months ended September 27, 2024, respectively, related to non-recurring integration costs associated with the Lima Acquisition, which includes payroll and retention costs for roles to be eliminated or that are dedicated to integration activities, professional and consulting fees specifically incurred to consummate the acquisition and advise and facilitate on post-acquisition integration matters including legal entity consolidation, costs associated with rebranding and marketing acquired business under Enovis name, such as marketing materials, trade show redesign costs and product labeling, and integration related costs associated with sales agent and distributor network rationalization, including contract termination and retention expenses, supply chain and portfolio integration, and quality management system consolidation, (ii) $6.1 million and $11.8 million for the three and nine months ended October 3, 2025 and $2.6 million and $5.7 million for the three and nine months ended September 27, 2024, respectively, of non-recurring (non-Lima) acquisition integration costs and other non-recurring project costs for global ERP rationalization and shared service center start-up, and (iii) $0.4 million and $1.3 million for the three and nine months ended October 3, 2025 and $1.3 million and $4.2 million for the three and nine months ended September 27, 2024, respectively, related to the Separation of our former fabrication technology business. These costs are classified as Selling, general and administrative expense on our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(6) In the first and second quarters of 2025, we completed strategic purchases of economic interest on future royalty payments in our intellectual property (“royalty interest”) for a fixed price of $56.5 million, which will be paid over nine years. We accrued a liability and recognized $45.8 million charge for the net present value of the purchases for the nine months ended October 3, 2025.
(7) Other (income) expense, net primarily includes the fair value gain on Contingent Acquisition shares, partially offset by the first quarter of 2024 loss on the non-designated forward currency hedge for managing exchange rate risk related to the Euro-denominated purchase price of the Lima Acquisition.
(8) The effective tax rates used to calculate adjusted net income and adjusted net income per share were 21.8% and 22.9% for the three and nine months ended October 3, 2025, respectively, and 19.7% and 21.9% for the three and nine months ended September 27, 2024, respectively.
Enovis Corporation
Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Dollars in millions
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended Nine Months Ended October 3, 2025 September 27, 2024 October 3, 2025 September 27, 2024 (Dollars in millions)Net loss (GAAP)$ (570.9 ) $ (31.3 ) $ (663.2 ) $ (121.6 )Net loss margin (GAAP) (104.0) % (6.2) % (39.7) % (7.9) %Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes — (2.2 ) 0.3 (2.2 )Income tax expense (benefit) 4.0 (9.1 ) 13.0 (25.4 )Other (income) expense, net (0.4 ) (0.2 ) 0.5 (9.8 )Interest expense, net 8.8 11.1 27.3 48.0 Operating loss (GAAP)$ (558.5 ) $ (31.7 ) $ (622.1 ) $ (111.0 )Adjusted to add: Restructuring charges(1) 3.4 7.8 8.2 25.3 MDR and other costs(2) 2.4 5.3 9.0 14.8 Strategic transaction costs(3) 15.7 21.4 41.2 65.0 Stock-based compensation 9.0 7.8 25.0 21.9 Depreciation and other amortization 30.7 28.4 88.9 85.7 Amortization of acquired intangibles 43.7 42.8 128.5 124.7 Goodwill impairment charge 548.4 — 548.4 — Purchase of royalty interest(4) — — 45.8 — Inventory step-up (5) — 8.4 18.1 37.4 Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)$ 94.8 $ 90.2 $ 291.1 $ 263.7 Adjusted EBITDA margin (non-GAAP) 17.3 % 17.9 % 17.4 % 17.0 % __________
(1) Restructuring charges include $1.5 million and $1.7 million expense classified as Cost of sales on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended October 3, 2025, respectively. There were $2.7 million similar charges for the three and nine months ended September 27, 2024.
(2) MDR and other costs includes (i) $2.1 million and $7.6 million for the three and nine months ended October 3, 2025 and $3.5 million and $12.3 million for the three and nine months ended September 27, 2024, respectively, in non-recurring costs specific to updating our quality system, product labeling, asset write-offs and product remanufacturing to comply with the medical device reporting regulations and other requirements of the new medical device regulations in the European Union for devices which were introduced to the market prior to the regulation and (ii) $0.4 million and $1.4 million for the three and nine months ended October 3, 2025 and $1.8 million and $2.4 million for the three and nine months ended September 27, 2024, respectively, of expenses to resolve certain infrequent, non-recurring regulatory or other legal matters. These costs are classified as Selling, general and administrative expense on our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(3) Strategic transaction costs includes: (i) $9.2 million and $28.1 million for the three and nine months ended October 3, 2025 and $17.5 million and $55.1 million for the three and nine months ended September 27, 2024, respectively, related to non-recurring integration costs associated with the Lima Acquisition, which includes payroll and retention costs for roles to be eliminated or that are dedicated to integration activities, professional and consulting fees specifically incurred to consummate the acquisition and advise and facilitate on post-acquisition integration matters including legal entity consolidation, costs associated with rebranding and marketing acquired business under Enovis name, such as marketing materials, trade show redesign costs and product labeling, and integration related costs associated with sales agent and distributor network rationalization, including contract termination and retention expenses, supply chain and portfolio integration, and quality management system consolidation, (ii) $6.1 million and $11.8 million for the three and nine months ended October 3, 2025 and $2.6 million and $5.7 million for the three and nine months ended September 27, 2024, respectively, of non-recurring (non-Lima) acquisition integration costs and other non-recurring project costs for global ERP rationalization and shared service center start-up, and (iii) $0.4 million and $1.3 million for the three and nine months ended October 3, 2025 and $1.3 million and $4.2 million for the three and nine months ended September 27, 2024, respectively, related to the Separation of our former fabrication technology business. These costs are classified as Selling, general and administrative expense on our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(4) In the first and second quarters of 2025, we completed strategic purchases of economic interest on future royalty payments in our intellectual property (“royalty interest”) for a fixed price of $56.5 million, which will be paid over nine years. We accrued a liability and recognized $45.8 million charge for the net present value of the purchases for the nine months ended October 3, 2025.
(5) Includes $18.1 million in inventory step-up charges for the nine months ended October 3, 2025 and $0.7 million and $1.1 million in PPE step-up depreciation in connection with acquired businesses for the three and nine months ended October 3, 2025, respectively. Includes $8.4 million and $37.4 million in inventory step-up charges in connection with acquired businesses for the three and nine months ended September 27, 2024, respectively.
Enovis Corporation
Reconciliation of Gross Margin (GAAP) to Adjusted Gross Margin (non-GAAP)
Dollars in millions
(Unaudited)
October 3, 2025 December 31, 2024ASSETS CURRENT ASSETS: Cash and cash equivalents$ 33,617 $ 48,167 Trade receivables, less allowance for credit losses of $26,638 and $24,466 431,767 407,031 Inventories, net 613,752 547,120 Prepaid expenses 47,080 36,246 Other current assets 109,546 107,882 Current portion of assets held for sale 44,362 — Total current assets 1,280,124 1,146,446 Property, plant and equipment, net 486,423 404,500 Goodwill 1,218,669 1,692,709 Intangible assets, net 1,280,680 1,317,429 Lease asset - right of use 72,915 68,915 Other assets 94,556 88,778 Total assets$ 4,433,367 $ 4,718,777 LIABILITIES AND EQUITY CURRENT LIABILITIES: Current portion of long-term debt$ 20,000 $ 20,027 Accounts payable 198,776 179,098 Accrued liabilities 355,242 329,873 Current portion of liabilities held for sale 1,425 — Total current liabilities 575,443 528,998 Long-term debt, less current portion 1,339,518 1,309,473 Non-current lease liability 57,715 52,461 Other liabilities 437,013 263,516 Total liabilities 2,409,689 2,154,448 Equity: Common stock, $0.001 par value; 133,333,333 shares authorized; 57,189,761 and 55,876,517 shares issued and outstanding as of October 3, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively 57 56 Additional paid-in capital 3,040,188 2,973,121 Accumulated deficit (946,874) (283,023)Accumulated other comprehensive loss (72,691) (127,892)Total Enovis Corporation equity 2,020,680 2,562,262 Noncontrolling interest 2,998 2,067 Total equity 2,023,678 2,564,329 Total liabilities and equity$ 4,433,367 $ 4,718,777 Enovis Corporation
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Dollars in thousands
(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended October 3, 2025 September 27, 2024 Cash flows from operating activities: Net loss$ (663,166) $ (121,615)Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities: Impairment of goodwill 548,442 — Depreciation and amortization 217,366 210,394 Stock-based compensation expense 24,809 21,928 Non-cash interest expense 5,120 3,539 Fair value loss (gain) on contingent acquisition shares 1,787 (19,922)Loss on currency hedges — 11,123 Deferred income tax expense (benefit) (565) (29,472)Loss (gain) on sale of property, plant and equipment 1,129 (2,116)Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Trade receivables, net (17) (29,187)Inventories, net (33,153) (2,844)Accounts payable 10,345 (11,503)Other operating assets and liabilities 16,652 (10,706)Net cash provided by operating activities 128,749 25,174 Cash flows from investing activities: Purchases of property, plant and equipment and intangibles (141,122) (127,522)Payments for acquisitions, net of cash received, and investments (26,859) (765,422)Cash received upon settlement of derivatives 1,601 (4,645)Net cash used in investing activities (166,380) (897,589)Cash flows from financing activities: Proceeds from borrowings on term credit facility — 400,000 Repayments of borrowings under term credit facility (15,000) (15,000)Proceeds from borrowings on revolving credit facilities and other 177,000 940,000 Repayments of borrowings on revolving credit facilities and other (136,862) (447,005)Payment of debt issuance costs — (703)Payments of tax withholding for stock-based awards (3,504) (4,772)Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net 1,318 1,555 Deferred consideration payments and other (2,437) (7,174)Net cash provided by financing activities 20,515 866,901 Effect of foreign exchange rates on Cash and cash equivalents 2,566 480 Decrease in Cash and cash equivalents (14,550) (5,034)Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period 48,167 44,832 Cash and cash equivalents, end of period$ 33,617 $ 39,798 Supplemental disclosures: Fair value of contingently issuable shares in business acquisition$ — $ 107,877 Enovis Corporation
GAAP Net Sales
Change in Sales
Dollars in millions
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended Nine Months Ended October 3, 2025 September 27, 2024 Growth Rate Constant Currency Growth Rate (1) October 3, 2025 September 27, 2024 Growth Rate Constant Currency Growth Rate (1) (In millions)Prevention & Recovery: U.S. Bracing & Support$ 127.0 $ 123.0 3.2 % 3.2 % $ 362.9 $ 345.1 5.2 % 5.2 %U.S. Other P&R 71.4 66.2 7.9 % 7.9 % 208.9 200.5 4.2 % 5.5 %International P&R 92.6 85.0 8.8 % 3.1 % 282.3 265.4 6.4 % 3.8 %Total Prevention & Recovery 290.9 274.2 6.1 % 4.3 % 854.1 811.0 5.3 % 4.8 % Reconstructive: U.S. Reconstructive 129.0 120.8 6.8 % 6.8 % 396.3 366.6 8.1 % 8.1 %International Reconstructive 129.0 110.2 17.1 % 11.9 % 421.8 369.0 14.3 % 12.0 %Total Reconstructive 258.0 231.0 11.7 % 9.2 % 818.2 735.6 11.2 % 10.1 % Total$ 548.9 $ 505.2 8.6 % 6.5 % $ 1,672.3 $ 1,546.6 8.1 % 7.3 %
(1) Constant currency growth rate represents sales growth excluding the impact of foreign exchange rate fluctuations based on prior year sales valued at the current period foreign currency rates.
Enovis Corporation
Change in Net Sales
Dollars in millions
(Unaudited)
Net Sales Prevention and Recovery Reconstructive Total Enovis $ Change % $ Change % $ Change % For the three months ended September 27, 2024$ 274.2 $ 231.0 $ 505.2 Components of Change: Existing Businesses(1) 11.8 4.3 % 21.2 9.2 % 33.0 6.5 %Acquisitions(2) 1.1 0.4 % — — % 1.1 0.2 %Divestitures(3) — — % — — % — — %Foreign Currency Translation(4) 3.8 1.4 % 5.8 2.5 % 9.6 1.9 % 16.7 6.1 % 27.0 11.7 % 43.7 8.7 %For the three months ended October 3, 2025$ 290.9 $ 258.0 $ 548.9 Net Sales Prevention and Recovery Reconstructive Total Enovis $ Change % $ Change % $ Change % For the nine months ended September 27, 2024$ 811.0 $ 735.6 $ 1,546.6 Components of Change: Existing Businesses(1) 39.0 4.8 % 74.2 10.1 % 113.1 7.3 %Acquisitions(2) 2.8 0.3 % — — % 2.8 0.2 %Divestitures(3) (4.3) (0.5) % — — % (4.3) (0.3) %Foreign Currency Translation(4) 5.6 0.7 % 8.4 1.1 % 14.1 0.9 % 43.1 5.3 % 82.6 11.2 % 125.7 8.1 %For the nine months ended October 3, 2025$ 854.1 $ 818.2 $ 1,672.3
(1) Excludes the impact of foreign exchange rate fluctuations and acquisitions, thus providing a measure of change due to factors such as price, product mix and volume.
(2) Represents the incremental sales as a result of acquisitions of businesses for twelve months from the acquisition date. Excludes (i) acquisitions of former distribution partners as such transactions primarily represent a shift from a third-party distribution model to a direct sales model, and (ii) acquisitions of intellectual property as such transactions involve the purchase of technologies that have not been commercialized.
(3) Represents the decrease in sales as a result of divestitures of businesses for twelve months from the divestiture date.
(4) Represents the difference between prior year sales valued at the actual prior year foreign exchange rates and prior year sales valued at current year foreign exchange rates.
2025-11-06 11:265mo ago
2025-11-06 06:015mo ago
Mass Megawatts Announces a New Hydroelectric Cost Cutting Technology Paying for Itself in Less than Two Years at the Best Locations
<2-Year Payback at Best Sites
The new Hydromat hydroelectric system targets fast ROI by slashing build complexity and upfront costs at high-quality locations.
Multi-Axis, Small-Blade Design Cuts Costs
A lattice tower with multiple shafts uses many smaller blades—reducing materials (vs. single large rotors), vibration, and custom engineering.
Higher RPM, Off-the-Shelf, Longer Life
Smaller components enable higher RPM with lower gear ratios, standard parts sourcing, vibration isolation bushings, and extended bearing/structure life.
WORCESTER, MA, November 6, 2025 – PRISM MediaWire (Press Release Service – Press Release Distribution) – Mass Megawatts (OTC: MMMW) announces a new hydroelectric technology with a quick financial payback. Mass Megawatts had spent a considerable amount of funds and research related to similar technology over the past 25 years. The Company believes that the energy marketplace will have substantially less barriers to market entry than its related products that Mass Megawatts developed over the years.
A new low-cost Hydroelectric Power System that can pay for itself in less than two years at the best locations. The new product can reduce costs by utilizing substantially less than fifty percent material and much less initial engineering requirements for a given rated power output than traditional hydropower plants.
The Hydro Multiaxis Turbosystem (ie Hydromat) is a tower structure comprising large lattice like tower sections with many smaller blades that are connected to each axis or shaft of the unit comprised of many shafts with gearboxes and generators. Unlike the Multiaxis Turbosystem, the wind version of the Hydromat, water has 800 times more density and power for any given same velocity for both air and water. The use of stainless steel or any number of composites to support the powerful water velocity could be used as material and still be very cost competitive.
The tower structure supports the shafts as a whole. The new cost cutting product was developed to simplify the blades cost by reducing their size by avoiding larger blades which require an expensive construction cost. Using many smaller blades is a more cost-effective approach than using a large and complex one toward a given power generation unit. The Hydromat has a different approach of positioning the blades for gathering the mechanical power and directing it toward the generator for producing electricity.
Traditionally, hydroelectric turbines are a single row of large turbine blades leading to additional engineering cost to overcome a multitude of vibration and frequency related problems. In larger turbines, the blades were large and therefore limited in their design and the material. Additionally, the amount of material used to achieve the same power output is substantially less when using many smaller blades than one larger blade since the weight of the blade changes as cube of the length. In other words, when the length of the blade doubles, weight increases by the power of three whereas the power increases only by the square of the length. This is a simplified calculation, and the exact ratio would depend on the specific materials and engineering requirements for each blade design. The comparison of power output to weight in the blade length differences of a 5-foot blade vs a 50-foot blade would be substantial. It is important for taking advantage of any opportunities to reduce costs.
The new hydroelectric approach has other important advantages. One such manufacturing advantage includes the cost reduction of using smaller components instead of larger and more expensive components. Other advantages of higher RPM smaller blades include a reduction of gear ratios and high ratio gearbox requirements that avoid both higher cost and less gear related efficiency issues. Other advantages include providing a longer life for the bearings by reducing structural and mechanical stress with its vibration reduction innovations and decentralization of mechanical forces. The Hydromultiaxis is also easier to construct and uses standard off-the-shelf items which avoid the need for custom-made parts except for the mass-produced blades. Several suppliers can supply the power plant components to avoid supplier backlog problems. The Hydromultiaxis enhances structural support with a tower support system using less material for structural strength with oversized lattice tower sections. A low cost and lower structurally required solid wall perpendicular to the water flow can provide additional structural support. The blades can be placed at different positions or angles along the axis for reducing torque ripples. With less vibrations, cheaper material can be utilized in the hydro system. In one noted benefit, the structure could be like a four-legged table unlike a one tower support system of other turbines. This can be compared to the concept behind the lighter but stronger Rolm tower or lattice-like structure. Therefore, it requires less material for the stability needed. In an additional feature, the Hydromat could use an off the shelf bushing of concentric sleeves with rubber, polyurethane or other isolator, absorber and /or damper securely bonded between the structure and the moving parts. The object of this bushing would be to isolate or dampen the vibrations of the moving blades from the steel structure. The bushings will be placed between the shaft and bearings. The sleeve structure is designed to take up torsional movements as well as axial and radial loads. The design of avoiding one central blade area allows this “divide and conquer” approach of isolating the vibrations in a cost-effective manner. More importantly, reduced vibrations and a stronger tower structure should add years to the useful life of the new product.
As an example of the advantages of the new hydroelectric technology, large power plants help explain the technical aspects of the new product that are previously mentioned. For example, when generating large amounts of power at traditional power plants of both fossil fuel and renewable sources, conventional turbines had large rotors to generate enough energy to make it worthwhile for having a generator to produce electricity. Unfortunately, the large rotors are expensive because the stress on the rotors increase dramatically as the diameter increases. Conventional turbines had to increase the diameter of the blades to capture more energy by increasing the area which is impacting on the blades. This increase in the diameter of blades for producing substantial power can increase the cost of other items in the turbine other than the blades. Large blades which have not been properly produced can create structural stress and fatigue problems for the gearbox and shaft system.
With traditional technology, the swept area of the turbine has a low aspect ratio due to construction limitations. The aspect ratio, the swept area length or height to diameter, is preferred to be high for better efficiency. This occurs when a low rotor diameter maintains a large swept area and a high RPM which is made possible with the Hydromat technology using several blades on a single axis. As a result, the amount of inertia is reduced, and less energy is spent on its own motion. It is another advantage in providing a more efficient turbine with reductions in the moment of inertia and easier self-starting capability. Still yet another advantage is to provide a more durable blade design by overcoming imbalance problem of using one blade per shaft with the use of many small blades per shaft. Other advantages include the use of stiffer and more rigid blades by making them smaller and at the same time with less material for a given power output than building similar larger ones without the added rigid features.
Forward-Looking Statements
This press release contains forward-looking statements that could be affected by risks and uncertainties. Among the factors that could cause actual events to differ materially from those indicated herein are: the failure of Mass Megawatts Wind Power (MMMW), also known as Mass Megawatts Windpower, to achieve or maintain necessary zoning approvals with respect to the location of its power developments; the ability to remain competitive; to finance the marketing and sales of its electricity; general economic conditions; and other risk factors detailed in periodic reports filed by Mass Megawatts Wind Power (MMMW).
OMAHA, Neb.--(BUSINESS WIRE)--ACI Worldwide (NASDAQ: ACIW), a leading provider of global payments technology, reported strong third-quarter and year-to-date results, reflecting continued growth across its Payment Software and Biller segments. The company also raised its full-year 2025 outlook for revenue and adjusted EBITDA and announced an updated share repurchase authorization.
“Q3 continued our positive momentum, with strong revenue, adjusted EBITDA and bookings growth,” said Thomas Warsop, president and CEO of ACI. “Year-to-date, both Payment Software and Biller segment revenues have grown 12%. In Q3, we signed our first ACI Connetic customer and are encouraged by the early interest and demand for this industry-leading, cloud-native payments platform. Just recently, we hosted Payments Unleashed, ACI’s premier summit, bringing together thought leaders, innovators and visionaries to discuss the future of the payments industry, with hot topics such as stablecoin, real time payments and many others. We remain optimistic about the outlook for our industry and will continue to focus on increasing shareholder value through operational excellence.”
“With 12% year-to-date growth in both revenue and adjusted EBITDA, we are delivering strong results and are once again raising our 2025 guidance,” said Robert Leibrock, Chief Financial Officer of ACI. "Our commitment to innovation, demonstrated by the progress of ACI Connetic and Speedpay, together with disciplined operational execution, continues to drive high-value growth and strong underlying cash generation. This performance has enabled us to expand our share repurchase authorization to $500 million, reflecting our balanced approach to capital allocation and our focus on creating long-term value for investors. As we approach the end of 2025, we are confident in our ability to achieve our updated full-year outlook and enter 2026 on track to deliver growth consistent with our longer-term model.”
Q3 AND YEAR-TO-DATE 2025 FINANCIAL SUMMARY
In Q3 2025, revenue was $482 million, up 7% from Q3 2024. Recurring revenue in Q3 2025 of $298 million was up 10% from Q3 2024 and represented 62% of total revenue. Q3 2025 net income of $91 million compares to a net income of $81 million in Q3 2024. Q3 2025 adjusted EBITDA was $171 million, up 2% from Q3 2024. Q3 cash flow from operating activities was $73 million, versus $54 million in Q3 2024. Net new ARR bookings in Q3 increased 14% to $13 million and new license and services bookings in Q3 increased 21% to $81 million.
In Q3 2025, Payment Software segment revenue increased 4% and segment adjusted EBITDA increased 1%, versus Q3 2024.
In Q3 2025, Biller segment revenue increased 10% and segment adjusted EBITDA increased 4%, versus Q3 2024.
Year-to-date 2025 revenue was $1.28 billion, up 12% from year-to-date 2024. Recurring revenue in year-to-date 2025 of $906 million was up 11% from year-to-date 2024 and represented 71% of total revenue. Year-to-date 2025 net income of $162 million, which includes a $22 million after-tax gain on the sale of ACI's minority interest in India-based Mindgate, compares to net income of $105 million for year-to-date 2024. Adjusted EBITDA for year-to-date 2025 was $346 million, up 12% from year-to-date 2024. Cash flow from operating activities for year-to-date 2025 was $201 million, versus $232 million for year-to-date 2024. Net new ARR bookings year-to-date 2025 increased 50% to $46 million and new license and services bookings year-to-date 2025 increased 8% to $189 million.
Year-to-date 2025, Payment Software segment revenue increased 12% and adjusted EBITDA increased 13%, versus year-to-date 2024.
Year-to-date 2025, Biller segment revenue increased 12% and adjusted EBITDA increased 4%, versus year-to-date 2024.
ACI ended Q3 2025 with $199 million in cash on hand and a debt balance of $873 million, representing a net debt leverage ratio of 1.3x adjusted EBITDA. During Q3 2025, ACI repurchased approximately 0.4 million shares for $16 million in capital. Year-to-date 2025, repurchases totaled approximately 3.1 million shares for $150 million in capital.
INCREASED SHARE REPURCHASE AUTHORIZATION
Today ACI announced that its Board of Directors approved $500 million for the stock repurchase program in place of the remaining purchase amounts previously authorized.
RAISING FULL-YEAR 2025 OUTLOOK
ACI is raising guidance for the full-year 2025. ACI now expects that total revenue for the full-year 2025 will be in the range of $1.730 billion to $1.754 billion, ahead of the previously issued guidance of $1.710 billion to $1.740 billion. ACI currently expects adjusted EBITDA for the full-year 2025 will be in the range of $495 million to $510 million, ahead of the previously issued guidance of $490 million to $505 million.
CONFERENCE CALL TO DISCUSS FINANCIAL RESULTS
Today, management will host a conference call at 8:30 a.m. ET to discuss these results. Interested persons may access a real-time teleconference webcast at http://investor.aciworldwide.com/. To join the live audio call, please dial +1 (800) 715-9871, provide your name, the conference name of ACI Worldwide, Inc. and conference ID 88945; alternatively, to reduce operator assisted delays joining the call, we invite you to register in advance by visiting https://registrations.events/direct/Q4I889455. This process will provide you with a unique passcode allowing you to join the call without operator assistance.
About ACI Worldwide
ACI Worldwide, an original innovator in global payments technology, delivers transformative software solutions that power intelligent payments orchestration in real time so banks, billers, and merchants can drive growth, while continuously modernizing their payment infrastructures, simply and securely. With over 50 years of trusted payments expertise, we combine our global footprint with a local presence to offer enhanced payment experiences to stay ahead of constantly changing payment challenges and opportunities.
ACI, ACI Worldwide, ACI Payments, Inc., ACI Pay, Speedpay and all ACI product/solution names are trademarks or registered trademarks of ACI Worldwide, Inc., or one of its subsidiaries, in the United States, other countries or both. Other parties' trademarks referenced are the property of their respective owners.
To supplement our financial results presented on a GAAP basis, we use the non-GAAP measures indicated in the tables, which exclude significant transaction-related expenses, as well as other significant non-cash expenses such as depreciation, amortization, and stock-based compensation, that we believe are helpful in understanding our past financial performance and our future results. The presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures should be considered in addition to our GAAP results and are not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP. Management generally compensates for limitations in the use of non-GAAP financial measures by relying on comparable GAAP financial measures and providing investors with a reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures only in addition to and in conjunction with results presented in accordance with GAAP.
We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures reflect an additional way to view aspects of our operations that, when viewed with our GAAP results, provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business. Certain non-GAAP measures include:
Adjusted EBITDA: net income (loss) plus income tax expense (benefit), net interest income (expense), net other income (expense), depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation, as well as significant transaction-related expenses. Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, rather than as a substitute for, net income (loss).
Net adjusted EBITDA margin: Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue net of pass-through interchange revenue. Net adjusted EBITDA margin should be considered in addition to, rather than as a substitute for, net income (loss).
Diluted EPS adjusted for non-cash and significant transaction related items: diluted EPS plus tax effected significant transaction related items, amortization of acquired intangibles and software, and non-cash stock-based compensation. Diluted EPS adjusted for non-cash and significant transaction related items should be considered in addition to, rather than as a substitute for, diluted EPS.
Recurring revenue: revenue from software as a service and platform as a service fees and maintenance fees. Recurring revenue should be considered in addition to, rather than as a substitute for, total revenue.
ARR: New annual recurring revenue expected to be generated from new accounts, new applications, and add-on sales bookings contracts signed in the period.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This press release contains forward-looking statements based on current expectations that involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Generally, forward-looking statements do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and may include words or phrases such as “believes,” “will,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” and words and phrases of similar impact. The forward-looking statements are made pursuant to safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.
Forward-looking statements in this press release include but are not limited to: (i) we signed our first ACI Connetic customer and are encouraged by the early interest and demand for this industry-leading, cloud-native payments platform, (ii) we remain optimistic about the outlook for our industry and will continue to focus on increasing shareholder value through operational excellence, (iii) we are delivering strong results and are once again raising our 2025 guidance (iv) as we approach the end of 2025, we are confident in our ability to achieve our updated full-year outlook and enter 2026 on track to deliver growth consistent with our longer-term model, and (v) and full-year 2025 revenue and adjusted EBITDA financial guidance.
All of the foregoing forward-looking statements are expressly qualified by the risk factors discussed in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such factors include, but are not limited to, increased competition, business interruptions, cybersecurity incidents or failure of our information technology and communication systems, security breaches, our ability to attract and retain senior management personnel and skilled technical employees, future acquisitions, strategic partnerships and investments, divestitures and other restructuring activities, implementation and success of our strategy, impact if we convert some or all on-premise licenses from fixed-term to subscription model, anti-takeover provisions, exposure to credit or operating risks arising from certain payment funding methods, loss caused by theft or fraud, customer reluctance to switch to a new vendor, our ability to adequately defend our intellectual property, litigation, consent orders and other compliance agreements, our offshore software development activities, risks from operating internationally, including fluctuations in currency exchange rates, events in eastern Europe and the Middle East, adverse changes in the global economy, compliance of our products with applicable legislation, governmental regulations and industry standards, the complexity of our products and services and the risk that they may contain hidden defects, legal and business risks from artificial intelligence technology incorporated into our products, risks to our business from the use of artificial intelligence by our workforce, complex regulations applicable to our payments business, our compliance with privacy and cybersecurity regulations, compliance with requirements of the payment card networks and Nacha, exposure to unknown tax liabilities, changes in tax laws and regulations, consolidations and failures in the financial services industry, volatility in our stock price, demand for our products, failure to obtain renewals of customer contracts or to obtain such renewals on favorable terms, delay or cancellation of customer projects or inaccurate project completion estimates, changes in card association and debit network fees or products, impairment of our goodwill or intangible assets, the accuracy of management’s backlog estimates, the cyclical nature of our revenue and earnings and the accuracy of forecasts due to the concentration of revenue-generating activity during the final weeks of each quarter, restrictions and other financial covenants in our debt agreements, our existing levels of debt, incurring additional debt, events outside of our control including natural disasters, wars, and outbreaks of disease, and revenues or revenue mix below expectations. For a detailed discussion of these risk factors, parties that are relying on the forward-looking statements should review our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including our most recently filed Annual Report on Form 10-K and our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q.
ACI WORLDWIDE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(unaudited and in thousands)
September 30,
2025
December 31,
2024
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$
199,268
$
216,394
Receivables, net of allowances
460,526
414,399
Settlement assets
446,494
318,871
Prepaid expenses
33,336
29,218
Other current assets
23,915
11,940
Total current assets
1,163,539
990,822
Noncurrent assets
Accrued receivables, net
363,064
360,079
Property and equipment, net
33,323
35,069
Operating lease right-of-use assets
28,947
28,864
Software, net
79,716
92,893
Goodwill
1,226,026
1,226,026
Intangible assets, net
151,192
165,377
Deferred income taxes, net
84,316
72,713
Other noncurrent assets
30,780
53,450
TOTAL ASSETS
$
3,160,903
$
3,025,293
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities
Accounts payable
$
55,279
$
45,422
Settlement liabilities
445,927
317,484
Employee compensation
47,347
55,567
Current portion of long-term debt
40,925
34,928
Deferred revenue
65,081
75,419
Other current liabilities
82,541
73,808
Total current liabilities
737,100
602,628
Noncurrent liabilities
Deferred revenue
14,580
19,304
Long-term debt
826,892
889,649
Deferred income taxes, net
50,111
39,920
Operating lease liabilities
23,213
22,592
Other noncurrent liabilities
29,825
26,873
Total liabilities
1,681,721
1,600,966
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity
Preferred stock
—
—
Common stock
702
702
Additional paid-in capital
745,347
731,927
Retained earnings
1,760,407
1,598,085
Treasury stock
(924,013
)
(784,914
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(103,261
)
(121,473
)
Total stockholders’ equity
1,479,182
1,424,327
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
$
3,160,903
$
3,025,293
ACI WORLDWIDE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(unaudited and in thousands, except per share amounts)
Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2025
2024
2025
2024
Revenues
Software as a service and platform as a service
$
246,916
$
223,367
$
755,257
$
674,498
License
161,957
157,429
303,161
252,984
Maintenance
51,420
47,559
150,483
144,046
Services
22,066
23,397
69,281
69,722
Total revenues
482,359
451,752
1,278,182
1,141,250
Operating expenses
Cost of revenue (1)
223,138
197,351
671,316
591,696
Research and development
42,567
37,660
122,582
108,063
Selling and marketing
30,710
28,691
91,637
83,992
General and administrative
34,098
33,949
99,341
84,942
Depreciation and amortization
24,140
31,515
72,226
86,710
Total operating expenses
354,653
329,166
1,057,102
955,403
Operating income
127,706
122,586
221,080
185,847
Other income (expense)
Interest expense
(14,811
)
(18,356
)
(44,021
)
(55,837
)
Interest income
3,676
3,871
11,674
11,833
Other, net
1,551
(823
)
18,898
(1,692
)
Total other income (expense)
(9,584
)
(15,308
)
(13,449
)
(45,696
)
Income before income taxes
118,122
107,278
207,631
140,151
Income tax expense
26,872
25,851
45,309
35,588
Net income
$
91,250
$
81,427
$
162,322
$
104,563
Income per common share
Basic
$
0.88
$
0.78
$
1.56
$
0.99
Diluted
$
0.88
$
0.77
$
1.54
$
0.98
Weighted average common shares outstanding
Basic
103,245
104,770
104,316
105,651
Diluted
103,895
106,018
105,264
106,552
(1) The cost of revenue excludes charges for depreciation and amortization.
ACI WORLDWIDE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(unaudited and in thousands)
Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine months Ended
September 30,
2025
2024
2025
2024
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income
$
91,250
$
81,427
$
162,322
$
104,563
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:
Depreciation
3,183
7,804
9,528
14,999
Amortization
20,957
23,711
62,698
71,711
Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets
2,403
2,338
7,245
7,337
Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs
421
659
1,691
2,257
Deferred income taxes
5,341
(3,745
)
1,133
(2,229
)
Stock-based compensation expense
17,381
11,346
45,419
30,165
Gain on sale of equity investment
—
—
(25,927
)
—
Other
1,119
2,247
1,992
180
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Receivables
(83,007
)
(95,899
)
(34,316
)
3,699
Accounts payable
(2,413
)
(4,091
)
9,998
758
Accrued employee compensation
6,748
8,759
(9,454
)
(11,125
)
Deferred revenue
(9,784
)
(6,433
)
(17,625
)
1,884
Other current and noncurrent assets and liabilities
19,439
25,885
(13,648
)
8,067
Net cash flows from operating activities
73,038
54,008
201,056
232,266
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment
(3,404
)
(3,509
)
(7,730
)
(8,463
)
Purchases of software and distribution rights
(6,501
)
(4,154
)
(18,643
)
(23,178
)
Proceeds from sale of equity investment
—
—
46,021
—
Net cash flows from investing activities
(9,905
)
(7,663
)
19,648
(31,641
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
871
732
2,503
2,129
Proceeds from exercises of stock options
466
1,202
1,262
1,954
Repurchase of stock-based compensation awards for tax withholdings
(3,628
)
(2,960
)
(23,854
)
(9,299
)
Repurchases of common stock
(16,253
)
(7,996
)
(150,023
)
(127,670
)
Redemption of 2026 Notes
—
—
(400,000
)
—
Proceeds from revolving credit facility
—
20,000
290,000
184,000
Repayment of revolving credit facility
(20,000
)
(25,000
)
(120,000
)
(177,000
)
Proceeds from term portion of credit agreement
—
—
200,000
500,000
Repayment of term portion of credit agreement
(10,625
)
(9,375
)
(29,375
)
(547,823
)
Payments on or proceeds from other debt, net
(1,301
)
(630
)
(11,965
)
(9,299
)
Payments for debt issuance costs
—
—
(134
)
(5,141
)
Net increase (decrease) in settlement assets and liabilities
(55,234
)
23,855
6,339
17,704
Net cash flows from financing activities
(105,704
)
(172
)
(235,247
)
(170,445
)
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash
(2,973
)
(1,621
)
2,936
(331
)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
(45,544
)
44,552
(11,607
)
29,849
Cash and cash equivalents, including settlement deposits, beginning of period
298,955
224,118
265,018
238,821
Cash and cash equivalents, including settlement deposits, end of period
$
253,411
$
268,670
$
253,411
$
268,670
Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents to the Consolidated Balance Sheets
Cash and cash equivalents
$
199,268
$
177,860
$
199,268
$
177,860
Settlement deposits
54,143
90,810
54,143
90,810
Total cash and cash equivalents
$
253,411
$
268,670
$
253,411
$
268,670
Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Adjusted EBITDA (millions)
2025
2024
2025
2024
Net income
$
91.3
$
81.4
$
162.3
$
104.6
Plus:
Income tax expense
26.9
25.9
45.3
35.6
Net interest expense
11.1
14.5
32.3
44.0
Net other (income) expense
(1.6
)
0.8
(18.9
)
1.7
Depreciation expense
3.2
7.8
9.6
15.0
Amortization expense
21.0
23.7
62.7
71.7
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense
17.4
11.3
45.4
30.2
Adjusted EBITDA before significant transaction-related expenses
$
169.3
$
165.4
$
338.7
$
302.8
Significant transaction-related expenses:
Cost reduction strategies
1.2
1.2
6.3
4.3
Other
0.1
0.3
0.5
1.0
Adjusted EBITDA
$
170.6
$
166.9
$
345.5
$
308.1
Revenue, net of interchange:
Revenue
$
482.4
$
451.8
$
1,278.2
$
1,141.3
Interchange
135.3
117.1
417.1
353.6
Revenue, net of interchange
$
347.1
$
334.7
$
861.1
$
787.7
Net Adjusted EBITDA Margin
49
%
50
%
40
%
39
%
Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Segment Information (millions)
2025
2024
2025
2024
Revenue
Payment Software
$
284.0
$
272.2
$
664.1
$
595.0
Biller
198.3
179.6
614.1
546.3
Total
$
482.4
$
451.8
$
1,278.2
$
1,141.3
Recurring Revenue
Payment Software
$
100.0
$
91.3
$
291.6
$
272.2
Biller
198.3
179.6
614.1
546.3
Total
$
298.3
$
270.9
$
905.7
$
818.5
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
Payment Software
$
181.7
$
180.6
$
371.5
$
327.5
Biller
32.1
30.9
102.8
99.1
Note: Amounts may not recalculate due to rounding.
Three Months Ended September 30,
2025
2024
EPS Impact of Non-cash and Significant Transaction-related Items (millions)
EPS Impact
$ in Millions
(Net of Tax)
EPS Impact
$ in Millions
(Net of Tax)
GAAP net income
$
0.88
$
91.3
$
0.77
$
81.4
Adjusted for:
Significant transaction-related expenses
0.01
0.9
0.04
4.5
Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles
0.04
4.2
0.05
5.4
Amortization of acquisition-related software
0.03
3.2
0.03
3.4
Non-cash stock-based compensation
0.13
13.7
0.08
8.6
Total adjustments
$
0.21
$
22.0
$
0.20
$
21.9
Diluted EPS adjusted for non-cash and significant transaction-related items
$
1.09
$
113.3
$
0.97
$
103.3
Nine Months Ended September 30,
2025
2024
EPS Impact of Non-cash and Significant Transaction-related Items (millions)
EPS Impact
$ in Millions
(Net of Tax)
EPS Impact
$ in Millions
(Net of Tax)
GAAP net income
$
1.54
$
162.3
$
0.98
$
104.6
Adjusted for:
Gain on sale of equity investment
(0.21
)
(21.7
)
—
—
Significant transaction-related expenses
0.05
5.0
0.07
7.4
Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles
0.12
12.5
0.17
18.1
Amortization of acquisition-related software
0.09
9.7
0.09
10.1
Non-cash stock-based compensation
0.34
35.9
0.21
22.9
Total adjustments
$
0.39
$
41.4
$
0.54
$
58.5
Diluted EPS adjusted for non-cash and significant transaction-related items
$
1.93
$
203.7
$
1.52
$
163.1
Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Recurring Revenue (millions)
2025
2024
2025
2024
SaaS and PaaS fees
$
246.9
$
223.4
$
755.3
$
674.5
Maintenance fees
51.4
47.5
150.5
144.0
Recurring Revenue
$
298.3
$
270.9
$
905.7
$
818.5
New Bookings (millions)
Three Months Ended
September 30,
TTM Ended September 30,
2025
2024
2025
2024
Annual recurring revenue (ARR) bookings
$
12.6
$
11.1
$
81.1
$
59.3
License and services bookings
81.4
67.0
304.5
281.5
Note: Amounts may not recalculate due to rounding.
2025-11-06 11:265mo ago
2025-11-06 06:025mo ago
Brown Capital Sells $35 Million in Glaukos Stock After Sharp Sell-Off
Baltimore-based Brown Capital Management reported a sale of 376,359 Glaukos Corporation shares for an estimated $34.6 million in the third quarter, according to an SEC filing.
What HappenedBrown Capital Management disclosed in an SEC filing on Tuesday that it reduced its holding in Glaukos Corporation (GKOS 1.86%) by 376,359 shares in the third quarter. The estimated value of the transaction was $34.6 million based on the average closing price during the quarter. At quarter-end, the firm held 762,760 shares worth $62.2 million.
What Else to KnowThe sale lowered Glaukos Corporation’s weight in Brown Capital Management’s portfolio to 2.6% of 13F assets.
Top holdings after the filing:
NASDAQ:CYBR: $197.3 million (8.1% of AUM)NASDAQ:CAMT: $121.2 million (5% of AUM)NYSE:VEEV: $108.4 million (4.5% of AUM)NASDAQ:DDOG: $101.4 million (4.2% of AUM)NYSE:GWRE: $95.2 million (3.9% of AUM)As of Wednesday's market close, Glaukos shares were priced at $84.35, down approximately 34% over the past year and well underperforming the S&P 500, which is up nearly 15% over the past year.
Company OverviewMetricValueRevenue (TTM)$433 millionNet Income (TTM)($92.8 million)Price (as of market close Wednesday)$84.35Market capitalization$4.8 billionCompany SnapshotGlaukos Corporation is a leading ophthalmic medical technology company specializing in innovative micro-scale devices and pharmaceutical solutions for glaucoma and related eye disorders. The company's strategy centers on expanding its product portfolio and leveraging proprietary technology platforms to address unmet clinical needs in ophthalmology. It generates revenue through the direct sale and distribution of proprietary micro-scale implantable devices and pharmaceutical therapies for ophthalmic conditions. Glaukos's competitive edge is driven by its focus on minimally invasive therapies and a robust pipeline targeting multiple ophthalmic indications.
Foolish TakeBrown Capital Management’s partial exit from Glaukos Corporation last quarter could represent a cautious recalibration after a volatile year for the ophthalmic-device maker. The Baltimore-based fund sold 376,359 shares, an estimated $34.6 million reduction, according to its latest SEC filing. But despite the sale, Glaukos remains a mid-sized position for Brown, accounting for 2.6% of reportable assets.
Shares have fallen 34% over the past year, with much of the decline following the company’s February 20 earnings report, which showed 28% year-over-year revenue growth to $105.5 million but disappointed investors with larger-than-expected losses and rising expenses. Management said it expects 2025 sales between $475 million and $485 million but acknowledged headwinds related to currency exchange and market entry.
Ultimately, the decision to remain invested in Glaukos despite the stock’s sell-off may represent some remaining conviction around the high-risk, high-reward opportunity—especially if the company's disruptive glaucoma implants and sustained-release pharmaceuticals gain wider adoption.
Glossary13F assets: Securities reported by institutional investment managers in quarterly SEC Form 13F filings, representing their managed holdings.
Assets under management (AUM): The total market value of investments managed by a fund or investment firm on behalf of clients.
Quarterly average pricing: The average price of a security over a specific quarter, used to estimate transaction values.
Portfolio weight: The percentage of a portfolio's total value allocated to a specific investment or holding.
Fund downsizing: A reduction in the total assets or number of holdings managed by an investment fund.
Position: The amount of a particular security or asset held in a portfolio.
Ophthalmic: Relating to the eyes or the medical specialty of eye care.
Proprietary technology platforms: Unique, company-owned systems or methods used to develop and deliver products or services.
Pipeline products: New products or therapies in development but not yet commercially available.
Minimally invasive therapies: Medical treatments designed to reduce physical intrusion, often resulting in faster recovery and fewer complications.
Indications: Specific diseases or conditions for which a medical product or treatment is intended.
TTM: The 12-month period ending with the most recent quarterly report.
Jonathan Ponciano has no position in any of the stocks mentioned. The Motley Fool has positions in and recommends Datadog and Veeva Systems. The Motley Fool has a disclosure policy.
2025-11-06 11:265mo ago
2025-11-06 06:035mo ago
Tesla investors vote on an $878 billion payday for Musk - but that's not all
Elon Musk attends the opening ceremony of the new Tesla Gigafactory for electric cars in Gruenheide, Germany, March 22, 2022. Patrick Pleul/Pool via REUTERS/File Photo/File Photo Purchase Licensing Rights, opens new tab
CompaniesSAN FRANCISCO, Nov 6 (Reuters) - Tesla
(TSLA.O), opens new tab shareholders will decide on Thursday whether to pay CEO Elon Musk up to $878 billion, the richest executive pay in history by a long shot.
But the high-profile vote is only one of several proposals that could reshape the electric vehicle maker's future, from the board's power to whether Tesla should invest in Musk's artificial intelligence firm xAI.
Sign up here.
The results of the pay vote are expected during the annual general meeting on Thursday afternoon at the company's factory in Austin, Texas.
Passage of the payday would be a vote of confidence in Musk's leadership and his vision of transforming the company into an AI and robotics juggernaut. A rejection could create turmoil.
Here are the key proposals shareholders are voting on:
UP TO $878 BILLION FOR MUSKThe pay package proposed for Musk requires Tesla to achieve a number of profit and operational milestones such as delivering 20 million vehicles over the next 10 years and having a million robotaxis in operation on roads. In tandem, Tesla stock must rise, hitting new valuation milestones. The company, currently worth more than $1.5 trillion, would have to hit levels starting with $2 trillion and going up to $8.5 trillion.
Passage is widely expected given Musk is allowed to vote his roughly 15% stake. He did not vote his shares on pay questions when the company was incorporated in Delaware, but it has moved to Texas. Supporters say the goals for Musk are highly ambitious and investors stand to gain if he achieves the milestones.
However, some major investors, including Norway's sovereign wealth fund and other proxy advisors have opposed the package, calling it excessive. Tesla's board had said Musk could quit if the pay package was not approved.
Musk has a previous pay package that is caught up in Delaware court. Investors will also vote on a proposal that would allow Musk to receive a replacement package if the court eventually rejected the old plan.
xAI INVESTMENT
Investors will also consider a proposal for Tesla to invest in Musk’s artificial intelligence startup, xAI. Musk has said publicly he believes Tesla should back the company.
The board has not endorsed the plan. Investors will have to decide whether such a tie-up would advance Tesla’s AI ambitions or deepen potential conflicts of interest as the lines between Musk's companies blur.
SUPERMAJORITY VOTINGShareholders also are being asked to scrap Tesla’s supermajority voting requirement, replacing it with a simple majority standard.
Tesla has made several unsuccessful attempts to scrap its supermajority voting rule. Binding proposals to eliminate the requirement were put to shareholders in 2019, 2021 and 2022, but fell short of the two-thirds of outstanding shares needed for approval.
Some investors worry that easing the threshold could strengthen Musk’s influence over the company. The outcome will show how far shareholders are willing to go in reshaping Tesla’s corporate governance.
POLITICAL NEUTRALITYInvestors will vote on a shareholder proposal calling for Tesla to adopt a formal political neutrality policy.
The measure would bar the company and its leaders from engaging in partisan activity and would assign oversight to a board committee. Tesla's directors oppose the plan, saying existing policies already ensure appropriate disclosure and accountability.
The proposal serves as a test of investor sentiment toward Musk's outspoken public persona and the reputational risks that can come with it. Musk heavily embraced U.S. President Donald Trump, alienating some car buyers.
Reporting by Akash Sriram in Bengaluru and Abhirup Roy in San Francisco; Editing by Chris Reese
Our Standards: The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles., opens new tab
Akash reports on technology companies in the United States, electric vehicle companies, and the space industry. His reporting usually appears in the Autos & Transportation and Technology sections. He has a postgraduate degree in Conflict, Development, and Security from the University of Leeds. Akash's interests include music, football (soccer), and Formula 1.
Abhirup Roy is a U.S. autos correspondent based in San Francisco, covering Tesla and the wider electric and autonomous vehicle industry. He previously reported from India on global corporations, capital markets regulation, white-collar crime, and corporate litigation. Contact him at (415) 941-8665 or connect securely via Signal on abhiruproy.10
2025-11-06 11:265mo ago
2025-11-06 06:125mo ago
ECB to join Deutsche Boerse's Eurex repo market in 2026
A notebook with the logo of Deutsche Boerse Group (German stock exchange) is pictured in Eschborn, outside Frankfurt, Germany, January 25, 2016. REUTERS/Kai Pfaffenbach Purchase Licensing Rights, opens new tab
LONDON, Nov 6 (Reuters) - The European Central Bank will join Eurex's centrally-cleared repo market from the first quarter of 2026, the Deutsche Boerse
(DB1Gn.DE), opens new tab derivatives exchange said on Thursday.
The ECB and national euro zone central banks already lend securities to market participants. The move will shift some of that activity to centrally cleared transactions, which reduce counterparty risk in trades.
Sign up here.
Repo markets, where lenders and borrowers exchange cash and collateral -- often high-quality bonds -- in overnight trades, are crucial to the functioning of the financial system.
Activity in the euro zone repo market has risen sharply since the European Central Bank raised rates into positive territory and started reducing its bond holdings. Total outstanding volumes on Eurex's platform are up around 50% since the end of last year.
Other central banks, including Germany's, are already members of Eurex's repo market.
Reporting by Yoruk Bahceli; Editing by Amanda Cooper
Our Standards: The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles., opens new tab
DuPont de Nemours recorded higher third-quarter sales, authorized $2 billion in stock repurchases and declared a quarterly dividend of 20 cents a share.
2025-11-06 11:265mo ago
2025-11-06 06:155mo ago
Super Micro Computer: Growth Without Leverage (Rating Downgrade)
Analyst’s Disclosure:I/we have no stock, option or similar derivative position in any of the companies mentioned, and no plans to initiate any such positions within the next 72 hours. I wrote this article myself, and it expresses my own opinions. I am not receiving compensation for it (other than from Seeking Alpha). I have no business relationship with any company whose stock is mentioned in this article.
Seeking Alpha's Disclosure: Past performance is no guarantee of future results. No recommendation or advice is being given as to whether any investment is suitable for a particular investor. Any views or opinions expressed above may not reflect those of Seeking Alpha as a whole. Seeking Alpha is not a licensed securities dealer, broker or US investment adviser or investment bank. Our analysts are third party authors that include both professional investors and individual investors who may not be licensed or certified by any institute or regulatory body.
2025-11-06 11:265mo ago
2025-11-06 06:155mo ago
Tejon Ranch Co. Announces Third Quarter 2025 Financial Results
TEJON RANCH, Calif., Nov. 06, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Tejon Ranch Co., or the Company, (NYSE:TRC), a diversified real estate development and agribusiness company, today announced financial results for the three and nine-months ended September 30, 2025.
Third Quarter 2025 Financial and Operating Highlights
GAAP net income attributable to common stockholders for the third quarter of 2025 was $1.7 million, or net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, of $0.06. In the third quarter of 2024, the Company reported net loss attributable to common stockholders of $1.8 million, or net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, of $0.07. This represents a positive change of $3.5 million in net income and an improvement of $0.13 per share compared to the same quarter last year.Revenues and other income, including equity in earnings of unconsolidated joint ventures, for the third quarter of 2025 were $14.7 million, compared with $14.6 million for the third quarter of 2024 reflecting relatively consistent quarterly performance year over year.Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, was $5.3 million for the third quarter ended September 30, 2025, compared with $5.6 million for the same period in 2024.TRCC industrial portfolio, through the Company's joint venture partnerships, consists of 2.8 million square feet of gross leasable area (GLA) and is 100% leased.The Company’s first residential community, Terra Vista at Tejon, located within the Tejon Ranch Commerce Center (TRCC), is advancing on schedule, with absorption and leasing activity meeting expectations. As of September 30, 2025, 55% of the 180 delivered units were leased. The project will eventually include a total of 228 residential units.Farming segment revenues were $4.3 million, an increase of $1.1 million, or 34%, from $3.2 million for the same period in 2024.In October, the Company reduced its workforce by approximately 20%, resulting in an estimated annual savings of $2.0 million across all segments, including corporate general and administrative expenses. Executive Summary
“We had a strong quarter, driven by a rebound in farming and steady results across our core operating segments,” said Matthew Walker, president and CEO of Tejon Ranch Company. “Farming delivered an approximately $2 million positive variance from the prior year, helping year-to-date earnings recover.
“As part of our comprehensive review of cost structure and capital allocation, we’ve taken decisive steps to reduce expenses, including a 20 percent reduction in our workforce. This difficult but necessary decision, which will result in $2 million in annualized savings, reflects a disciplined shift. The goal is simple: to operate leaner, invest efficiently and generate more cash from the assets we already control.
“Looking forward, Tejon’s location at the crossroads of California remains its enduring advantage. Every day, goods, energy and people move across our land. That activity fuels steady, recurring income. As we continue lease-up at Terra Vista and with the opening of the Hard Rock Tejon Casino next week, we expect organic growth in traffic and activity that will lift results across the Ranch.
“While the quarter was promising, I want to be clear. The Company is not yet where it needs to be, and we must continue to improve. I look forward to communicating additional changes that will continue to strengthen the organization and its ability to deliver results to our shareholders.”
Year-to-Date Financial Results
Net loss attributable to common stockholders for the first nine months of 2025 was $1.5 million, or net loss per share attributed to common stockholders, basic and diluted, of $0.06, compared with net loss attributable to common stockholders of $1.8 million, or net loss per share attributed to common stockholders, basic and diluted, of $0.07, for the first nine months of 2024. The primary factor driving this $0.3 million improvement in net income (loss) was the recognition of $595,000 of additional gross margin following the fulfillment of the performance obligation related to the Nestlé land sale that occurred in 2022. Net increases in our agricultural operations also contributed, with almond and wine grape revenues increasing by $1,169,000 and $1,147,000, respectively. Additionally, expenses in the Real Estate – Resort/Residential segment decreased by $1,308,000, the decrease was primarily attributable to additional expenses of $1,250,000 in 2024 related to professional service fees and planning costs related to capital efforts tied to the Company's master planned communities. These positive effects were partially offset by decreased revenues from the mineral resources segment totaling $410,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2025, as well as $3,399,000 of additional expenses related to contested board election and proxy defense efforts in Spring of 2025.. Revenues and other income, for the first nine months of 2025, including equity in earnings of unconsolidated joint ventures, totaled $35.4 million, compared with $33.2 million for the first nine months of 2024. Factors impacting the year-to-date results include: Real estate commercial/industrial segment experienced an increase in revenue for the first nine months of 2025. Revenues for this segment were $11.0 million, an increase of $2.5 million, or 29%, from $8.5 million for the first nine months of 2024. The primary factor driving this change was the recognition in land sales revenue for $2,373,000, following the Company's fulfillment of the performance obligation related to the Nestle land sale that occurred in 2022.Farming segment revenues were $6.5 million, an increase of $2.2 million, or 53%, from $4.2 million for the first nine months of 2024. The increase was primarily attributed to an increase of $1,169,000 in almond crop revenues in the current period, in addition to higher wine grape sales of $1,147,000. Approximately 1,310,000 pounds of almonds were sold during the nine months ended September 30, 2025, whereas 1,045,000 pounds of almond were sold in the comparable period in 2024.Equity in earnings of unconsolidated joint ventures decreased by $1.3 million compared with the prior year period, mainly attributed to the reduction in equity in earnings recorded for the TA/Petro joint venture. Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, was $13.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, compared with $12.9 million for the same period in 2024.
Tejon Ranch Co. provides Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, because management believes it offers additional information for monitoring the Company's cash flow performance. A table providing a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to its most comparable GAAP measure, as well as an explanation of, and important disclosures about, this non-GAAP measure, is included in the tables at the end of this press release.
Commercial/Industrial Real Estate Update
Leasing and occupancy updates as of September 30, 2025: TRCC industrial portfolio, through the Company's joint venture partnerships, consists of 2.8 million square feet of gross leasable area (GLA) and is 100% leased.TRCC commercial/retail portfolio, wholly owned and through joint venture partnerships, consists of 620,907 square feet of GLA and is 95% occupied.In total, TRCC comprises 7.1 million square feet of GLA.Outlets at Tejon maintained strong performance with 90% occupancy as of September 30, 2025. The Company's Terra Vista at Tejon multifamily community located within TRCC continues its lease-up on plan. As of September 30, 2025, 55% of the 180 delivered units were leased. The project will eventually include a total of 228 residential units.In July, 2025, Nestlé USA completed the construction of a new, state-of-the-art distribution facility on the east side of TRCC. The project, led by Nestlé, spans more than 700,000 square feet.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of September 30, 2025, total capitalization, including pro rata share (PRS) of unconsolidated joint venture debt, was approximately $631.6 million, consisting of an equity market capitalization of $429.7 million and $201.9 million of debt, and our debt to total capitalization was 32.0%. As of September 30, 2025, the Company had cash and securities totaling approximately $21.0 million and $68.1 million available on its line of credit, for total liquidity of $89.1 million. The ratio of total debt including pro rata share of unconsolidated joint venture debt, net of cash and securities including pro rata share of unconsolidated joint venture cash, of $166.7 million, to trailing twelve months adjusted EBITDA of $24.3 million was 6.9x using non-GAAP measures.
2025 Outlook:
The Company will continue to strategically pursue commercial/industrial development, multi-family development, leasing, sales, and investment activities across TRCC, including its joint ventures developments. The Company also remains committed to making disciplined capital investments to advance its residential projects, Mountain Village at Tejon Ranch, Centennial at Tejon Ranch and Grapevine at Tejon Ranch, with a focus on achieving critical entitlements, planning milestones, and value-enhancing activities that support long-term growth.
California continues to be one of the most highly regulated states for real estate development, and, as such, natural delays, including those resulting from litigation, remain a reasonable expectation. Accordingly, over the next several years, the Company anticipates that net income to fluctuate from year-to-year, driven by the timing of land sales, leasing activity within its industrial development, commodity price movements, and production levels from its farming and mineral resources segments, and the timing of land sales and leasing of land within its industrial developments.
Water sales opportunities in 2025 continue to be influenced by overall hydrologic conditions in Northern California and State Water Project (SWP) allocations. Following a third consecutive year of above-average snowpack levels, the current SWP allocation remains at 50% of contract amounts, which limited additional water sales opportunities this year.
On July 10, 2025, the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) released its Objective Forecast for the 2025 California almond crop, projecting total production of 3.0 billion pounds. This represented a 7% increase from the USDA's Subjective Forecast issued on May 12, 2025, and a 10% increase over the 2024 crop of 2.73 billion pounds. Despite the larger crop outlook, almond pricing has strengthened in recent weeks, supporting a more favorable market environment.
All farming operations were completed for the season, with yields generally consistent with expectations and in line with historical averages. Pistachios were in an up-bearing year, yielding approximately 2.7 million pounds compared to no harvest in the prior season, reflecting the crop’s natural alternate bearing cycle. Almond production remained relatively stable year over year, with 2.6 million pounds harvested compared to 2.9 million pounds previously, demonstrating consistent orchard performance. Wine grape yields improved notably, increasing from 8 tons last year to 12 tons this season, benefiting from favorable growing conditions and improved vineyard management practices. Overall, this year’s results underscore a positive trend in orchard recovery and productivity across key crops.
While year-to-year results may fluctuate due to these external factors, the Company remains focused on long-term value creation. With a strong asset base, a disciplined investment strategy, and a clear development roadmap, the Company believes it is well-positioned to navigate near-term challenges and continue advancing its strategic priorities.
Earnings Conference Call Information
The Company will host a conference call to discuss its third quarter 2025 financial results:
Date: Thursday, November 6, 2025Time: 2:00 p.m. Pacific Time / 5:00 p.m. Eastern TimeDial-In: (877) 704-4453 (U.S.) or +1 (201) 389-0920 (International)Conference Call Playback: (844) 512-2921 (U.S.) or +1 (412) 317-6671 (International) Passcode: 13756652 The full playback can be accessed through Thursday, December 4, 2025.
Investor Engagement Event
The Company will host its first Investor Engagement Event since 2018 on the morning of November 14, 2025 at the New York Stock Exchange. Space is limited and advanced registration is required. If you’re interested in attending, please send your request to [email protected].
About Tejon Ranch Co.
Tejon Ranch Co. (NYSE: TRC) is a diversified real estate development and agribusiness company, whose principal asset is its 270,000-acre land holding located approximately 60 miles north of Los Angeles and 15 miles south of Bakersfield.
More information about Tejon Ranch Co. can be found on the Company's website at www.tejonranch.com.
Forward Looking Statements:
This release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. Generally speaking, any statement not based upon historical fact is a forward-looking statement. In particular, statements regarding the Company’s business plans, strategies, prospects, objectives, milestones, future operating results, financial condition, expectations regarding capital allocation, cost savings, entitlement and development timelines, partnerships, regulatory reforms, and other future events or circumstances are forward-looking statements. These statements reflect the Company’s current expectations and beliefs about future developments and their potential effects on the Company. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance and speak only as of the date of this report.
Words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “project,” “target,” “can,” “could,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “would,” “likely,” “improve,” “commit,” and similar expressions, as well as discussions of strategy, objectives, and intentions, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are based on current assumptions and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors - many of which are beyond the Company’s control - that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied. Such factors include, but are not limited to, market, economic, geopolitical and weather conditions; the availability and cost of financing for land development and other activities; competition; commodity prices and agricultural yields; success in obtaining and maintaining governmental entitlements and permits; the timing and outcome of regulatory or litigation processes; demand for commercial, industrial, residential, and retail real estate; and other risks inherent in real estate and agricultural operations.
No assurance can be given that actual results will not differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, the Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. Investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. For a discussion of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ, please refer to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, and subsequent filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
(Financial tables follow)
TEJON RANCH CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
($ in thousands, except per share amounts) September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024 (unaudited) ASSETS Current Assets: Cash and cash equivalents$3,571 $39,267Marketable securities - available-for-sale 17,473 14,441Accounts receivable 5,075 7,916Inventories 8,230 3,972Prepaid expenses and other current assets 2,203 3,806Total current assets 36,552 69,402Real estate and improvements - held for lease, net 59,679 16,253Real estate development (includes $127,120 at September 30, 2025 and $124,136 at December 31, 2024, attributable to CFL) 370,514 377,905Property and equipment, net 59,368 56,387Investments in unconsolidated joint ventures 33,754 28,980Net investment in water assets 63,847 55,091Other assets 5,873 3,980TOTAL ASSETS$629,587 $607,998 LIABILITIES AND EQUITY Current Liabilities: Trade accounts payable$6,613 $9,085Accrued liabilities and other 4,153 5,549Deferred income 2,968 2,162Total current liabilities 13,734 16,796Revolving line of credit 91,942 66,942Long-term deferred gains 10,851 11,447Deferred tax liability 9,028 9,059Other liabilities 15,442 14,798Total liabilities 140,997 119,042Commitments and contingencies Equity: Tejon Ranch Co. stockholders’ equity Common stock, $0.50 par value per share: Authorized shares - 50,000,000 Issued and outstanding shares - 26,893,955 at September 30, 2025 and 26,822,768 at December 31, 2024 13,447 13,412Additional paid-in capital 349,604 348,497Accumulated other comprehensive income 87 87Retained earnings 110,092 111,598Total Tejon Ranch Co. stockholders’ equity 473,230 473,594Non-controlling interest 15,360 15,362Total equity 488,590 488,956TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY$629,587 $607,998 TEJON RANCH CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
($ in thousands, except per share amounts) Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025 2024 2025 2024 Revenues: Real estate - commercial/industrial$3,124 $3,002 $10,985 $8,497 Mineral resources 3,172 3,166 7,277 7,687 Farming 4,335 3,242 6,498 4,249 Ranch operations 1,338 1,446 3,725 3,518 Total revenues 11,969 10,856 28,485 23,951 Costs and expenses: Real estate - commercial/industrial 2,148 2,088 7,531 6,005 Real estate - resort/residential 318 328 1,008 2,316 Mineral resources 2,121 1,812 4,996 5,043 Farming 5,362 6,252 9,407 9,406 Ranch operations 1,176 1,223 3,784 3,711 Corporate expenses 2,868 2,945 12,004 8,794 Total costs and expenses 13,993 14,648 38,730 35,275 Operating loss (2,024) (3,792) (10,245) (11,324)Other income: Investment income 177 528 749 1,843 Other loss, net (9) (69) (89) (210)Total other income, net 168 459 660 1,633 Loss before equity in earnings of unconsolidated joint ventures and income tax benefit (1,856) (3,333) (9,585) (9,691)Equity in earnings of unconsolidated joint ventures, net 2,555 3,329 6,268 7,611 Income (loss) before income tax benefit 699 (4) (3,317) (2,080)Income tax (benefit) expense (972) 1,832 (1,809) (286)Net income (loss) 1,671 (1,836) (1,508) (1,794)Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest 1 — (2) (1)Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders$1,670 $(1,836) $(1,506) $(1,793)Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic$0.06 $(0.07) $(0.06) $(0.07)Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted$0.06 $(0.07) $(0.06) $(0.07) Non-GAAP Financial Measures
This press release includes references to the Company’s non-GAAP financial measure “EBITDA.” EBITDA represents the Company's share of consolidated net income in accordance with GAAP, before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, plus the allocable portion of EBITDA of unconsolidated joint ventures accounted for under the equity method of accounting based upon economic ownership interest, and all determined on a consistent basis in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and is used by the Company and others as a supplemental measure of performance. Tejon Ranch also uses Adjusted EBITDA to assess the performance of the Company's core operations, for financial and operational decision making, and as a supplemental or additional means of evaluating period-to-period comparisons on a consistent basis. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as EBITDA, excluding stock compensation expense. The Company believes Adjusted EBITDA provides investors relevant and useful information because it permits investors to view income from operations on an unlevered basis before the effects of taxes, depreciation and amortization, and stock compensation expense. By excluding interest expense and income, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA allow investors to measure the Company's performance independent of its capital structure and indebtedness and, therefore, allow for a more meaningful comparison of the Company's performance to that of other companies, both in the real estate industry and in other industries. The Company believes that excluding charges related to share-based compensation facilitates a comparison of its operations across periods and among other companies without the variances caused by different valuation methodologies, the volatility of the expense (which depends on market forces outside the Company's control), and the assumptions and the variety of award types that a company can use. In addition, the Company excludes other items impacting comparability to provide a clearer understanding of its core operating performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as measures of the Company's performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect Tejon Ranch's historical cash expenditures or future cash requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments. While EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are relevant and widely used measures of performance, they do not represent net income or cash flows from operations as defined by GAAP, and they should not be considered as alternatives to those indicators in evaluating performance or liquidity. Further, the Company's computation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similar measures reported by other companies.
The Company uses Net Debt / Adjusted EBITDA as a non-GAAP financial measure to evaluate its capital structure and ability to service its debt. Management believes this ratio provides useful insight into leverage trends and capital efficiency. Net debt includes TRC debt and the Company’s pro rata share of debt held at unconsolidated joint ventures, offset by consolidated and pro rata cash. Adjusted EBITDA is used as a proxy for core operating performance. A reconciliation is provided below.
Adjusted Farming EBITDA before fixed water obligations is not a measure of financial performance prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income, operating income, or other performance measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. The Company defines Adjusted Farming EBITDA before fixed water obligations as net income (loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, further adjusted to exclude non-recurring items such as gains or losses on asset sales, impairments, share-based compensation, and other non-cash charges, and before deducting the Company’s fixed water obligations. Management uses this measure to evaluate the core operating performance of its farming operations and to facilitate period-to-period comparisons by isolating the impact of variable farming costs from the fixed water infrastructure costs. The Company believes this measure provides investors with additional insight into the underlying cash flow potential of its agricultural operations. A reconciliation of Adjusted Farming EBITDA before fixed water obligations to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, Operating loss from farming, is provided below.
TEJON RANCH CO.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
(Unaudited) Three Months Ended September 30,($ in thousands) 2025 2024 Net income (loss)$1,671 $(1,836)Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest 1 — Interest, net Consolidated (177) (528)Our share of interest expense from unconsolidated joint ventures 1,539 1,532 Total interest, net 1,362 1,004 Income tax (benefit) provision (972) 1,832 Depreciation and amortization: Consolidated 1,690 1,216 Our share of depreciation and amortization from unconsolidated joint ventures 1,666 1,695 Total depreciation and amortization 3,356 2,911 EBITDA 5,416 3,911 Stock compensation expense (133) 1,732 Adjusted EBITDA$5,283 $5,643 Nine Months Ended September 30, TTM* Ended
September 30,($ in thousands) 2025 2024 2025 Net income (loss)$(1,508) $(1,794) $2,974 Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest (2) (1) (3)Interest, net Consolidated (749) (1,843) (1,179)Our share of interest expense from unconsolidated joint ventures 4,473 4,625 6,013 Total interest, net 3,724 2,782 4,834 Income tax (benefit) provision (1,809) (286) (547)Depreciation and amortization: Consolidated 3,800 3,137 5,548 Our share of depreciation and amortization from unconsolidated joint ventures 5,098 4,989 6,862 Total depreciation and amortization 8,898 8,126 12,410 EBITDA 9,307 8,829 19,674 Stock compensation expense 1,157 4,086 1,253 Items impacting comparability: Shareholder activism expense1 3,399 — 3,399 Adjusted EBITDA$13,863 $12,915 $24,326 1Represents advisory fees related to shareholder activism matters. *Trailing Twelve Month (TTM) Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted TTM EBITDA
TTM EBITDA Ended September 30, 2025($ in thousands) Commercial
Real Estate Farming Mineral
Resources Ranch
Operations Residential
Real Estate Corporate Tejon PRS of
UJV Grand TotalNet (loss) income $5,604 $(1,378) $2,799 $465 $(1,307) $(12,747) $9,538 $2,974 Net (loss) income attributed to non-controlling interest — — — — — (3) — (3)Interest, net Consolidated interest income — — — — — (1,179) — (1,179)Our share of interest expense from unconsolidated joint ventures — — — — — — 6,013 6,013 Total interest, net — — — — — (1,179) 6,013 4,834 Income tax (benefit) expense — — — — — (547) — (547)Depreciation and amortization Consolidated 845 2,551 1,375 383 39 355 — 5,548 Our share of depreciation and amortization from unconsolidated joint ventures — — — — — — 6,862 6,862 Total depreciation and amortization 845 2,551 1,375 383 39 355 6,862 12,410 EBITDA 6,449 1,173 4,174 848 (1,268) (14,115) 22,413 19,674 Stock compensation expense 111 139 49 30 428 496 — 1,253 Items impacting comparability: Shareholder activism expense1 — — — — — 3,399 — 3,399 Adjusted EBITDA $6,560 $1,312 $4,223 $878 $(840) $(10,220) $22,413 $24,326 1Represents advisory fees related to shareholder activism matters. Quarterly information is not indicative of full year results due to seasonality.
TTM EBITDA Ended September 30, 2024($ in thousands) Commercial
Real Estate Farming Mineral
Resources Ranch
Operations Residential
Real Estate Corporate Tejon PRS of
UJV Grand TotalNet (loss) income $3,008 $(5,672) $3,844 $(249) $(2,765) $(8,255) $9,863 $(226)Net (loss) income attributed to non-controlling interest — — — — — 2 — 2 Interest, net Consolidated interest income — — — — — (2,625) — (2,625)Our share of interest expense from unconsolidated joint ventures — — — — — — 5,888 5,888 Total interest, net — — — — — (2,625) 5,888 3,263 Income tax (benefit) expense — — — — — (1,582) — (1,582)Depreciation and amortization Consolidated 459 2,196 1,374 381 40 490 — 4,940 Our share of depreciation and amortization from unconsolidated joint ventures — — — — — — 6,402 6,402 Total depreciation and amortization 459 2,196 1,374 381 40 490 6,402 11,342 EBITDA 3,467 (3,476) 5,218 132 (2,725) (11,974) 22,153 12,795 Stock compensation expense 93 157 51 (36) 516 4,188 — 4,969 Adjusted EBITDA $3,467 $(3,476) $5,218 $132 $(2,725) $(7,005) $22,153 $17,764 Quarterly information is not indicative of full year results due to seasonality.
Reconciliation of Adjusted Farming EBITDA before Fixed Water Obligations
(Unaudited)
The Company evaluates the performance of its farming operations using Adjusted Farming EBITDA before fixed water obligations, a non-GAAP financial measure. Management believes this measure provides a meaningful representation of the underlying profitability and cash flow potential of its agricultural operations by excluding both non-operating items and the fixed water obligation, which represents a non-controllable infrastructure cost incurred regardless of the level of farming activity in this segment.
The fixed water obligations reflects the Company’s allocated share of infrastructure and financing costs associated with the transmission and delivery of water to the Company’s property. These obligations primarily consist of annual assessments levied to repay bonds issued by the State of California to finance the construction and on-going maintenance of the state water project system and local water districts water systems. The landowners who holding water rights, including the Company, are responsible for repaying these bonds through fixed annual payments.
Unlike variable water costs which are included in farming expenses, management views the fixed water obligation as an infrastructure cost that supports long-term access to water resources, rather than an essential operating cost of farming. Accordingly, Adjusted Farming EBITDA before fixed water obligations allows management and investors to evaluate the operating performance of the Company’s farming segment independent of the fixed costs associated with water infrastructure.
($ in thousands)Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,Farming Segment 2025 2024 2025 2024 Farming revenues$4,335 $3,242 $6,498 $4,249 Farming expenses 5,362 6,252 9,407 9,406 Operating loss from farming (1,027) (3,010) (2,909) (5,157)Depreciation 768 573 1,447 1,215 Stock compensation expense 28 36 99 111 Adjusted EBITDA (231) (2,401) (1,363) (3,831)Fixed Water Obligations 656 606 2,172 2,159 Adjusted Farming EBITDA before Fixed Water Obligations$425 $(1,795) $809 $(1,672) Summary of Outstanding Debt as of September 30, 2025
(Unaudited)
Entity/Borrowing ($ in thousands)Amount% SharePRS DebtRevolving line-of-credit$91,942100%$91,942Petro Travel Plaza Holdings, LLC 11,22160% 6,733TRCC/Rock Outlet Center, LLC 20,27150% 10,136TRC-MRC 1, LLC 20,94350% 10,472TRC-MRC 2, LLC 20,68450% 10,342TRC-MRC 3, LLC 32,01750% 16,009TRC-MRC 4, LLC 60,21150% 30,106TRC-MRC 5, LLC 52,22250% 26,111Total$309,511 $201,851 Capitalization and Debt Ratios
(Unaudited)
($ in thousands, except per share amounts)September 30, 2025Period End Share Price$15.98 Outstanding Shares 26,893,955 Market Cap as of Reporting Date$429,750 Total Debt including PRS Unconsolidated Joint Venture Debt$201,851 Total Capitalization$631,601 Debt to total capitalization 32.0%Net debt, including PRS unconsolidated joint venture debt, to TTM adjusted EBITDA (Non-GAAP) 6.9 Earnings Per Share (EPS) and Share Data
(Unaudited) Three Months Ended September 30,
2025 June 30,
2025 March 31,
2025 December 31,
2024 September 30,
2024Basic earnings per share$0.06 $(0.06) $(0.05) $0.17 $(0.07)Diluted earnings per share$0.06 $(0.06) $(0.05) $0.17 $(0.07)Book value per common share$17.60 $17.54 $17.60 $17.66 $17.47 Weighted average shares 26,890,979 26,878,658 26,852,573 26,821,449 26,814,051 Weighted average diluted shares 26,939,860 26,878,658 26,852,573 26,829,344 26,814,051 Non-GAAP Net Debt / Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation
(Unaudited)
Non-GAAP Reconciliations ($ in thousands)September 30, 2025Debt Pro Rata Share of JV Debt$109,909 TRC Debt 91,942 Total Adjusted Debt (Non-GAAP)$201,851 Cash and Marketable Securities Pro Rata Share of JV Cash and Marketable Securities$14,077 TRC Cash and Marketable Securities 21,044 Total Adjusted Cash and Marketable Securities (Non-GAAP)$35,121 Net Debt (Non-GAAP) Total Adjusted Debt (Non-GAAP)$201,851 Less: Total Adjusted Cash and Marketable Securities (Non-GAAP) (35,121)Net Debt (Non-GAAP)$166,730 TTM Adjusted EBITDA (Non-GAAP)$24,326 Net Debt / TTM Adjusted EBITDA (Non-GAAP) 6.9 Tejon Ranch Co.
Robert D. Velasquez, 661-663-4220
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Senior Vice President, Finance
and Chief Accounting Officer
Tejon Ranch Co.
Nicholas Ortiz 661-663-4212
Senior Vice President, Corporate Communications & Public Affairs
2025-11-06 11:265mo ago
2025-11-06 06:185mo ago
The Brink's Company: The Cash Machine That Keeps On Rolling
Analyst’s Disclosure:I/we have no stock, option or similar derivative position in any of the companies mentioned, and no plans to initiate any such positions within the next 72 hours. I wrote this article myself, and it expresses my own opinions. I am not receiving compensation for it (other than from Seeking Alpha). I have no business relationship with any company whose stock is mentioned in this article.
Seeking Alpha's Disclosure: Past performance is no guarantee of future results. No recommendation or advice is being given as to whether any investment is suitable for a particular investor. Any views or opinions expressed above may not reflect those of Seeking Alpha as a whole. Seeking Alpha is not a licensed securities dealer, broker or US investment adviser or investment bank. Our analysts are third party authors that include both professional investors and individual investors who may not be licensed or certified by any institute or regulatory body.
2025-11-06 11:265mo ago
2025-11-06 06:235mo ago
4DMT Announces Pricing of $100 Million Offering of Common Stock and Pre-Funded Warrants
EMERYVILLE, Calif., Nov. 06, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- 4D Molecular Therapeutics (Nasdaq: FDMT, 4DMT or the Company), a leading late-stage biotechnology company advancing durable and disease-targeted therapeutics with potential to transform treatment paradigms and provide unprecedented benefits to patients, today announced the pricing of an underwritten offering of 8,385,809 shares of its common stock and, in lieu of common stock to certain investors, pre-funded warrants to purchase 1,128,949 shares of common stock. The shares of common stock are being sold at a price of $10.51 per share and the pre-funded warrants are being sold at a price of $10.5099 per pre-funded warrant, which represents the per share price for the common stock less the $0.0001 per share exercise price for each pre-funded warrant. The gross proceeds from the offering are expected to be approximately $100 million before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses. All of the shares and pre-funded warrants in the offering are to be sold by 4D Molecular Therapeutics. The offering is expected to close on November 7, 2025, subject to satisfaction of customary closing conditions.
Leerink Partners, Evercore ISI and Cantor are acting as joint book-running managers for the offering. RBC Capital Markets is acting as a co-manager for the offering.
A registration statement relating to the securities being sold in this offering has been filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and became effective on August 15, 2023. Copies of the registration statement can be accessed through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. The offering is being made only by means of a written prospectus. Copies of the prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus relating to the offering may be obtained, when available, from: Leerink Partners LLC, Syndicate Department, 53 State Street, 40th Floor, Boston, MA 02109, by telephone at (800) 808-7525 ext. 6105 or by email at [email protected]; Evercore Group L.L.C., Attention: Equity Capital Markets, 55 East 52nd Street, 35th Floor, New York, New York 10055, by telephone at (888) 474-0200 or by email at [email protected]; or Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., Attention: Capital Markets, 110 East 59th Street, 6th Floor, New York, New York 10022 or by email at [email protected]; or by accessing the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
This press release shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy these securities, nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any state or jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such state or jurisdiction.
About 4DMT
4DMT is a leading late-stage biotechnology company advancing durable and disease-targeted therapeutics with potential to transform treatment paradigms and provide unprecedented benefits to patients. The Company’s lead product candidate 4D-150 is designed to be a backbone therapy forming the foundation of treatment of blinding retinal vascular diseases by providing multi-year sustained delivery of anti-VEGF (aflibercept and anti-VEGF-C) with a single, safe, intravitreal injection, which substantially reduces the treatment burden associated with current bolus injections. The Company’s lead indication for 4D-150 is wet age-related macular degeneration, which is currently in Phase 3 development, and second indication is diabetic macular edema. The Company’s second product candidate is 4D-710, which is the first known genetic medicine to demonstrate successful delivery and expression of the CFTR transgene in the lungs of people with cystic fibrosis after aerosol delivery. 4D Molecular Therapeutics™, 4DMT™, Therapeutic Vector Evolution™, and the 4DMT logo are trademarks of 4DMT.
All of the Company’s product candidates are in clinical or preclinical development and have not yet been approved for marketing by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration or any other regulatory authority. No representation is made as to the safety or effectiveness of the Company’s product candidates for the therapeutic uses for which they are being studied.
Forward-Looking Statements:
This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “design,” “due,” “estimate,” “expect,” “goal,” “intend,” “may,” “objective,” “plan,” “positioned,” “potential,” “predict,” “seek,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would” and other similar expressions that are predictions of or indicate future events and future trends, or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this press release are forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, uncertainties related to market conditions and statements regarding the timing, size and expected gross proceeds of the offering, the satisfaction of customary closing conditions related to the offering and sale of securities, and 4D Molecular Therapeutics’ ability to complete the offering. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results and events to differ materially from those anticipated, including, but not limited to, risks and uncertainties related to market conditions and the completion and timing of the offering, and other risks are described in greater detail under the section titled “Risk Factors” contained in the prospectus supplement related to the offering and 4D Molecular Therapeutics’ current and future reports filed with the SEC, including its most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 11, 2025. Any forward-looking statements that the company makes in this press release are made pursuant to the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended, and speak only as of the date of this press release. Except as required by law, the company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Here are three stocks with buy ranks and strong growth characteristics for investors to consider today, Nov. 6:
Fox Corporation (FOXA - Free Report) : This news, sports, and entertainment company carries a Zacks Rank #1, and has witnessed the Zacks Consensus Estimate for its current year earnings increasing 5.6% over the last 60 days.
Fox has a PEG ratio of 1.46 compared with 1.93 for the industry. The company possesses a Growth Score of B.
Grupo Cibest S.A. (CIB - Free Report) : This company that provides banking services and products carries a Zacks Rank #1, and has witnessed the Zacks Consensus Estimate for its current year earnings increasing 3.3% over the last 60 days.
Grupo Cibest has a PEG ratio of 1.14 compared with 2.66 for the industry. The company possesses a Growth Score of B.
Futu Holdings Limited (FUTU - Free Report) : This online brokerage and wealth management platform carries a Zacks Rank #1, and has witnessed the Zacks Consensus Estimate for its current year earnings increasing 6.2% over the last 60 days.
Futu has a PEG ratio of 0.64 compared with 0.98 for the industry. The company possesses a Growth Score of B.
See the full list of top ranked stocks here.
Learn more about the Growth score and how it is calculated here.
Cytokinetics, Incorporated (CYTK) Q3 2025 Earnings Call November 5, 2025 4:30 PM EST
Company Participants
Diane Weiser - Senior Vice President of Corporate Affairs
Robert I. Blum - CEO, President & Director
Andrew Callos - Executive VP & Chief Commercial Officer
Fady Malik - Executive Vice President of Research & Development
Stuart Kupfer - Senior VP & Chief Medical Officer
Sung Lee - EVP & CFO
Conference Call Participants
Huidong Wang
Salim Syed
Zaki Molvi - Jefferies LLC, Research Division
Carter Gould - Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., Research Division
James Condulis - Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Research Division
Cory Kasimov - Evercore ISI Institutional Equities, Research Division
Caroline Poacher
Maxwell Skor - Morgan Stanley, Research Division
Yasmeen Rahimi - Piper Sandler & Co., Research Division
Roanna Clarissa Ruiz - Leerink Partners LLC, Research Division
Mayank Mamtani - B. Riley Securities, Inc., Research Division
Joseph Pantginis - H.C. Wainwright & Co, LLC, Research Division
Kyuwon Choi - Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Research Division
John Gionco - Needham & Company, LLC, Research Division
Jason Zemansky - BofA Securities, Research Division
Presentation
Operator
Thank you for standing by, and welcome to the Cytokinetics Q3 2025 Earnings Conference Call. This call is being recorded and all participants will be in a listen-only mode. [Operator Instructions]
I would now like to turn the call over to Diane Weiser, Cytokinetics Senior Vice President of Corporate Affairs. Please go ahead.
Diane Weiser
Senior Vice President of Corporate Affairs
Good afternoon, and thanks for joining us on the call today. Robert Blum, President and Chief Executive Officer, will begin with an overview of the quarter and recent developments. Andrew Callos, EVP and Chief Commercial Officer, will address commercial readiness activities for aficamten. Fady Malik, EVP of R&D, will provide updates related to the clinical development program and medical affairs activities for aficamten. Stuart Kupfer, SVP and Chief Medical Officer, will provide updates on the clinical development program for omecamtiv mecarbil and ulacamten. Sung Lee, EVP and Chief Financial Officer, will
Recommended For You
2025-11-06 10:265mo ago
2025-11-06 04:475mo ago
RGC Resources: MVP Pipeline Ignites A Hidden Growth Opportunity
Analyst’s Disclosure:I/we have a beneficial long position in the shares of RGCO either through stock ownership, options, or other derivatives. I wrote this article myself, and it expresses my own opinions. I am not receiving compensation for it (other than from Seeking Alpha). I have no business relationship with any company whose stock is mentioned in this article.
Seeking Alpha's Disclosure: Past performance is no guarantee of future results. No recommendation or advice is being given as to whether any investment is suitable for a particular investor. Any views or opinions expressed above may not reflect those of Seeking Alpha as a whole. Seeking Alpha is not a licensed securities dealer, broker or US investment adviser or investment bank. Our analysts are third party authors that include both professional investors and individual investors who may not be licensed or certified by any institute or regulatory body.
2025-11-06 10:265mo ago
2025-11-06 04:505mo ago
The Smartest Growth Stock to Buy With $1,000 Right Now
This technology company is in an excellent position to capitalize on the growing role of artificial intelligence in our daily lives.
Exciting developments are happening in artificial intelligence (AI). Companies are jockeying for position, building out data centers, and looking to stake their claim as AI transforms life as we know it.
As the race for AI supremacy intensifies, attention is being drawn to prominent names like OpenAI and Nvidia. But don't overlook Alphabet (GOOG +2.40%)(GOOGL +2.44%), the parent company of Google, which is building on a strong foundation and making strides for the next wave of technological advancement.
If you have $1,000 you're looking to invest, here's why buying Alphabet stock today could be a smart move.
Image source: Getty Images.
How Alphabet is defending its search supremacy
Alphabet recently reported its earnings results for the third quarter, delivering stellar results that exceeded analysts' expectations. Revenue of $102 billion marked the tech giant's first quarter with revenue exceeding $100 billion. Meanwhile, earnings per share of $2.87 came in well above analysts' expectations of $2.27 per share.
Google Search has been core to Alphabet's business since its early days, and is a major driver of revenue for Google through advertising and sponsored search results. Many observers have expressed concern that the rise of large language models (LLMs) could hurt Google's advertising business. Those fears are overblown, at least for the time being.
Today's Change
(
2.40
%) $
6.68
Current Price
$
284.74
Google Search and other revenue increased 15% year over year to $56.6 billion in the third quarter. Alphabet leveraged its position as a top search engine by utilizing its own AI models and integrating them into its search results through AI Overview and AI Mode. By leveraging its own LLMs, Google saw an uptick in queries, with adoption being more pronounced among younger individuals.
Looking forward, new AI products like AI Max are helping Google monetize by opening up billions of new searches. With this tool, customers can leverage AI to automatically manage ad campaigns across Google Search. Instead of building lengthy lists of keywords or creating numerous ad variations, AI Max analyzes billions of searches and user signals in real time to match ads with people more accurately.
Cloud segment growth is robust
An opportunity for substantial long-term growth lies in the Google Cloud segment, which offers customers a suite of cloud-based solutions in two main areas: the Google Cloud Platform and Google Workspace.
The Google Cloud Platform is a suite of cloud computing services that enables companies to run applications, store data, and utilize powerful tools without the need to purchase or manage physical hardware. Here, companies can access on-demand computing power, databases, cybersecurity, and analytics across Google's global data centers, and only pay for what they use.
Through Google Workspace, customers can subscribe to cloud-based communication and collaboration tools for workplace solutions. These tools include Calendar, Gmail, Docs, Drive, and Meet, and feature integrated solutions like Gemini for Google Workspace.
In the third quarter, Google Cloud revenue reached $15 billion, representing a 34% year-over-year growth rate, up from the 32% growth rate in the second quarter. Even better news for investors is that the number of cloud deals topping $1 billion is accelerating. The company signed more Google Cloud deals exceeding $1 billion through the first nine months of this year than in the previous two years combined.
The Cloud backlog increased to $155 billion, a significant rise from $106 billion in the previous quarter. This substantial increase was driven by growing demand for both GPUs and Google Tensor Processing Units, as well as Google's AI solutions built around the Gemini platform.
Alphabet will continue to invest heavily in infrastructure like servers, network equipment, and data centers to meet this growing demand.
A quality growth stock
The AI revolution is here, and hyperscalers are investing heavily in its development. Amid this backdrop, Alphabet is emerging as a formidable force. The company has steady, cash-generating businesses in search and YouTube and looks to capture the upside in AI through its cloud services segment.
The cloud services segment will become increasingly important as AI advances and becomes more integrated into everyday life, and the upside here is a big reason why I think Alphabet is an excellent growth stock to own long term.
2025-11-06 10:265mo ago
2025-11-06 04:555mo ago
Should You Forget Berkshire Hathaway and Buy Markel Group Instead?
If you are deeply worried about Berkshire Hathaway without Buffett, Markel Group could be a good home for you.
The final countdown has begun as investors await the retirement of Warren Buffett from the CEO position at Berkshire Hathaway (BRK.A +0.69%)(BRK.B +0.38%). It is a big deal, though maybe not as big as some investors are worried it could be. That said, there's another company that is less well-known but that uses the same basic business model as Berkshire Hathaway.
Could Markel Group (MKL +0.76%) be a good alternative to Berkshire Hathaway?
What's Markel's business model?
Warren Buffett blazed the path for the business model that both Berkshire Hathaway and Markel use. The big-picture story is fairly simple. Both companies act as investment vehicles for the management teams that run them. They each have a sizable number of operating businesses that act largely independently and also make investments in publicly traded companies. In some ways, they are run kind of like mutual funds.
Image source: The Motley Fool.
With Berkshire Hathaway, you are, effectively, giving your money to Warren Buffett and his team to invest on your behalf. With Markel, you are doing the same thing, but instead, you are giving the cash to Tom Gayner and his team. This is where an important difference comes up. You've probably heard of Warren Buffett and might even know a little bit about Buffett's investment approach. But you've likely never heard of Tom Gayner.
Markel Group, despite a $24 billion market capitalization, largely flies under Wall Street's radar screen. By comparison, Berkshire Hathaway has a $1 trillion market cap, and investors hang on every word that comes out of Buffett's mouth. Given the long-term success of Berkshire's stock, that's understandable. But Markel's stock actually has an even better long-term track record!
Data by YCharts.
Things are changing for both companies
That long-term graph makes Markel appear like the real winner, but over the past 10 years, it hasn't done nearly as well as Berkshire Hathaway. And Markel has been shaking things up a little bit as a business, trying to fine-tune its model. That's not a bad thing, noting that it continues to use the same basic approach. This is a refinement, not a change of plans. Notably, however, over the past year, Markel has strongly outperformed Berkshire.
Today's Change
(
0.76
%) $
15.11
Current Price
$
1996.92
The reason for the recent performance disparity is most likely the planned retirement of Buffett as CEO at the end of 2025. He is handing the CEO spot off to key lieutenant Greg Abel. That has some investors worried that the company will be operated differently in the future than it has been in the past.
Since Abel is not Buffett, Berkshire Hathaway will be different in the future. But Buffett is going to stay around as the chairman of the board of directors. He's still Abel's boss. And Buffett has trained Abel for decades, so he's steeped in Buffett's ways. It is unlikely Abel is going to throw away a process that works.
Today's Change
(
0.38
%) $
1.85
Current Price
$
489.51
Meanwhile, there's a risk in switching from the larger Berkshire Hathaway to jump aboard Markel. Simply put, Markel lacks the portfolio diversification that Berkshire has and thus, it is likely to expose investors to more risk. Of course, you have to juxtapose that with the opportunity the smaller company has to grow. Berkshire is so large that it is much harder to move the top and bottom lines.
Which is better for you?
First off, if you are looking to get out of Berkshire Hathaway because Buffett is retiring, you might want to hold off. Things aren't likely to change as much as you may fear. Greg Abel probably deserves the chance to prove his ability before you jump ship.
That said, if you are concerned by the massive scale of the Berkshire business, you might want to consider stepping into Markel. Just go in with the understanding that the smaller company may be able to grow faster, but the ride could be a lot bumpier.
2025-11-06 10:265mo ago
2025-11-06 04:595mo ago
Marvell Technology stock is jumping. An M&A report is the trigger.
HomeMarketsPublished: Nov. 6, 2025 at 4:59 a.m. ET
Marvell Technology shares surged in premarket trade. Photo: Getty ImagesShares of Marvell Technology rallied in premarket trade on Thursday after a report that SoftBank considered buying the U.S. chipmaker in what would have been a record deal.
Bloomberg reported that SoftBank made an “overture” to Marvell several months ago but that the two sides couldn’t agree on terms. While the two sides aren’t currently in active talks, the report said it’s possible the interest could be revived as SoftBank’s founder Masayoshi Son regularly looks at deals.
About the Author
Steven Goldstein is based in London and responsible for MarketWatch's coverage of financial markets in Europe, with a particular focus on global macro and commodities. Previously, he was Washington bureau chief, directing MarketWatch's economic, political and regulatory coverage. Follow Steve on Twitter: @MKTWgoldstein.
November 2025 marks a pivotal milestone in Cango's history: the one-year anniversary of our strategic transformation.
Our long-term goal has always been to build energy-secured high-performance computing (HPC) services. What began as an exploration of new energy opportunities early last year led us to a practical on‑ramp: Bitcoin mining as a first step to secure energy access, develop operational expertise, and create site optionality that can later support our energy and HPC goals.
While we began as an automotive transaction service platform in China, we embarked one year ago on a bold strategic transformation into the Bitcoin mining industry, not as an endpoint but as the foundation of our expansion into energy and HPC. This sequencing—Bitcoin mining, energy access, operational depth, then HPC—has guided every decision we made.
One year on, we have built a 50 EH/s global platform and begun acquiring selective energy infrastructure, positioning us for the next phase to transition from hosted hashpower to energy and HPC over time.
Today, in this letter, we are proud to showcase the remarkable progress we have made on our journey so far and how we will bridge Bitcoin mining into energy and HPC going forward.
Story of the Past Year: A Rapid and Creative Entry into Bitcoin Mining
Through a series of decisive actions over the past year, we executed an asset‑light entry that balanced speed with discipline. We acquired on‑rack machines to accelerate time‑to‑hash, deployed a treasury approach that preserved Bitcoin while funding operations, onboarded a new management team, and divested our legacy business.
Our entry into the Bitcoin mining sector was both swift and strategic. We began our transformation in November 2024 by acquiring on-rack second-hand mining machines with an aggregate hashrate of 32 EH/s. This was then followed by a subsequent acquisition of 18 EH/s in June 2025, allowing us to scale to 50 EH/s within eight months.
Then, we divested all our China-based assets by May 2025, in a decisive move which freed us to concentrate all our financial and operational capabilities on our Bitcoin mining business.
We also strengthened our company with a new Board of Directors and senior management team with deep expertise in digital-asset infrastructure, finance, and energy investments, giving us the right mix of skills to execute our next phase of growth. The financial impact of our transformation didn't take long to manifest. For the second quarter of 2025, our first full quarter following our strategic transformation, we reported:
Revenue totaling US$139.8 million, demonstrating the strong underlying performance of our core Bitcoin mining business.
Adjusted EBITDA of US$99.1 million, excluding a non-cash impairment item and the one-off loss from discontinued operations, underscoring the robust progress of our business transformation and the tangible positive impact on our operations.
US$117.8 million in cash and cash equivalents, supported by our asset-light model which concentrates opex in hosting and power costs while preserving capital for future capex on strategic initiatives.
In only eight months, we established a new, highly competitive core business, and a scaled global footprint across the U.S., Oman, Ethiopia, and Paraguay. And this was just the beginning.
New Momentum: Recent Expansion Milestones
With our strong second quarter results and Bitcoin mining foundation already in place, it was time to take the next steps to realize our global vision.
Our strategy for the second half of 2025 is simple: strengthen operational excellence in Bitcoin mining while leveraging that foundation to expand globally into energy and HPC. To date, we've taken several steps to advance this goal:
Acquiring a fully operational 50 MW mining facility in the U.S. state of Georgia for a total cash consideration of US$19.5 million in August 2025. This acquisition was a critical first step towards strengthening our operational expertise, shifting capacity to better power terms, and building a proprietary portfolio of energy infrastructure essential for our future HPC ambitions.
Increasing our average hashrate efficiency to over 90% while growing our Bitcoin holdings to a total of just over 6,400 BTC as of October 31, 2025, as part of our disciplined HODL strategy that creatively preserves Bitcoin for optionality and cash for future strategic initiatives.
Terminating our ADR program and transitioning to a direct listing on the NYSE, approved by our Board of Directors in October and expected to go live when market opens on Monday, November 17, 2025. This transition was designed to optimize our capital structure, enhance corporate transparency, and align Cango with the global institutional investors required to support the next phase of growth.
By strengthening our core business and optimizing our financial structure for the long term, we have built an even more powerful platform for sustainable growth.
The Next Phase: Executing Our Energy and HPC Vision
The global Bitcoin mining platform, operational expertise, and global footprint we have established serve as the launchpad for a dual-track expansion into energy infrastructure and HPC. Our forward strategy will focus on:
Executing a phased expansion governed by strict financial discipline, scaling new initiatives from small pilots to full operations that are tied to clear technical and IRR gates to build credibility step by step across both verticals.
Pursue a targeted entry into the AI HPC market, leveraging the company's global footprint of mining sites and its capabilities in computational infrastructure operations, together with energy project resources.
Continue to acquire and develop dual-purpose energy infrastructure, ensuring assets serve immediate Bitcoin mining needs while being architected to support future, higher-value HPC deployments.
Maintain a relentless focus on optimizing our core Bitcoin mining business over expansion by improving uptime, lowering joules per terahash, refreshing roughly 6 EH/s, and shifting capacity toward better power and terms to strengthen unit economics.
We are standing at the threshold of a new technological frontier, where the convergence of energy and HPC will power the next era of compute. With the resilient foundation we have built, a world-class team, and a clear, disciplined strategy, we are confident in our ability to not only navigate this future but to help shape it, creating lasting value for our shareholders and partners.
Thank you for your continued trust. We are excited to have you with us.
Paul Yu
Chief Executive Officer, Cango Inc.
View original content: https://ir-image.cangoonline.com/ir-documents/Cango%20Shareholder%20Letter%20202511.pdf
About Cango Inc.
Cango Inc. (NYSE: CANG) is primarily engaged in the Bitcoin mining business, with operations strategically deployed across North America, the Middle East, South America, and East Africa. The Company entered the crypto asset space in November 2024, driven by advancements in blockchain technology, the growing adoption of digital assets, and its commitment to diversifying its business portfolio. In parallel, Cango continues to operate an online international used car export business through AutoCango.com, making it easier for global customers to access high-quality vehicle inventory from China.
For more information, please visit: www.cangoonline.com.
Safe Harbor Statement
This announcement contains forward-looking statements. These statements are made under the "safe harbor" provisions of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements can be identified by terminology such as "will," "expects," "anticipates," "future," "intends," "plans," "believes," "estimates" and similar statements. Cango may also make written or oral forward-looking statements in its periodic reports to the SEC, in its annual report to shareholders, in press releases and other written materials and in oral statements made by its officers, directors or employees to third parties. Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about Cango's beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties. A number of factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement, including but not limited to the following: the completion, amendment or reversal of any transactions entered into, proposed or considered by Cango; Cango's goal and strategies; Cango's expansion plans; Cango's future business development, financial condition and results of operations; Cango's expectations regarding demand for, and market acceptance of, its solutions and services; Cango's expectations regarding keeping and strengthening its relationships with dealers, financial institutions, car buyers and other platform participants; general economic and business conditions; and assumptions underlying or related to any of the foregoing. Further information regarding these and other risks is included in Cango's filings with the SEC. All information provided in this press release and in the attachments is as of the date of this press release, and Cango does not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement, except as required under applicable law.
Investor Relations Contact
Juliet YE, Head of Communications
Cango Inc. Email: [email protected]
, /PRNewswire/ -- Cango Inc. (NYSE: CANG) today released a letter to shareholders at the one-year milestone of its bold transformation to a robust Bitcoin mining operation. CEO Paul Yu reflected on this milestone, emphasizing Cango's vision to deliver energy-secured HPC services. The journey began in November 2024 with Bitcoin mining as a practical entry point to secure energy access, build operational expertise, and create flexible sites for long-term goals.
In just eight months, Cango scaled to a 50 EH/s global platform by acquiring 32 EH/s of on-rack mining machines in November 2024, followed by 18 EH/s in June 2025. The company divested its China-based assets by May 2025, redirecting resources to its mining operations. A new Board and management team with expertise in digital assets, finance, and energy was onboarded to guide this ambitious transition.
The financial impact was swift. In Q2 2025, Cango reported US$139.8 million in revenue, US$99.1 million in adjusted EBITDA , and US$117.8 million in cash equivalents, driven by an asset-light model focused on operational efficiency. Cango established a new, highly competitive core business, and a scaled global footprint across the U.S., Oman, Ethiopia, and Paraguay.
This year's momentum continued with key milestones. In August 2025, Cango acquired a 50 MW facility in Georgia for US$19.5 million, strengthening operational control and securing better power terms. Hashrate efficiency surpassed 90%, and Bitcoin holdings grew to over 6,400 BTC by October 31, 2025, through a disciplined HODL strategy. To enhance capital structure, Cango will transition to a direct NYSE listing on November 17, 2025.
Looking ahead, Paul shared that Cango's Bitcoin mining foundation will fuel a dual-track expansion into energy and HPC. The company plans disciplined, phased pilots, a targeted entry into the AI HPC market, and dual-purpose energy infrastructure development, while optimizing mining operations through improved uptime, lower energy costs, and refreshing 6 EH/s of capacity.
"We are standing at the threshold of a new technological frontier, where the convergence of energy and HPC will power the next era of compute. " Paul said. "With the resilient foundation we have built, a world-class team, and a clear, disciplined strategy, we are confident in our ability to not only navigate this future but to help shape it, creating lasting value for our shareholders and partners."
View original content: https://ir-image.cangoonline.com/ir-documents/Cango%20Shareholder%20Letter%20202511.pdf
Investor Relations Contact
Juliet YE, Head of Communications
Cango Inc.
Email: [email protected]
SOURCE Cango Inc.
2025-11-06 10:265mo ago
2025-11-06 05:005mo ago
Canadian Natural Resources Limited Announces Quarterly Dividend
November 06, 2025 5:00 AM EST | Source: Canadian Natural Resources Limited
Calgary, Alberta--(Newsfile Corp. - November 6, 2025) - Canadian Natural Resources Limited (TSX: CNQ) (NYSE: CNQ) announces that its Board of Directors has declared a quarterly cash dividend on its common shares of C$0.5875 (fifty-eight and three quarter cents). The dividend will be payable on January 6, 2026 to shareholders of record at the close of business on December 12, 2025.
Canadian Natural's growing and sustainable dividend demonstrates the confidence that the Board of Directors has in the sustainability of our business model, our strong balance sheet and the strength of our diverse, long life low decline reserves and asset base. The Company's leading track record of growing and sustainable dividend continues, with 2025 being the 25th consecutive year of dividend increases with a compound annual growth rate ("CAGR") of 21% over that time.
Canadian Natural is a senior crude oil and natural gas production company, with continuing operations in its core areas located in Western Canada, the U.K. portion of the North Sea and Offshore Africa.
CANADIAN NATURAL RESOURCES LIMITED
T (403) 517-6700 F (403) 517-7350 E [email protected]
2100, 855 - 2 Street S.W. Calgary, Alberta, T2P 4J8
www.cnrl.com
_________________________________________________________
SCOTT G. STAUTH
President
VICTOR C. DAREL
Chief Financial Officer
LANCE J. CASSON
Manager, Investor Relations
Trading Symbol - CNQ
Toronto Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange
Certain information regarding the Company contained herein may constitute forward-looking statements under applicable securities laws. Such statements are subject to known or unknown risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. The Company does not undertake to update forward-looking statements except as required by applicable securities laws. Refer to our website for detailed forward-looking statements and notes regarding Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures at www.cnrl.com.
To view the source version of this press release, please visit https://www.newsfilecorp.com/release/273344
2025-11-06 10:265mo ago
2025-11-06 05:005mo ago
Silicon Metals Corp. Completes Initial Assessment Surveys at Longworth and Silica Ridge Projects in BC
November 06, 2025 5:00 AM EST | Source: Silicon Metals Corp.
Vancouver, British Columbia--(Newsfile Corp. - November 6, 2025) - SILICON METALS CORP. (CSE: SI) (FSE: X6U) ("Silicon Metals" or the "Company") is pleased to announce that it has completed an initial assessment survey of both its 100% owned Longworth and Silica Ridge silica Projects in British Columbia.
At the Silica Ridge Property, a total of 27 rock samples were collected along a prominent quartzite ridge that has seen historical work reporting high-grade SiO₂ values. At Longworth, crews collected 13 samples from exposed quartzite ridges, where previous exploration has also indicated high silica content.
The collected rock samples will be reviewed by the Company and subsequently submitted to an ISO 9001-certified laboratory for whole-rock analysis to determine SiO₂ purity and assess the potential for high-purity silica development across both properties. The goal for this program and lab analysis is to lay the groundwork for our 2026 exploration programs.
The assessment program marks the first step in advancing both projects toward delineating potential high-purity silica targets suitable for industrial and emerging technological applications.
Morgan Good, Silicon's Chief Executive Officer and Director, commented: "This recent completed work at both our 100% owned silica focused Longworth and Silica Ridge projects was great to wrap up as we head into November as the results will undoubtedly add more colour and details for our team as we continue aspiring to further understand the potential of the assets, meanwhile, the focus of the Company's current work is directed to its production permitted Sudbury Ontario based Maple-Birch project where we can also expect to continue updating our audience over coming weeks with more news."
Technical Information
Raymond Wladichuk, P.Geo., Director and Chief Operating Officer of Silicon Metals Corp., a qualified person as per National Instrument 43-101 - Standards of Disclosure for Mineral Projects, has reviewed and approved the scientific and technical information contained in this new release. Mr. Wladichuk is a professional geoscientist registered in British Columbia and Ontario.
About Silicon Metals Corp.
Silicon Metals Corp. is currently focused on exploration and development in Canada, namely British Columbia and Ontario. The Company's Maple Birch Project, located approximately 30km south-east of Sudbury, Ontario, is a high purity quartz pegmatite project with a 3,000 tonne per year production permit. The Company too holds an undivided 100% right, title, and interest in the exploration stage and now fully 5-year drill permitted Ptarmigan Silica Project, located approximately 130km from Prince George, British Columbia. The Company has also acquired an undivided 100% right, title, and interest in both the exploration stage Silica Ridge Silica Project located approximately 70kms southeast from the town of MacKenzie, British Columbia, as well as the exploration stage Longworth Silica Project located approximately 85km East from Prince George, British Columbia.
ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
SILICON METALS CORP.
"Morgan Good"
Chief Executive Officer and Director
Neither the CSE nor its Regulation Services Provider (as that term is defined in the policies of the CSE accepts responsibility for the adequacy or accuracy of this release).
This news release includes certain statements and information that may constitute forward-looking information within the meaning of applicable Canadian securities laws. Forward-looking statements relate to future events or future performance and reflect the expectations or beliefs of management of the Company regarding future events. Generally, forward-looking statements and information can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as "intends" or "anticipates", or variations of such words and phrases or statements that certain actions, events or results "may", "could", "should", "would" or "occur". This information and these statements, referred to herein as "forward‐looking statements" are made as of the date of this news release only, and the Company does not assume any obligation to update or revise them to reflect new information, estimates or opinions, future events or results or otherwise, except as required by applicable law. The forward-looking statements include without limitation, plans for the explorations and development of the Company's mineral properties; and the lab testing of the samples.
Accordingly, readers should not place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements and information contained in this news release. Readers are cautioned that the foregoing list of factors is not exhaustive.
In making the forward-looking statements in this news release, the Company has applied certain material assumptions, including without limitation, that the Company will be able to execute its plans for the exploration and development of the Company's mineral properties; that exploration and assessment of the Company's mineral properties will advance the Company's goal of developing these properties; that the Company will be able to complete the lab testing of the samples; and that the Company will have all the necessary resources, including personnel and capital to carry out its business plans.
These forward‐looking statements involve numerous risks and uncertainties, and actual results might differ materially from results suggested in any forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, among other things; the Company may be unable to develop the Company's mineral properties as anticipated; the Company may be unable to carry out its business plans as disclosed; the lab testing of the samples may not produce satisfactory results; changes in applicable legislation impacting the Company's exploration plans; unanticipated cost; loss of key personnel; and failure to raise the capital required to carry out the Company's business plans.
Although management of the Company has attempted to identify important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in forward-looking statements or forward-looking information, there may be other factors that cause results not to be as anticipated, estimated or intended. There can be no assurance that such statements will prove to be accurate, as actual results and future events could differ materially from those anticipated in such statements. Accordingly, readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements and forward-looking information. Readers are cautioned that reliance on such information may not be appropriate for other purposes. The Company does not undertake to update any forward-looking statement, forward-looking information or financial outlook that are incorporated by reference herein, except in accordance with applicable securities laws. We seek safe harbor.
NOT FOR DISSEMINATION IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS
To view the source version of this press release, please visit https://www.newsfilecorp.com/release/273377
2025-11-06 10:265mo ago
2025-11-06 05:005mo ago
Canadian Natural Resources Limited Announces 2025 Third Quarter Results
November 06, 2025 5:00 AM EST | Source: Canadian Natural Resources Limited
Calgary, Alberta--(Newsfile Corp. - November 6, 2025) - Canadian Natural's (TSX: CNQ) (NYSE: CNQ) President, Scott Stauth, commented on the Company's third quarter results, "Operations were strong in Q3/25 as we achieved record quarterly production volumes totaling approximately 1,620 MBOE/d, including records for both liquids and natural gas at 1,176 Mbbl/d and 2,668 MMcf/d respectively. We increased total corporate production by 19% or approximately 257,000 BOE/d from Q3/24 levels, reflecting both accretive acquisitions and organic growth achieved across our asset base over the last 12 months.
Our world class Oil Sands Mining and Upgrading assets continue to achieve strong operational performance as Q3/25 production averaged approximately 581,000 bbl/d of SCO, with strong utilization of 104% and industry leading operating costs of approximately $21 per barrel.
Subsequent to quarter end, we closed the AOSP swap with Shell Canada Limited and affiliates ("Shell") on November 1, 2025, with an effective date of March 1, 2025. Canadian Natural now owns and operates 100% of the Albian oil sands mines and associated reserves and retains a non-operated 80% interest in the Scotford Upgrader and Quest facilities. This generates additional cash flow and adds approximately 31,000 bbl/d of annual, zero decline bitumen production to our portfolio, driving long-term value creation for our shareholders. This swap also enhances our ability to integrate equipment and services across our mining operations, unlocking additional value through continuous improvement initiatives.
Additionally, we increased our annual 2025 corporate production guidance range to 1,560 MBOE/d to 1,580 MBOE/d, while our 2025 operating capital forecast remains unchanged at approximately $5.9 billion while executing additional activity on our increased asset base size."
Canadian Natural's Chief Financial Officer, Victor Darel, added, "Our business model is robust and sustainable, underpinned by a strong balance sheet that provides flexibility through significant liquidity, totaling approximately $4.3 billion as at September 30, 2025. We closed accretive and opportunistic acquisitions in the quarter and remained at similar net debt levels when compared to Q2/25. These are excellent results, highlighting the free cash flow generating capability of our top tier asset base.
In Q3/25, we generated adjusted net earnings of $1.8 billion or $0.86 per share, and adjusted funds flow of $3.9 billion or $1.88 per share. We returned approximately $1.5 billion to our shareholders in the quarter, including $1.2 billion in dividends and $0.3 billion in share repurchases as we continue to execute on our free cash flow allocation policy."
THIRD QUARTER HIGHLIGHTS
Generated net earnings of approximately $0.6 billion and adjusted net earnings from operations of approximately $1.8 billion.
Generated adjusted funds flow of approximately $3.9 billion.
Returns to shareholders totaled approximately $1.5 billion, comprised of $1.2 billion in dividends and $0.3 billion in share repurchases.
Year to date, up to and including November 5, 2025, the Company has returned a total of approximately $6.2 billion directly to shareholders through $4.9 billion in dividends and $1.3 billion in share repurchases.
25 consecutive years of dividend growth with a CAGR of 21% over that time.
Subsequent to quarter end, declared a quarterly cash dividend on its common shares of $0.5875 per common share.
Record quarterly corporate production of 1,620,261 BOE/d.
Significant total BOE production growth of approximately 257,000 BOE/d or 19% from Q3/24 levels reflects accretive acquisitions and organic growth achieved over the last 12 months.
Record quarterly liquids production of 1,175,604 bbl/d was achieved, an increase of approximately 154,000 bbl/d or 15% from Q3/24 levels.
Oil Sands Mining and Upgrading production was strong, averaging 581,136 bbl/d of SCO with upgrader utilization of 104% and industry leading operating costs of $21.29/bbl (US$15.46/bbl) in Q3/25.
Canadian Natural continues to maintain a strong balance sheet and financial flexibility, with approximately $4.3 billion in liquidity(1) as at September 30, 2025. During Q3/25, the Company:
Repaid US$600 million of US dollar debt securities due in July 2025.
Received a new long-term investment grade credit rating of BBB+ from Fitch Ratings.
Subsequent to quarter end, on November 1, 2025, Canadian Natural closed the AOSP swap with Shell. Canadian Natural now owns and operates 100% of the Albian oil sands mines and associated reserves and retains a non-operated 80% interest in the Scotford Upgrader and Quest facilities.
The transaction adds approximately 31,000 bbl/d of annual, zero decline bitumen production, providing additional cash flow and enabling more effective and efficient operations between the Horizon and Albian mines.
The swap did not include any cash consideration, with the exception of regular closing adjustments to reflect the effective date of March 1, 2025.
Following the close, Canadian Natural updated its 2025 capital and production guidance as follows:
2025 production guidance range of 1,560 MBOE/d to 1,580 MBOE/d.
2025 operating capital forecast remains unchanged at approximately $5.9 billion, following the $100 million reduction previously announced in May 2025.
As a result of strong operational execution and capital discipline, additional activity on a larger asset base, following opportunistic acquisitions in the year, has been executed with no incremental capital required.
(1) Non-GAAP Financial Measure. Refer to the "Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures" section of the Company's MD&A for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 dated November 5, 2025 ("MD&A").
Three Months Ended
Nine Months Ended
($ millions, except per common share amounts)
Sep 30
2025
Jun 30
2025
Sep 30
2024
Sep 30
2025
Sep 30
2024 Net earnings $600
$2,459
$2,266
$5,517
$4,968
Per common share- basic $0.29
$1.17
$1.07
$2.64
$2.33
- diluted $0.29
$1.17
$1.06
$2.63
$2.31
Adjusted net earnings from operations (1) $1,801
$1,496
$2,071
$5,733
$5,437
Per common share- basic (2) $0.86
$0.71
$0.98
$2.74
$2.55
- diluted (2) $1.87
$1.55
$1.84
$5.57
$4.97
Cash flows used in investing activities $2,234
$1,941
$1,274
$5,487
$3,681
Net capital expenditures (3) $2,124
$1,915
$1,349
$5,342
$4,083
Net capital expenditures (3), excluding net acquisition costs $1,318
$1,691
$1,261
$4,312
$3,996
Abandonment expenditures $189
$193
$204
$570
$495
Daily production, before royalties
Natural gas (MMcf/d)
2,668
2,407
2,049
2,510
2,102
Crude oil and NGLs (bbl/d)
1,175,604
1,019,149
1,021,572
1,122,859
977,265
Equivalent production (BOE/d) (4)
1,620,261
1,420,358
1,363,086
1,541,127
1,327,593
(1) Non-GAAP Financial Measure. Refer to the "Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures" section of the Company's MD&A.
(2) Non-GAAP Ratio. Refer to the "Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures" section of the Company's MD&A.
(3) Non-GAAP Financial Measure. The composition of this measure was updated in the fourth quarter of 2024. Refer to the "Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures" section of the Company's MD&A.
(4) A barrel of oil equivalent ("BOE") is derived by converting six thousand cubic feet ("Mcf") of natural gas to one barrel ("bbl") of crude oil (6 Mcf:1 bbl). This conversion may be misleading, particularly if used in isolation, or to compare the value ratio using current crude oil and natural gas prices since the 6 Mcf:1 bbl ratio is based on an energy equivalency conversion method primarily applicable at the burner tip and does not represent a value equivalency at the wellhead.Net earnings of $0.6 billion in Q3/25 reflected a non-cash recoverability charge of approximately $0.7 billion related to an increase in the estimate for future abandonment costs for the Ninian field and T-Block assets in the North Sea. Adjusted net earnings from operations, excluding the impact of the recoverability charge and unrealized foreign exchange and risk management activities, was strong at $1.8 billion in the quarter.RETURNS TO SHAREHOLDERS
Canadian Natural has a strong history of 25 consecutive years of growing its sustainable dividend with a CAGR of 21% over that time, demonstrating the sustainability of our business model, our strong balance sheet and the strength of our diverse, long life low decline reserves and asset base.
Returns to shareholders in Q3/25 were strong, totaling approximately $1.5 billion, comprised of $1.2 billion of dividends and $0.3 billion through the repurchase and cancellation of approximately 7.2 million common shares at a weighted average price of $43.12 per share.
Year to date, up to and including November 5, 2025, the Company has returned a total of approximately $6.2 billion directly to shareholders through $4.9 billion in dividends and $1.3 billion through the repurchase and cancellation of approximately 29.6 million common shares at a weighted average price of $42.92 per share.
Subsequent to quarter end, Canadian Natural declared a quarterly cash dividend on its common shares of $0.5875 per common share. The quarterly dividend will be payable on January 6, 2026 to shareholders of record at the close of business on December 12, 2025.
CORPORATE UPDATE
Canadian Natural is pleased to announce the appointment of Ms. Shelley A.M. Brown, CM, FCPA, FCA, ICD.D, O.C., to the Board of Directors of the Company and to the Audit Committee effective November 4, 2025. Ms. Brown is a Chartered Accountant who retired as a Senior Audit Partner with Deloitte after more than 35 years in public accounting. Ms. Brown has extensive experience working with public companies in the mining and manufacturing sectors and has over 30 years of experience working with both non-profit and public company boards including in the role of audit committee chair. Ms. Brown holds a Bachelor of Commerce from the University of Saskatchewan and is a Fellow of the Institutes of Chartered Accountants of Alberta, Saskatchewan, British Columbia and Ontario.
OPERATIONS REVIEW
North America Oil Sands Mining and Upgrading
Three Months Ended
Nine Months Ended
Sep 30
2025
Jun 30
2025
Sep 30
2024
Sep 30
2025
Sep 30
2024
Synthetic crude oil production (bbl/d) (1)(2)
581,136
463,808
497,656
546,635
451,298
(1) SCO production before royalties and excludes production volumes consumed internally as diesel.
(2) Consists of heavy and light synthetic crude oil products.Oil Sands Mining and Upgrading production averaged 581,136 bbl/d of SCO in Q3/25, an increase of 17% from Q3/24 levels, reflecting the additional working interest in AOSP acquired in December 2024 combined with effective and efficient operations.
Oil Sands Mining and Upgrading achieved strong upgrader utilization in Q3/25 of 104%.
Oil Sands Mining and Upgrading operating costs are industry leading, averaging $21.29/bbl (US$15.46/bbl) of SCO in Q3/25.
Subsequent to quarter end, Canadian Natural closed the AOSP swap with Shell on November 1, 2025, with an effective date of March 1, 2025. Canadian Natural now owns and operates 100% of the Albian oil sands mines and associated reserves and retains a non-operated 80% interest in the Scotford Upgrader and Quest Carbon Capture and Storage facilities.
The transaction adds approximately 31,000 bbl/d of annual, zero decline bitumen production, providing additional cash flow and enabling more effective and efficient operations between the Horizon and Albian mines.
At Horizon, the Company is progressing its Naphtha Recovery Unit Tailings Treatment ("NRUTT") project which targets incremental production of approximately 6,300 bbl/d of SCO, following mechanical completion in Q3/27.
North America Exploration and Production
Thermal In Situ Oil Sands
Three Months Ended
Nine Months Ended
Sep 30
2025
Jun 30
2025
Sep 30
2024
Sep 30
2025
Sep 30
2024
Bitumen production (bbl/d)
274,752
274,789
271,551
278,046
269,258
Net bitumen wells drilled
11
24
25
53
78
Net successful bitumen wells drilled
11
24
25
53
78
Success rate
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
Thermal in situ production averaged 274,752 bbl/d in Q3/25, comparable to Q3/24 levels.
Thermal in situ operating costs remain strong, averaging $10.35/bbl (US$7.52/bbl) in Q3/25, a decrease of 2% from Q3/24 levels of $10.52/bbl.
Canadian Natural has significant thermal in situ facility processing capacity of 340,000 bbl/d, resulting in approximately 70,000 bbl/d of annual available capacity. The Company has decades of strong capital efficient drill to fill growth opportunities on its long life low decline thermal in situ assets, which we continue to develop in a disciplined manner to deliver safe and reliable thermal in situ production.
At Primrose, the Company began drilling a Cyclic Steam Stimulation ("CSS") pad in Q3/25 with production targeted to come on in the second half of 2026.
At Jackfish, the Company brought a Steam Assisted Gravity Drainage ("SAGD") pad on production in July 2025 as planned.
At Kirby, the Company brought a five well-pair SAGD pad on production in late October 2025 as planned.
At Pike, the Company tied the two recently drilled SAGD pads into the Jackfish facilities. These two SAGD pads are targeted to keep the Jackfish facilities at full capacity with the first pad targeted to come on production in January 2026 and the second pad targeted to come on production in Q2/26.
Canadian Natural has been piloting solvent enhanced oil recovery technology on certain thermal in situ assets with an objective to increase bitumen production while reducing the Steam to Oil Ratio ("SOR") and optimizing solvent recovery. This technology has the potential for application throughout the Company's extensive thermal in situ asset base.
At the commercial scale solvent SAGD pad at Kirby North, current SOR reductions and solvent recoveries are meeting expectations following recent workovers and optimizations.
At Primrose, the Company is continuing to operate its solvent enhanced oil recovery pilot in the steam flood area to optimize solvent efficiency and to further evaluate this commercial development opportunity.
Crude oil and NGLs - excluding Thermal In Situ Oil Sands
Three Months Ended
Nine Months Ended
Sep 30
2025
Jun 30
2025
Sep 30
2024
Sep 30
2025
Sep 30
2024
Crude oil and NGLs production (bbl/d)
309,873
271,022
228,221
285,931
234,537
Net crude oil wells drilled
78
57
59
192
130
Net successful crude oil wells drilled
78
57
58
191
129
Success rate
100 %
100 %
98 %
99 %
99 %
North America E&P liquids production, excluding thermal in situ, averaged 309,873 bbl/d in Q3/25, an increase of 36% or approximately 82,000 bbl/d from Q3/24 levels, reflecting opportunistic acquisitions and strong organic growth from heavy crude oil multilaterals, liquids-rich natural gas and light crude oil, partially offset by natural field declines.
Primary heavy crude oil production averaged 87,705 bbl/d in Q3/25, an increase of 14% from Q3/24 levels, reflecting strong drilling results from the Company's multilateral wells, partially offset by natural field declines.
Canadian Natural's highly successful multilateral drilling program continues to unlock opportunity on our approximately 3 million net acres of high quality land throughout our primary heavy crude oil assets.
Operating costs in the Company's primary heavy crude oil operations averaged $16.46/bbl (US$11.95/bbl) in Q3/25, a decrease of 12% from Q3/24 levels, primarily as a result of higher production volumes and the increasing proportion of lower operating cost multilateral production.
Pelican Lake production averaged 42,070 bbl/d in Q3/25 a decrease of 7% from Q3/24 levels, reflecting planned maintenance in Q3/25 and the low natural field declines from this long life low decline asset.
Operating costs at Pelican Lake averaged $9.00/bbl (US$6.54/bbl) in Q3/25, an increase of 3% Q3/24 levels.
North America light crude oil and NGLs production averaged 180,098 bbl/d in Q3/25, an increase of 69% or approximately 74,000 bbl/d from Q3/24 levels, primarily reflecting production volumes from the acquisition of liquids-rich Duvernay assets in Q4/24, light crude oil Palliser Block assets in Q2/25 and the liquids-rich Montney assets in the Grande Prairie area in Q3/25.
Operating costs in the Company's North America light crude oil and NGLs operations averaged $12.91/bbl (US$9.38/bbl) in Q3/25, a decrease of 6% from Q3/24 levels of $13.73/bbl, primarily reflecting higher production volumes.
As previously announced, on July 2, 2025, Canadian Natural closed an acquisition of liquids-rich Montney assets located in the Grande Prairie area for approximately $750 million, which included production of approximately 32,000 BOE/d, including 12,500 bbl/d of NGLs.
North America Natural Gas
Three Months Ended
Nine Months Ended
Sep 30
2025
Jun 30
2025
Sep 30
2024
Sep 30
2025
Sep 30
2024
Natural gas production (MMcf/d)
2,658
2,398
2,039
2,498
2,091
Net natural gas wells drilled
17
22
24
58
65
Net successful natural gas wells drilled
17
22
24
58
64
Success rate
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
98 %
North America natural gas production averaged 2,658 MMcf/d in Q3/25, an increase of 30% from Q3/24 levels, primarily reflecting opportunistic acquisitions and strong drilling results in the Company's liquids-rich natural gas assets, partially offset by natural field declines.
North America natural gas operating costs averaged $1.14/Mcf in Q3/25, a decrease of 7% from Q3/24 levels of $1.23/Mcf, primarily reflecting higher production volumes and cost efficiencies.
International Exploration and Production
Three Months Ended
Nine Months Ended
Sep 30
2025
Jun 30
2025
Sep 30
2024
Sep 30
2025
Sep 30
2024
Crude oil production (bbl/d)
9,843
9,530
24,144
12,247
24,293
Natural gas production (MMcf/d)
10
9
10
12
11
International E&P crude oil production volumes averaged 9,843 bbl/d in Q3/25, a decrease of 59% compared to Q3/24 levels. The decrease reflects temporary suspension of production at Baobab in Offshore Africa due to the planned refurbishment on its floating production storage and offloading ("FPSO") vessel, both planned and unplanned maintenance and planned decommissioning activities in the North Sea and natural field declines.
The annual production impact in 2025 from the planned Baobab FPSO refurbishment is targeted to be approximately 7,800 bbl/d, with production targeted to resume in Q2/26.
Drilling Activity
Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2025
September 30, 2024
(number of wells)
Gross
Net
Gross
Net
Crude oil (1)
252
244
212
207
Natural gas
73
58
77
64
Dry
1
1
2
2
Subtotal
326
303
291
273
Stratigraphic test / service wells
516
493
460
394
Total
842
796
751
667
Success rate (excluding stratigraphic test / service wells)
99 %
99 %
(1) Includes bitumen wells.Canadian Natural drilled a total of 303 net crude oil and natural gas wells in the first nine months of 2025, 30 more than in the first nine months of 2024.MARKETING
Three Months Ended
Nine Months Ended
Sep 30
2025
Jun 30
2025
Sep 30
2024
Sep 30
2025
Sep 30
2024
Benchmark Commodity Prices
WTI benchmark price (US$/bbl) (1) $64.95
$63.71
$75.16
$66.67
$77.55
WCS heavy differential (discount) to WTI (US$/bbl) (1) $(10.36)$(10.19)$(13.51) $(11.07)$(15.46)WCS heavy differential as a percentage of WTI (%) (1)
16 %
Exploration & Production liquids realized price
(C$/bbl) (2)(3)(4)(5) $72.57
$69.58
$79.15
$74.06
$78.67
SCO realized price (C$/bbl) (1)(3)(4)(5) $87.85
$87.22
$100.93
$90.45
$99.19
Natural gas realized price (C$/Mcf) (4) $1.49
$2.58
$1.25
$2.37
$1.80
(1) West Texas Intermediate ("WTI"); Western Canadian Select ("WCS"); Synthetic Crude Oil ("SCO").
(2) Exploration & Production crude oil and NGLs average realized price excludes SCO.
(3) Pricing is net of blending and feedstock costs.
(4) Excludes risk management activities.
(5) Non-GAAP ratio. Refer to the "Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures" section of the Company's MD&A. Canadian Natural has a balanced and diverse product mix of SCO, light crude oil, NGLs, heavy crude oil, bitumen and natural gas, complemented with a balanced and diverse marketing strategy.
Canadian Natural has total contracted crude oil transportation capacity of 256,500 bbl/d, with committed volumes to Canada's west coast and to the United States Gulf Coast, being approximately 22% of 2025 forecasted liquids production. The egress supports Canadian Natural's long-term sales strategy by targeting expanded refining markets, driving stronger netbacks while also reducing exposure to egress constraints.
The North West Redwater refinery primarily utilizes bitumen as feedstock, with production of ultra-low sulphur diesel and other refined products averaging 38,434 bbl/d in Q3/25, reflecting the successful completion of the planned turnaround during the quarter.
Canadian Natural has a diversified natural gas marketing strategy with the Company targeting in 2025 to use the equivalent of approximately 31% of forecasted natural gas production in its Oil Sands Mining and Upgrading and thermal operations, with approximately 38% targeted to be sold at AECO/Station 2 pricing, and approximately 31% targeted to be exported to other North American and international markets capturing higher natural gas prices, maximizing value.
Canadian Natural has entered into a long-term natural gas supply agreement with Cheniere Energy, Inc. ("Cheniere") where the Company has agreed to sell 140,000 MMBtu/d of natural gas to Cheniere for a term of 15 years, with delivery anticipated to begin in 2030, subject to a number of conditions precedent including a positive final investment decision of the Sabine Pass Liquefaction Expansion Project by Cheniere.
Under the terms of the agreement, Canadian Natural will deliver natural gas to Cheniere in Chicago and receive a Japan Korea Marker ("JKM") index price less deductions for transportation and liquefaction.
ADVISORY
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
Certain statements relating to Canadian Natural Resources Limited (the "Company") in this document or documents incorporated herein by reference constitute forward-looking statements or information (collectively referred to herein as "forward-looking statements") within the meaning of applicable securities legislation. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the words "believe", "anticipate", "expect", "plan", "estimate", "target", "focus", "continue", "could", "intend", "may", "potential", "predict", "should", "will", "objective", "project", "forecast", "goal", "guidance", "outlook", "effort", "seeks", "schedule", "proposed", "aspiration", or expressions of a similar nature suggesting future outcome or statements regarding an outlook. Disclosure related to the Company's strategy or strategic focus, capital budget, expected future commodity pricing, forecast or anticipated production volumes, royalties, production expenses, capital expenditures, forecast and anticipated abandonment expenditures, income tax expenses, and other targets provided throughout this Management's Discussion and Analysis ("MD&A") of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company, including the strength of the Company's balance sheet, the sources and adequacy of the Company's liquidity, and the flexibility of the Company's capital structure, constitute forward-looking statements. Disclosure of plans relating to and expected results of existing and future developments, including, without limitation, those in relation to: the Company's assets at Horizon Oil Sands ("Horizon"), the Athabasca Oil Sands Project ("AOSP"), the Primrose thermal oil projects ("Primrose"), the Pelican Lake water and polymer flood projects ("Pelican Lake"), the Kirby thermal oil sands project ("Kirby"), the Jackfish thermal oil sands project ("Jackfish") and the North West Redwater bitumen upgrader and refinery; construction by third parties of new, or expansion of existing, pipeline capacity or other means of transportation of bitumen, crude oil, natural gas, natural gas liquids ("NGLs"), or synthetic crude oil ("SCO") that the Company may be reliant upon to transport its products to market; the maintenance of the Company's facilities and any expected return to service dates; the construction, expansion, or maintenance of third-party facilities that process the Company's products; the abandonment and decommissioning of certain assets and the timing thereof; the development and deployment of technology and technological innovations; the financial capacity of the Company to complete its growth projects and responsibly and sustainably grow in the long-term; and the materiality of the impact of tax interpretations and litigation on the Company's results, also constitute forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based on annual budgets and multi-year forecasts and are reviewed and revised throughout the year as necessary in the context of targeted financial ratios, project returns, product pricing expectations, and balance in project risk and time horizons. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to certain risks. The reader should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements as there can be no assurances that the plans, initiatives, or expectations upon which they are based will occur. In addition, statements relating to "reserves" are deemed to be forward-looking statements as they involve the implied assessment based on certain estimates and assumptions that the reserves described can be profitably produced in the future. There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities of proved and proved plus probable crude oil, natural gas, and NGLs reserves and in projecting future rates of production and the timing of development expenditures. The total amount or timing of actual future production may vary significantly from reserves and production estimates.
The forward-looking statements are based on current expectations, estimates, and projections about the Company and the industry in which the Company operates, which speak only as of the earlier of the date such statements were made or as of the date of the report or document in which they are contained, and are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause the actual results, performance, or achievements of the Company to be materially different from any future results, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such risks and uncertainties include, among others: general economic and business conditions (including as a result of the actions of the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries Plus ("OPEC+"), the impact of conflicts in the Middle East and in Ukraine, increased inflation, and the risk of decreased economic activity resulting from a global recession) which may impact, among other things, demand and supply for and market prices of the Company's products, and the availability and cost of resources required by the Company's operations; volatility of and assumptions regarding crude oil, natural gas and NGLs prices; fluctuations in currency and interest rates; assumptions on which the Company's current targets are based; economic conditions in the countries and regions in which the Company conducts business; changes and uncertainties in the international trade environment, including with respect to tariffs, export restrictions, embargoes, and key trade agreements (including uncertainties around US imposed tariffs, and actual or potential Canadian countermeasures, both of which continue to evolve and may be continued, suspended, increased, decreased, or expanded); uncertainty in the regulatory framework governing greenhouse gas emissions including, among other things, financial and other support from various levels of government for climate related initiatives and potential emissions or production caps; civil unrest and political uncertainty, including changes in government, actions of or against terrorists, insurgent groups, or other conflict including conflict between states; the ability of the Company to prevent and recover from a cyberattack, other cyber-related crime, and other cyber-related incidents; industry capacity; ability of the Company to implement its business strategy, including exploration and development activities; the impact of competition; the Company's defense of lawsuits; availability and cost of seismic, drilling, and other equipment; ability of the Company to complete capital programs; the Company's ability to secure adequate transportation for its products; unexpected disruptions or delays in the mining, extracting, or upgrading of the Company's bitumen products; potential delays or changes in plans with respect to exploration or development projects or capital expenditures; ability of the Company to attract the necessary labour required to build, maintain, and operate its thermal and oil sands mining projects; operating hazards and other difficulties inherent in the exploration for and production and sale of crude oil and natural gas and in the mining, extracting, or upgrading the Company's bitumen products; availability and cost of financing; the Company's success of exploration and development activities and its ability to replace and expand crude oil and natural gas reserves; the Company's ability to meet its targeted production levels; timing and success of integrating the business and operations of acquired companies and assets; production levels; imprecision of reserves estimates and estimates of recoverable quantities of crude oil, natural gas and NGLs not currently classified as proved; changes to future abandonment and decommissioning costs, actions by governmental authorities; government regulations and the expenditures required to comply with them (especially safety, competition, environmental laws and regulations, and the impact of climate change initiatives on capital expenditures and production expenses); interpretations of applicable tax and competition laws and regulations; asset retirement obligations; the sufficiency of the Company's liquidity to support its growth strategy and to sustain its operations in the short-, medium-, and long-term; the strength of the Company's balance sheet; the flexibility of the Company's capital structure; the adequacy of the Company's provision for taxes; the impact of legal proceedings to which the Company is party; and other circumstances affecting revenues and expenses.
The Company's operations have been, and in the future may be, affected by political developments and by national, federal, provincial, state, and local laws and regulations such as restrictions on production, the imposition of tariffs, embargoes, or export restrictions on the Company's products (including uncertainties around US imposed tariffs, and actual or potential Canadian countermeasures, both of which continue to evolve and may be continued, suspended, increased, decreased, or expanded), changes in taxes, royalties and other amounts payable to governments or governmental agencies, price or gathering rate controls and environmental protection regulations. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of the Company's assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in the forward-looking statements. The impact of any one factor on a particular forward-looking statement is not determinable with certainty as such factors are dependent upon other factors, and the Company's course of action would depend upon its assessment of the future considering all information then available.
Readers are cautioned that the foregoing list of factors is not exhaustive. Unpredictable or unknown factors not discussed in this document could also have adverse effects on forward-looking statements. Although the Company believes that the expectations conveyed by the forward-looking statements are reasonable based on information available to it on the date such forward-looking statements are made, no assurances can be given as to future results, levels of activity, and achievements. All subsequent forward-looking statements, whether written or oral, attributable to the Company or persons acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements. Except as required by applicable law, the Company assumes no obligation to update forward-looking statements in this document, whether as a result of new information, future events or other factors, or the foregoing factors affecting this information, should circumstances or the Company's estimates or opinions change.
Special Note Regarding Common Share Split and Comparative Figures
At the Company's Annual and Special Meeting held on May 2, 2024, shareholders passed a Special Resolution approving a two for one common share split effective for shareholders of record as of market close on June 3, 2024. On June 10, 2024, shareholders of record received one additional share for every one common share held, with common shares trading on a split-adjusted basis beginning June 11, 2024. Common share, per common share, dividend, and stock option amounts for periods prior to the two for one common share split have been updated to reflect the common share split.
Special Note Regarding Amendments to the Competition Act (Canada)
On June 20, 2024, amendments to the Competition Act (Canada) came into force with the adoption of Bill C-59, An Act to Implement Certain Provisions of the Fall Economic Statement which impact environmental and climate disclosures by businesses. As a result of these amendments, certain public representations by a business regarding the benefits of the work it is doing to protect or restore the environment or mitigate the environmental and ecological causes or effects of climate change may violate the Competition Act's deceptive marketing practices provisions. These amendments include substantial financial penalties and, effective June 20, 2025, a private right of action which permits private parties to seek an order from the Competition Tribunal under the deceptive marketing practices provisions. Uncertainty surrounding the interpretation and enforcement of this legislation may expose the Company to increased litigation and financial penalties, the outcome and impacts of which can be difficult to assess or quantify and may have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, reputation, financial condition, and results.
Special Note Regarding Currency, Financial Information and Production
This document should be read in conjunction with the Company's MD&A and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements (the "financial statements") for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, and the Company's MD&A and audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024. All dollar amounts are referenced in millions of Canadian dollars, except where noted otherwise. The Company's MD&A and financial statements for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB").
Production volumes and per unit statistics are presented throughout this document on a "before royalties" or "company gross" basis, and realized prices are net of blending and feedstock costs and exclude the effect of risk management activities. In addition, reference is made to crude oil and natural gas in common units called barrel of oil equivalent ("BOE"). A BOE is derived by converting six thousand cubic feet ("Mcf") of natural gas to one barrel ("bbl") of crude oil (6 Mcf: 1 bbl). This conversion may be misleading, particularly if used in isolation, since the 6 Mcf: 1 bbl ratio is based on an energy equivalency conversion method primarily applicable at the burner tip and does not represent a value equivalency at the wellhead. In comparing the value ratio using current crude oil prices relative to natural gas prices, the 6 Mcf: 1 bbl conversion ratio may be misleading as an indication of value. In addition, for the purposes of this document, crude oil is defined to include the following commodities: light and medium crude oil, primary heavy crude oil, Pelican Lake heavy crude oil, bitumen (thermal oil), and SCO. Production on an "after royalties" or "company net" basis is also presented for information purposes only.
Additional information relating to the Company, including its Annual Information Form for the year ended December 31, 2024, is available on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca, and on EDGAR at www.sec.gov. Information in such Annual Information Form and on the Company's website does not form part of and is not incorporated by reference in the Company's MD&A, dated November 5, 2025.
ADVISORY
Special Note Regarding Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures
This document includes references to Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures as defined in National Instrument 52-112 - Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures Disclosure ("NI 52-112"). These financial measures are used by the Company to evaluate its financial performance, financial position, and cash flow and include non-GAAP financial measures, non-GAAP ratios, total of segments measures, capital management measures, and supplementary financial measures. These financial measures are not defined by IFRS and therefore are referred to as non-GAAP and other financial measures. The non-GAAP and other financial measures used by the Company may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies and should not be considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than, the most directly comparable financial measure presented in the financial statements, as applicable, as an indication of the Company's performance. Descriptions of the Company's non-GAAP and other financial measures included in this this document and the Company's MD&A and reconciliations to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, as applicable, are provided below as well as in the "Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures" section of the Company's MD&A for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 dated November 5, 2025.
Free Cash Flow Allocation Policy
Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Company considers free cash flow a key measure in demonstrating the Company's ability to generate cash flow to fund future growth through capital investment, pay returns to shareholders and to repay or maintain net debt levels, pursuant to the free cash flow allocation policy.
The Company's free cash flow is used to determine the targeted amount of shareholder returns after dividends. The amount allocated to shareholders varies depending on the Company's net debt position.
Free cash flow is calculated as adjusted funds flow less dividends on common shares, net capital expenditures and abandonment expenditures. The Company targets to manage the allocation of free cash flow on a forward looking annual basis, while managing working capital and cash management as required.
Up to October 2024, before the announcement of the Chevron acquisition, the Company was targeting to allocate 100% of its free cash flow in 2024 to shareholder returns.
In October 2024, with the announcement of the Chevron acquisition, the Board of Directors adjusted the allocation of free cash flow as follows:
60% of free cash flow to shareholder returns and 40% to the balance sheet until net debt reaches $15 billion.
When net debt is between $12 billion and $15 billion, free cash flow allocation will be 75% to shareholder returns and 25% to the balance sheet.
When net debt is at or below $12 billion, free cash flow allocation will be 100% to shareholder returns.
The Company's free cash flow for the three months ended September 30, 2025 and comparable periods is shown below:
Three Months Ended
($ millions)
Sep 30
2025
Jun 30
2025
Sep 30
2024
Adjusted funds flow (1) $3,920
$3,262
$3,921
Less: Dividends on common shares
1,228
1,233
1,118
Net capital expenditures(2)
2,124
1,915
1,349
Abandonment expenditures
189
193
204
Free cash flow $379
$(79)$1,250
(1) Refer to the descriptions and reconciliations to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, which are provided in the "Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures" section of the Company's MD&A for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 dated November 5, 2025.
(2) Non-GAAP Financial Measure. The composition of this measure was updated in the fourth quarter of 2024. Refer to the "Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures" section of the Company's MD&A for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 dated November 5, 2025.Long-term Debt, net
Long-term debt, net (also referred to as net debt) is a capital management measure that is calculated as current and long-term debt less cash and cash equivalents.
The breakeven WTI price is a supplementary financial measure that represents the equivalent US dollar WTI price per barrel where the Company's adjusted funds flow is equal to the sum of maintenance capital and dividends. The Company considers the breakeven WTI price a key measure in evaluating its performance, as it demonstrates the efficiency and profitability of the Company's activities. The breakeven WTI price incorporates the non-GAAP financial measure adjusted funds flow as reconciled in the "Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures" section of the Company's MD&A. Maintenance capital is a supplementary financial measure that represents the capital required to maintain annual production at prior period levels.
Capital Budget
Capital budget is a forward-looking non-GAAP financial measure. The capital budget is based on net capital expenditures (non-GAAP financial measure) and includes acquisition capital related to a number of acquisitions for which agreements between parties have been reached as at the time of the Company's 2025 budget press release on January 9, 2025. Refer to the "Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures" section of the Company's MD&A for more details on net capital expenditures.
The 2025 capital forecast reflects forecasted net capital expenditures, before abandonment expenditures related to the execution of the Company's abandonment and reclamation programs in North America and the North Sea. The Company currently carries an Asset Retirement Obligation ("ARO") liability on its balance sheet for these forecasted future expenditures. Abandonment expenditures are reported before the impact of current income tax recoveries in Canada and the UK portion of the North Sea. The Company is eligible to recover interest on related to tax recoveries in the North Sea.
Capital Efficiency
Capital efficiency is a supplementary financial measure that represents the capital spent to add new or incremental production divided by the current rate of the new or incremental production. It is expressed as a dollar amount per flowing volume of a product ($/bbl/d or $/BOE/d). The Company considers capital efficiency a key measure in evaluating its performance, as it demonstrates the efficiency of the Company's capital investments.
CONFERENCE CALL
Canadian Natural Resources Limited (TSX: CNQ) (NYSE: CNQ) will be issuing its 2025 Third Quarter Earnings Results on Thursday, November 6, 2025 before market open.
A conference call will be held at 9:00 a.m. MDT / 11:00 a.m. EDT on Thursday, November 6, 2025.
Dial-in to the live event:
North America 1-800-717-1738 / International 001-289-514-5100.
Listen to the audio webcast:
Access the audio webcast on the home page of our website, www.cnrl.com.
Conference call playback:
North America 1-888-660-6264 / International 001-289-819-1325 (Passcode: 56299#)
Canadian Natural is a senior crude oil and natural gas production company, with continuing operations in its core areas located in Western Canada, the U.K. portion of the North Sea and Offshore Africa.
To view the source version of this press release, please visit https://www.newsfilecorp.com/release/273369
2025-11-06 10:265mo ago
2025-11-06 05:005mo ago
KANZHUN LIMITED to Report Third Quarter 2025 Results on November 18, 2025
BEIJING, Nov. 06, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- KANZHUN LIMITED (“BOSS Zhipin” or the “Company”) (Nasdaq: BZ; HKEX: 2076), a leading online recruitment platform in China, today announced that it will report its unaudited consolidated results for the third quarter ended September 30, 2025, before the U.S. market opens on Tuesday, November 18, 2025.
The Company will host a conference call on Tuesday, November 18, 2025 at 8:00PM Beijing Time (7:00AM U.S. Eastern Time) to discuss the results.
Participants are required to pre-register for the conference call at:
https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BI56c13f6314d2473a9a5dbda4ddfa36f0
Upon registration, participants will receive an email containing participant dial-in numbers and unique personal PIN. This information will allow you to gain immediate access to the call. Participants may pre-register at any time, including up to and after the call start time.
A live and archived webcast of the conference call will be available on the Company's investor relations website at https://ir.zhipin.com.
About KANZHUN LIMITED
KANZHUN LIMITED operates the leading online recruitment platform BOSS Zhipin in China. The Company connects job seekers and enterprise users in an efficient and seamless manner through its highly interactive mobile app, a transformative product that promotes two-way communication, focuses on intelligent recommendations, and creates new scenarios in the online recruiting process. Benefiting from its large and diverse user base, BOSS Zhipin has developed powerful network effects to deliver higher recruitment efficiency and drive rapid expansion.
For more information, please visit https://ir.zhipin.com.
SINGAPORE, SG / ACCESS Newswire / November 6, 2025 / Ryde Group Ltd (NYSE American: RYDE) ("Ryde" or the "Company"), a leading technology platform for mobility and quick commerce in Singapore, today announced a new collaboration with Kris+, the lifestyle rewards app of Singapore Airlines, enabling KrisFlyer members to redeem their miles for RydeCoins at exclusive discounted rates via the Kris+ app. Through this collaboration, members can now enjoy greater flexibility and value from their miles, whether commuting to work, heading to the airport, or travelling across the city.
2025-11-06 10:265mo ago
2025-11-06 05:005mo ago
Linear Minerals Corp. Announces Share Distribution Record Date and the Share Issuance Date Regarding the Plan of Arrangement
VANCOUVER, BC / ACCESS Newswire / November 6, 2025 / Linear Minerals Corp. ("Linear" or the "Company") (CSE:LINE)(OTCQB:LINMF)(WKN:A2J C89) announces the share distribution record date of November 25, 2025 (the "Share Distribution Record Date") pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement with Westlinear Minerals Corp. dated August 1, 2025 (the "Arrangement"). Under the terms of the Arrangement, Linear shareholders will be issued one share of Westlinear Minerals Corp. ("Westlinear") with respect to every 10 shares of Linear owned on the Share Distribution Record Date.